i
ae ! SY. On 4 "en,
i Pg, meee
— 4 oR | A
Pin se chek mM Elep «
neon.
OF ius Dice OHIO
m
| rere! t,
: | se “ice y
Cawnence
Fic. 2. Range of Oxydendrum arboreum in Ohio.
the northeastern quarter of the state extending south to the present
area along the lines of Merriam’s map. This may be illustrated
by the distribution of Lycopodium in Ohio (FIG. 1). Almost as
conspicuous is a second group which extends north from the Ohio
River and occupies a triangular area with its apex at Sugar Grove.
The sorrel-tree, Oxydendrum arboreum, is a oe example (FIG. 2).
492 GriIGGS: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA
Each of these when the whole range of the plants concerned is
taken into consideration is found to be a composite of several types
of distribution. These together with others belonging to types
not so conspicuously homogeneous within the state may be
classified as follows:
A. ALLEGHENIAN PLANTS ON THE SOUTHWESTERN EDGES OF
THEIR RANGES.
Type range, BETULA LUTEA (FIG. 3).
by Ca
of
yt <=
J 4
BY ta (ae é
a wee r °
a
pa
.
a &
— Oo Xo) ps, yo
A
s eg
ye %
I bY
Fic. 3. Range of Betula lutea,
This list includes beside the Alleghenian plants which go no
further west than the Lake Superior region, some Canadian
plants which stretch across the continent. Though these are
more northerly and fewer of them reach Ohio, the ranges of those
that we do have are so similar to the Allegheny type that they are
inseparable. Capnoides sempervirens (FIG. 4) and Cornus canadensis,
which terminates about twenty miles north of our area, are typical
examples. Although this is a very homogeneous group of plants,
conforming very closely to the typical range, many of them are
also found in outlying stations far removed from the main range,
as for example Blephariglottis lacera and Tsuga canadensis. There
is also a tendency which may become more evident when more
cdllections are available, for some of them to extend into south-
western Ohio and southern {Indiana, e. g. the chestnut. This
list includes 39 species as follows:
Griccs: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA 493
Fic. 4. Range of Capnoides sempervirens.
Achroanthes unifolia
Aronia nigra
Aster macrophyllus
Betula lutea
Blephariglottis lacera
Capnoides sempervirens
Chimaphila maculata
Chrysosplenium americanum
Circaea alpina
Cypripedium acaule
Cypripedium reginae
Epigaea repens
Fraxinus nigra*
Gaultheria procumbens
Gentiana crinita
Isotria verticillata
Juncoides s altuensts
Lycopodium clavatum
Lycopodium complanatum
Lycopodium lucidulum
Lycopodium lucidulum poro-
philum
Lycopodium obscurum
Lysias orbiculata
Lysimachia quadrifolia
Melampyrum lineare
Panicularia elongata
Panicularia pallida
Parnassia caroliniana
Polygonum arifoliumt
Pyrola elliptica
Pyrola rotundifolia :
* The Ohio and Indiana (fide Coulter) distribution would indicate that this
belongs in group F, but I follow Hough’s map and place it here. It is unknown
south of Columbus.
Tt Too widely extended in Indiana and Georgia to be typical.
494 GRIGGS: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA
Rubus odoratus
Rynchospora glomerata
Sambucus pubens
Saxifraga virginiensis
Trollius laxus
Tsuga canadensis
Unifolium canadense
Viola rostrata.
B. APPALACHIAN AND New ENGLAND SPECIES ON THE WESTERN
EDGES OF THEIR RANGES (reaching Maine but not extending
west of Lake Erie).
Type range, SERICOCARPUS ASTEROIDES (FIG. 5).
q é
Fic. 5. Range of Sericocarpus
asteroides.
a K aw 72
ae *
- tlw
o) be
—"
% oi
0
Fic. 6. Range of Asplenium
monitanum.
The lines separating this group of plants from the preceding
and following categories are somewhat arbitrary. There are many
plants of evident boreal affinities which are now confined to the
Appalachians. Their ranges form a continuous series between
the typical Alleghenian, extending from Newfoundland to Lake
Superior, down to those like Abies Fraseri and T suga carolipiana
which are confined to a small area in the highest part of the
southern mountains. Those which reach Ohio, however, seem to
fall rather naturally into the two categories here listed. Those of
the first group number 14 and include:
Aster divaricatus
Carex costellata
Castanea dentata
Dasystoma laevigata
Eatonia nitida
Mieracium paniculatum
Hieracium venosum
Kalmia latifolia
Panicularia acutiflora
Pinus rigida ©
Quercus Prinus
Rhododendron maximum
Sericocarpus asteroides
Viola rotundifolia.
Griccs: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA 495
C. APPALACHIAN PLANTS (from southern New York or Con-
necticut to Ohio and south through the mountains).
Type range, ASPLENIUM MONTANUM (FIG. 6).
These ranges are in some cases difficult to distinguish from
those of the Carolinian plants because their northern boundaries
nearly coincide and because of the tendency to spread through
southern Ohio into Indiana toward the Ozarks. In such cases the
general affinities of the plant have been the criterion for decision.
Thus Aruncus Aruncus is placed here because the same or a closely
related species is found on the Pacific coast to Alaska thereby
clearly indicating its boreal affinities although its distribution in
the eastern United States is apparently clearly Carolinian. We
have 12 plants belonging to this category as follows:
Aruncus Aruncus Phlox stolonifera
Asplenium montanum Phacelia dubia
Asplenium pinnatifidum Pinus virgimiana
Azalea lutea Silene rotundifolia
Cardamine rotundifolia Stachys cordata
Oxydendrum arboreum Viola hirsutula.
0
CAROLINIAN PLANTS ON THE NORTHERN EDGES OF THEIR
RANGES.
Type range, PASSIFLORA LUTEA (FIG. 7).
These are typically plants of
southern or even subtropical Pe
affinity whose northern limits
are largely determined by lati- [3¥t--_'/~ wz| —-
tude. As might be expected,
there is no such uniformity in ~—
the northern ranges of these t ley he
plants as in those of the first
group; Ilex opaca, Quercus mary- eee =
landica, and Liguidamber Styraci- Fic. 7. Range of Passiflora lutea.
jflua, though members of this
group, just reach the southern extremity of Ohio and do not
~ come within 75 miles of Sugar Grove. The typical*members of
this group extend straight across the country at about the latitude
of Philadelphia, but there is a strong tendency in many Carolinian
plants like Andropogon virginicus (FIG. 8) to extend up the coastal
496 Griccs: THE SuGAR GROVE FLORA
plain through’ New Jersey to Long Island or even to Massachusetts.
These are starred (*) on the list. The coastwise distribution t¢ of
such plants finds its most striking exemplification in the occurrence
Fic. 8. Range of Andropogon virginicus.
of such a plant as Schizaea pusilla in Newfoundland.t The +
Carolinianf'plants which terminate at Sugar Grove number 32
and include:
*Andropogon virginicus Hydrangea arborescens
Aralia spinosa Iris cristata
*Aristida dichotoma Koellia incana§
*Asclepias variegata *Lechea racemulosa
*Ascyrum multicaule Lobelia leptostachys§
*Betula nigra ; Lobelia puberula
Blephariglottis paramoena Napaea dioica§
Carduus virginicus Panicum polyanthes
*Cassia nictitans Panicum stipitatum§
Chrysopsis Mariana Passiflora lutea
Cunila origanoides Porteranthus stipulatus§
Dentaria heterophylla Quercus minor
Diospyros virginiana *Solidago erecta
Eupatorium aromaticum Stylosanthes biflora
Eupatorium coelestinum Trichostema dichotomum§
*Eupatorium rotundifolium Trifolium reflexum§
* Extending up the coastal plain into Long Island or New England.
is interesting phenomenon has at <€ its bearing discussed
by Hollick, Plant Distribution as a Factor in the Interpretation of Geological Phe-
nomena with especial reference to Long Island and vicini rans. N. Y. Acad.
t See Fernald, 1. c.
§ Not typical Carolinian plants. Of those marked thus, Koellia incana, Panicum
Griccs: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA 497
E. MISssISsIPPIAN PLANTS ON THE EASTERN EDGES OF THEIR RANGES,
Type range, ISOPpYRUM BITERNATUM (FIG. 9).
ae oe
—— me
Fic. 9. Range of Isopyrum biternatum.
These are mostly plants characteristic of the great forest which
once covered the Mississippi Valley and number 15 including:
Aesculus octandra*
Afzelia macrophylla
Asclepias Sullivantii
Bidens aristosa
Brauneria purpurea*
Dodecatheon Meadia*
Fraxinus quadrangulata
Hypericum Drummondii
Isopyrum biternatum
Psoralea Onobrychis
Quamasia hyacinthina*
Smilax ecirrhata*
Sullivantia Sullivantii
Valeriana pauciflora*
Veratrum Woodit
F. PLANTS ON THE SOUTHERN EDGES OF THEIR RANGES.
Type range, SCUTELLARIA GALERICULATA (FIG. I0).
This appears to be a miscellaneous aggregation without much
similarity in range except that they are northern but not moun-
tain plants. Probably further study and comparison would dis-
cover common characteristics as conspicuous as in other groups.
Some of them like Anemone canadensis are bounded by the Basin
stipitatum, and Trichostema dichotomum have boundaries running from northeast to
southwest instead of east and west while Napaea dioica reverses the case and is
reported northwestward as far as Minnesota. Porteranthus stipulatus and Trifolium
reflexum are transitional between this and the next group in that they do not cross
the mountains but stop in western New York. Lobelia leptostachys also is not known
much beyond the mountains and is likewise transitional to the next group.
* Also known locally further east but the main body of the range stops in Central
Ohio.
498 GricGs: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA
Others like Salix amygdaloides have a wide
of the Great Lakes.
distribution westward but taper eastward in a triangular area
in western New York, thus conforming to Harsh-
with its vertex
egies
SEER
7
»
)
ae
\
4
f
~
Tee
ot
Os
4
bape ee
\
=, By a)
fs ye ro
e e< =
em
(eee
is
ae ~TS
az Dt
TR
Range of Scutellaria galericulata.
Fic. tro.
berger’s* map of-the Ohio-Tennessee area. 9 plants have been
classed here as follows:
Salix amygdaloides
Anemone canadensis
Cornus stolonifera Saxifraga pennsylvanica
Dasyphora fruticosa Scutellaria galericulata
Solidago juncea.
Pedicularis lanceolata
Populus tremuloides
In addition to those given above there is one anomalous case
which fits into no natural geographical range which I can discover.
Viburnum dentatum comes down to our area from the northeast
and meets Viburnum molle which comes up from the southwest.
The characters which separate these species moreover do not hold
in this region. It is evident therefore either that we do not under-
stand these species and have only one of them even though there
is a distinct variation from one part of the state to the other, or
that they are not good species.
The presence at one place of so many species on the edges of
* Harshberger, J. W
- Phytogeographic Survey of North America. Veg. der
Erde 13: facing 790. IQIt. -
Griccs: THE SUGAR GROVE FLORA 499
their ranges affords a favorable opportunity to study also their
behavior. ‘Are they rare or abundant? Does their reproductive
apparatus function normally? Do those plants on their northern
_ edges behave differently from those on their southern? The
eastern from the western? Is it possible to assign any reasons
for the location of their termini here rather than fifty or a hundred
miles beyond? These questions will be considered in a following
paper.
OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY, ”
CoLumBus, OHIO.
The culture of cereal rusts in the greenhouse
F. D. FROMME
The desirability of maintaining cultures of parasitic fungi on
the living host in the greenhouse for purposes of study and physio-
logical experimentation is obvious, particularly so with those obli-
gate forms that cannot be cultivated on artificial media. Methods
of culture of the powdery mildews of the grasses and other
members of the Erysipl , and of a species of Cystopus, etc.,
Peronosporaceae, have been placed on an exact basis by the work
of Reed (28, 29) and Melhus (23). No exact data of this nature,
however, are available for the rusts. Although a vast number of
infection experiments on this group have been made in recent years,
these have dealt only incidentally with conditions governing spore
germination, infection, and spore formation, and in many cases
our knowledge on these points is based on field experiments con-
ducted under conditions not subject to rigid control. There are
a great many scattered details in the literature as to conditions
affecting the development of the rusts. I shall summarize o
those that bear more especially on the problems of growing rusts
in the greenhouse.
Smith (33) found that dew is of more importance in determining
the prevalence of asparagus rust than rainfall. When little dew
is formed infection cannot occur and sporulation may be checked,
or altered, with a substitution of the teleuto for the uredo stage.
This may occur in midsummer on the vigorously growing host as
the result of excessive atmospheric dryness. He states, moreover,
that abundance of soil moisture, instead of favoring rust develop-
ment, acts as a check by giving the host greater vitality. This is
in agreement with earlier observations by Stone and Smith (34,
35). They found asparagus beds on light, dry soil heavily rusted
while those on heavy, moist soil were comparatively free from
rust. Sirrine’s (32) observations also support the conclusion
that dew is the most important agent in the spread of asparagus
rust.
501
502 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
Morgenthaler (25) finds that mechanical injury of the leaves
of the host favors teleuto as compared with uredo formation in
the case of Uromyces Veratri. Tischler (36) found that shoots of
Euphorbia Cyparissias infected with Uromyces Pisi became free
from the rust mycelium when grown in a warm (25-27° C.)
greenhouse.
Many factors doubtless influence the germination of rust
spores. They frequently germinate in a ‘few hours after being
placed in water, as noted by de Bary. Often, however, though
collected fresh, they fail to germinate for no apparent reason.
This “capricious”’ germination has been noted by a large number
of careful observers, and Eriksson, because of this uncertainty,
does not consider the aecidiospores of the rusts of the cereals im-
portant factors in their dissemination. Schaffnit (31) explains
this ‘‘capricious’”’ germination on the ground that unless the
spores are mature internally before detachment from their stalks
they are incapable of germination. Complete maturity is at-
tained only at a sufficiently high temperature (20°-25°) in an
atmosphere calm enough to prevent their premature detachment.
These conditions are not always realized in nature, hence the
lack of uniformity in the results of germination tests.
Freeman (13) and Klebahn (19) both have found that spores
which germinate poorly in water may produce an abundant
infection on the host, and therefore argue that germination tests
are not conclusive unless conducted on the host. Klebahn states
that aecidiospores of Peridermium Strobi germinated slightly
or not at all in water, very vigorously on the Ribes host and less
vigorously, but abundantly, on a decoction of Ribes. Sappin-
Trouffy (30) likewise noted a marked difference in the germination
of aecidiospores of Coleosporium Senecionis in water and in a
decoction of Senecio vulgaris. Schaffnit (31) on the other hand,
obtained no increase in host decoctions over the germination
in water nor any effect attributable to a mechanical excitation
by the substratum. Marshall Ward (37), was unable to find any
effect of raw or cooked extracts of various bromes on the germina-
tion of the uredospores of Puccinia dispersa.
The effect of various chemicals on rust spore germination has
been investigated by Wiithrich (40) and Carleton (6). Wiithrich
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 503
(see TABLE 1) has determined *the inhibiting action of different
concentrations of various acids and salts on the germination of
aecidio- and uredospores of P. graminis. Carleton finds that com-
pounds containing Hg, Cu, Fe, Pb, Cr, and strong acids inhibit
the germination of uredospores of Puccinia rubigo-vera, P. graminis
and P. coronata and that those which contain O, Na, K, Mg, S, C,
and NH; in large proportions are favorable to germination.
The effect of temperature on spore germination has also
received attention. Eriksson (9) found that aecidiospores of
Aecidium Berberidis, A. Rhamni, and Peridermium Strobi and
uredospores of Puccinia glumarum, P. graminis and P. coronata
often germinated more readily at a few degrees below zero C.
and on melting ice than at higher temperatures. Uredospores of
P. dispersa according to Marshall Ward (37) germinate after
freezing in ice for ten minutes. He attributes any increase in
vigor obtained in this way to the drying action of the freezing
and not to the low temperature. They germinated also at 27°
but failed to do so at 30° and were killed at 65° to 70°. The
optimum is near 20°. They germinate readily, if the spores are
properly ripened and fresh and the temperature does not rise
above 25°, in light, darkness, or red light, but less readily in blue
light. Gibson (14) reports tests with uredospores of Puccinia
Chrysanthemi as follows: Fifty per cent germination at 6°-6.5°,
free germination between 7° and 21°, all at 21°-25°, one eighth
at 24°-25°, and none at 30°. If kept dry at 35° for eighteen hours
and then removed to 17° they germinate freely. Johnson (18)
has determined the minimum, optimum, and maximum tempera-
tures for germination of uredospores of the cereal rusts. These
are: for Puccinia graminis on wheat, oats, and barley, 2° to 31°;
for P. rubigo-vera on rye, 2°-30°; and for P. coronata on oats, 7°-8°
to 30°. The optimum was determined by the general vigor of
the germination tube and for all forms studied lies between 12°
and 17°. This is somewhat lower than for P. dispersa as deter-
mined by Marshall Ward. Johnson suggests that these low
cardinal temperatures may explain the difficulty of obtaining
infections in very warm greenhouses and on hot summer days
and may account for the observation that rust epidemics are
favored by subnormal temperatures at critical infection periods.
504°. FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
The length of time during which uredospores of P. graminis
retain their vitality was found by de Bary (3) to vary between
one and two months, while the aecidiospores of the same form lost :
their color and capacity for germination in one month. Marshall
Ward (38) obtained germination with uredospores of P. dispersa
after having kept them in a dry state for 61 days. Miss Gibson
(14) reports a germination of 25 per cent. with uredospores of P.
Chrysanthemi after storage of 71 days but none a week later.
One aecidiospore of a sowing of Phragmidium Rosae-alpinae
germinated after storage of 82 days. Barclay (2) found uredo-
spores of some forms capable of germination during periods of
from two to eight months (see TABLE 1) in the Himalayas.
Bolley (5) obtained a 5 per cent germination with uredospores of
P. graminis after exposure to air and sunlight during the month of
August.
Many observers have shown that various rusts are able to
winter over in the uredo stage in some regions, but these data do
not involve the determination of the actual time during which the
spores are viable.
Gibson (14) has shown that a large number of uredospores will
germinate on the leaves of the wrong host and that their germ
tubes will enter the stomata without, however, producing an
infection. In these cases the end of the germ tube dries up in
the substomatal chamber without further development. Because
inoculation does not always result in infection, Marshall Ward
(37) would distinguish sharply between these terms which are
often used interchangeably. The passage of the germ tube into
the host should be spoken of as inoculation and the subsequent
development in the tissue of the host as infection. Pole Evans
(rr) has investigated the entrance of the germ tubes of uredospores
of P. graminis, P. glumarum, P. simplex, and P. coronifera into
the stomata of their respective hosts and the establishment of the
mycelium in the tissue of the host. The uredospores germinate
within twenty-four hours and the infection is well established by
the third day. When the germ tube reaches a stoma it forms a
swelling or appressorium directly over it. A branch from the
appressorium next enters the stomatal slit and forms a large vesicle
in the substomatal chamber into which the contents of the appres-
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 505
sorium and germ tube are poured. One or more infecting hyphae
are now sent off from the substomatal vesicle and these imme-
diately establish connections with the surrounding host cells by
means of haustoria. The early stages of development and the
position and shape of the substomatal vesicle, and the number of
infecting hyphae arising from it, are morphological distinctions
between the different species.
In the rusts the period between inoculation and sporulation is
known as the incubation period. This apparently varies some-
what with different species but the normal range for the uredo as
reported by a number of authors lies between eight and twelve
days. Marshall Ward has noted that the normal incubation
period is shortened during clear sunny weather and Iwanoff (16)
found that shading delayed aecidium-formation in P. graminis.
What stimulus, or stimuli, determine the entrance of the germ
tube into the stomata of the leaf has not been established. It is
perhaps most generally held that the host exerts a chemical influ-
ence on the germ tube. If this is true it is apparently not a specific
influence, since germ tubes have been shown to enter the stomata
of quite the wrong host. Massee (22) endeavored to demonstrate
‘a positive chemotropism but was unable to eliminate the effects
of hydrotropism from the experiment. Marshall Ward (37) has
noted an apparent heliotropic curvature in the germ tubes of P.
dispersa. Balls (1) placed uredospores on a rubber film provided
with small holes. Laboratory air was on one side of the film while
the air on the other side was saturated with moisture at 23°. The
germ tubes entered the holes and grew through into the region of
higher pressure of water vapor. He believes that growth towards
greater moisture will explain the entrange of the germ tube into
the host.
A recent article by Melhus (24) on the culture of parasitic
. fungi deals with the culture of P. Helianthi, P. coronata, P. graminis
and P. Sorght. The-methods employed by him consist in spraying
the plants to be inoculated with a spore suspension, covering
with a hood and placing in a refrigerator or humidity-box for
twenty-four hours, at 14° for P. Helianthi, 16° for P. coronata, and
18° for P. Sorghi. He finds that P. coronata will not maintain itself
- even though supplied with plenty of host material. It is more
506 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
difficult to hold in culture than the sunflower rust, a fact which is
attributed to the slower growth of the oat plants. Reinoculation
is necessary about every three or four weeks. P. Sorghi is more
easily cultured than the cereal rusts and Melhus has propagated it
both winter and summer. The amount of infection increases as
the corn plants grow larger and the fungus spreads from one culture
to another by natural agencies.
I have tabulated the principal recorded observations on the
influence of various conditions on spore germination and develop- -
ment in the rusts in TABLE 1. These scattering and somewhat
fragmentary records illustrate the incompleteness of our knowledge
of rust physiology.
CULTURE METHODS
Preliminary experiments were made to determine how long
single infections would maintain themselves under greenhouse
conditions and whether they would self-propagate to any extent.
The rusts used were Puccinia dispersa Erikss. on rye and Puccinia
coronifera Kleb. on oats. The seedlings were grown in 5-inch
pots and infections were secured by atomizing them with a uredo-
spore suspension followed by covering with a bell jar for twenty-
four hours. The incubation periods for both forms averaged about.
twelve days in this preliminary work. The infections secured
maintained themselves for about two weeks after the first ripening
of the pustules. After this time the number of pustules visibly
decreased through withering and dying off of infected leaves and
eventually the cultures became entirely free from infection. Close
association of non-infected with infected plants did not produce
new infections. No marked difference in susceptibility between
old and young plants was apparent but the younger were. found
more desirable for inoculation because their greater compactness
facilitated uniform covering with the spray.
My further experiments were planned to meet various require-
ments. First a method to maintain cultures of as nearly as pos-
sible constant virulence, with the fewest necessary transfers, over
extended periods of time, was tested out. Such a method is
suited, for example, to test the possibility of maintaining the rust
for long periods in the uredo stage and for the study of the effects
of such conditions of growth on its virulence, incubation period,
TABLE I
on Ate? S. at. BD ee 1 re
Spore Temperature Chemicals* Length of incu-
ron ee om gts Moisture Host | Host Storage | Variation in =n
Min. | Opt. | Max. Inhibiting |°**T8°¢ | ighe
| |
%
Puccinia graminis........ PE SOO ROE occis 4 es 6 ars ee ek mga: Be) OE aR Enea er are eee I-2 months | Bi, putea eee 8 days
2—-
hours in |
cad |
Puccinia graminis........ PORE Pike oa eee i ey “a I. OW be Cawubesek ys SWORE lo epee ated aan cakes
0.65 NasCOs |
0.1 2H2O4
0.0 CeHsOr
_Puccinia graminis........ Il |Wiithrich 20-21° We WY re 8 acti rey hs ks he oe fs 6h Se ok l oe c ca ca bwen
ee ts hours|o.r HCl |
Puccinia graminis........ © IORI Nc ee cas cbeaalenters tee ei Sect pe beck he eG Agi. 1) Baek Soe mene een
z 0.01 ZnSO, lengthens
0.0r ZnCl incubation
o0.or CuSO,
ME Peete | ice We wted ecu sae ooo blame ee ue os ewe ae Wen ee
Puccinia graminis........ Be cE ONS ores eta cee gk wtlv ace as ry
Evans weather
favors
elopment
Puccinia graminis........ II |Eriksson | Low Eee nine ig RC Ge ae cles PCN eee a ioe Oy es oe Re Se
cious”
Puc inia coronata........ It [Eriksson Low “emperatures SOU er sec a VIG. Sere eee ea by k « Fabs} oo. SAU Se Ne rat peewee nde
cious"
Puccinia glumarum....... Il |\Eriksson bee sos stig sohin enh CO, wha cemmge = SSS Sane ie Gee Pamir eerie adres ra seat alee een enen
accelerate cious’’|} 0.01 FeSO«
0.001 ZnSO,
* All data as"to chemicals are Wiithrick's.
SIsnd TVAaXHO JO AMOLTND AH] :aANWOUy
LOS
TABLE I—Continued
Species of rust yay Author se he sv | : oat ine res ai Vatia aie nee oe
Malstare Favor- Eanible sate cel oat seernee o light
Min. | Opt. | Max | ing |
Puccinia graminis........ Ec Wt ich cites | oes ev uke eee ae cs eG os RS heals Be hee ahs wo eae ae DOR Pd ee eam eG
0.0001 HgCle
nia oo Bae as II |Johnson PSA Score og BR: 6 ik BREE Wi) Se SURRY Bape) Sei Game Me esr OMNES, We pee iene sme te WRAL acide PR
Pace re Tae ewes II |Johnson Pee Ree SOC Bg ene ste ss co eb ee Oh Rae od oe oe ee ed oe te ou Dees
Puccinia volian bss II |Johnson ye ge eRe ye SE RR Cie eS i RR RRR Ria US a emi GUN Me ACE MoM iy,
Puccinia cco tbtalea ee is TE FC ArIObon Ciao seco ia eb eee Na 2 ev (eon tae, eae Ry Di waco Aen samy Men aects Se haar lal BM tant Oa Mai
K Cu
Puccinia graminis........ 5S: PION Poa care or. eee Mg PEE CL was CEES UN Eien Pohe ace DEL «cL eee
Ss Pb
Puccinia coronata........ Tae CARICOM Tp woes. emusued eee ee ee Ca Se have CaP Ente) see Man tes ede teed OVE el cen rran coon
NHs | Alka-
loids
SESS II |Melhus 16° nee i RE Css inf eee ts she Sone a Pelee s Saad Vib ls ve eb odiccs el Soka daye
Puccini Helionthi. II |Melhus ne Ble ag Cesc cua, 0 Re AMES FERONR Signi Muri Renae Se io Mees Ua Sea ne sae days
Pi, Pactra peat. LLM De i ee Ma es 58s bg Bo cA cH le das a oo 8 days
Pree at a ee Aer Pee entee Coe nee OMROMEIS COE ich octet bes echoes Pe dicv ier sew okalesccbesise eles bes ua.
Puccinia rubigo-vera...... Be ONO M Mec w iin ate. Oper mt Ruane ei i plat ep TS EES MR ea By re RI) ee tn ag
Puccinia dispersa........ IE. |Marshall |ro-12°| 20° |26-27°).....5...]...... CO:z |No in-|...... 61 days in dark 7-10 days
Ward fluence nd in red or
: blue light
Pwemueemespersa........| Il (Freeman |......)......[...... ONCER DOOTL yeaa his os. |. oss is ae ca Worst y Pe cee Cel a ee RN Pe ae as
in water
euccemta AsPoragi.,.....| 1, 11 |Smith |....../...... es a [RM Ti hae es Lae eles foc eed te ocean Pickens fee ke oe dor ts kaa
sential for].
infection
80¢
AWWOUJ
SISNad Tvaaao AO AAALTIAD AH]
TABLE I—Continued
Gunicies wl-cuie nig are ae Temperature ___ Chemicals f ae a ieee of i ese ~~
Moisture ,, | Host | Host Storage Variation in
4 Favor- | Inhibit- | extracts light
Min. Opt. Max. ing ing
Phragmidium Rosae-alpinae) 1 |Gibson |...... EES, OR RES a: ea Mana | Germ OS GB YS Oh cerca: Pane Se ae
tubes
enter
wrong
host
Puccinia Chrysanth EG ee aie oe aap ed te ad ee ce ne re aD ia Me ee! nee aa Mir: ae
Puccinia Chrysanthemi II |Jacky We OWE Bi i i eh al oc tence hee ee dec due doetce hese.
— 25
Phragmidium obtusum.. . II |Dietel 4- std ydrption OREEE eae AMPA. care WE eigisces BEM Ci lego sacs < « howe ore Liebe an Too bean
ice and s
_ Peridermium Strobi...... We aS CP aes oe oee cn Weatener iy orci ie... Fair | A- iB CCRS “iuscet ces take hes bee rss A,
water bund
: ant
Peridermium Soraueri..... ce his sn cee yeah: eye a ed MO aye) He se at, ee pa ss
Coleosporium Senecionis RI OG freee s kc eae vot) gat qt, ee ed Be PRES ERS a ah = ne ite DER Fete Ae al pag isan sar
Trouffy none in bund-
wat ant
Urompess Pist 0065.5... ee rere ere mi EY gt ic, «ds cos hes ks lochs obec Ceshovn ee oe,
moist air at 25-27
Ui IIE cose i se cs Il arclay )..2%.'. Se TSE a Ob RI COIN i RP, rR Re Rislee | Meee: FAAS Paces yumy pm ae As sche aie Wil
Uredo Gomphrenatis . . I wham ca Rs) ots lee PD oe a one SSS le gs ee a eae ie eS PING. FAL rors pete aces Sse
Prenanthis...... smb ich ti tear pac MRO OR as | CS RE a a ace Oa 7 mo CE MY CPeOU RIC Daan Ca aa a es
Puccinia Caricis- Ao Ao gal Peer Eee bn © oe ae ere Vite oan AIT Wikies Sta wrh oe | scve'w ache ee oe Coie celle BPs RY (OR cgi Pt“ CMR SNR a
Jromyces Vossiae........ I OMEN CU ema oceht Whe wernt. User teh... VIS ocks cell oawien L ip Sa, eats SNE Se Raat BBN | Reta ty alge
Puccinia oa Saf ee ET ie eben wer Rig ls oo. cleaves sal oaaeed See, FP ai Ar ses eee cases. ess Ss
Jromyces Pist.......... ON so lo Os ee ig at ri Pe, ol os cele ced catcdcues We TS AG, OO: Coe Re ee. oa be eo
Melampsora Lini....... POY eriee eee les WD ESR a eT aN Ls cas oa ce ov clacee ocx 2 Witte TE te ae ei hes coc ee kd
nia flosculosorum ven GO BOGEN Be IS AR NRE IC TEN RD © Oe a Se eee Une BMG! 0G. eee en cee ss Dee te
SLSQUY TWHEAD JO AAALTND AH] :ANWOUT
510 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
etc. It was found that it was necessary to transfer the infection
to new cultures once a month. Five ripe, oval pustules were
selected for each inoculation. The spores from these were removed
with a scalpel and immersed in 25 c.c. of water in the bottle of the
atomizer. This was then shaken vigorously to secure uniform
distribution of the spores before application and the culture was
subsequently covered with a bell jar for twenty-four hours.
““Spring’’ rye and “ Kherson”’ oats were used exclusively. About
twenty-five seeds were sown to a 5-inch pot.
Six transfers at intervals of a month were made. At first
seed for the next culture were sown two weeks prior to the date
set for transfer, but a further simplification of method was secured
by sowing a month prior to inoculation. Thus sqgwing and transfer
could be made at the same time. Plants were a month old when
inoculated and two months old when abandoned.
Well-infected cultures on both oats and rye were maintained
for six months in this way. No attempts were made to measure
exactly the degree of infection secured but the pustules were
seemingly as numerous at the end of the period as at the beginning.
Germination tests of spores in drop cultures made at various times
gave 50-75 per cent. germination in six to twelve hours. The
_ incubation periods during the six months were quite uniform.
Twelve days was the longest incubation period recorded and ten
days the shortest.
Cultures made in this way show relatively few sori. The
method provides for maintenance of a rust culture but it does not
provide an abundant supply of infected plants at all times.
During the incubation period the pustules have disappeared from
the old cultures and have not matured on the new ones. To have
abundantly infected plants continuously available the following
method was used. Transfers were made once a week instead of
once a month. Since two weeks were required for complete ripen-
ing of the pustules it was necessary to run alternate series of host
cultures. One series was ready for transfer one week and the other
series the week following. Seeds for subsequent cultures of each
series were sown at the time of inoculation and the seedlings were
thus two weeks old when the rust was transferred to them.
Cultures of P. coronifera have been maintained for eight months
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 511
by this method and the fungus has gone through thirty-seven
generations of the uredo stage with no decrease in. virulence.
It was soon found that even more simple methods of inocula-
tion are equally if not more efficacious than the application of
spore suspensions with an atomizer. The plants to be inoculated
are first thoroughly atomized with water. A well-infected culture
pot bearing fully ripe pustules is then held in a horizontal position
immédiately above them and given a vigorous shaking. The
spores that fall from above are caught in the small drops of water
provided by the spray. If the culture used is heavily infected the
falling spores may be seen as yellow clouds. The inoculated plants
are then covered for twenty-four hours. Four pots of seedlings
can be inoculated simultaneously from the same culture and a
uniform degree of infection secured on all four by placing them
close together and holding the culture somewhat higher than for
inoculating a single pot. It was found that spraying prior to
inoculation could be dispensed with but the pustules secured were
somewhat less numerous than when the spray was applied. To
secure the best results the culture used for transfer must be heavily
infected and the transfer made shortly after the ripening of the
pustules. If transfer is delayed more than a week after sporula-
tion begins, inoculation with a spore suspension must be resorted
to. :
Very numerous and uniformly distributed pustules were se-
cured and maintained by this dry-spore method of inoculation.
The approximate number of pustules per plant in a culture was
determined in the following way.
* For facility in counting the surface area of the pot it was divided
into smaller areas with strips of cardboard. The number of
plants and infected parts on each of the smaller areas was then
easily ascertained. Ten plants were then taken at random from
the culture, removed to the stage of a binocular, and the number
of pustules on the infected parts determined. TABLE 1 shows the
amount of infection on a typical culture. In this culture all of
the first leaves were infected, 62.5 per cent of the second leaves,
and 29.1 per cent of the sheaths. The average number of pus-
tules on the first leaves of the ten selected plants was 574.4, on the
second leaves, 22.9, and on the sheaths, 1.4. The small number of
512 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
pustules on the second leaves was due to the fact that only their
tips were exposed at the time of inoculation. The number of
pustules on the upper and lower surfaces of a leaf is sometimes
equal and two pustules are often situated directly opposite each
other. The average number of pustules per plant maintained in
the mass culture experiments was about 200-300. The lowest
average recorded for a culture was 161.6, the largest 598.7. The
largest number of pustules counted on a single plant was 996
(plant 3, TABLE II).
TABLE II.
ANALYSIS OF INFECTION ON CULTURE 7C
Treatment: Innoculated by dry spore method, covered with bell jar. Number
of plants, 72. Date planted, January 1. Date innoculated, January 13. Date of
sporulation, January 24.
Number of parts Part of plants No. of parts infected Per cent. infected
72 First leaves ie 100
72 Second leaves 45 62.5
72 Leaf sheaths 2I 29.1
—
NUMBER OF PUSTULES ON TEN PLANTS SELECTED AT RANDOM
No. of ; First leaves Second leaves
plant SIME MEE eee oe : Leaf Total, entire
Lower surface | Upper surface Sane haa rend —
207 246 27 30 I 601
2 215 341 12 2I 5 594
3 506 441 18 31 o 996
4 444 521 7 II ms 986
5 234 336 4 5 0 579
6 225 249 0 o ts) 474
7 376 403 10 13 3 805
8 99 140 oO oO 2 241
9 53 TI5 I 3 ° 172
Bae) 189 314 I4 22 is) 539
Total 2638 3106 93 136 14 5987
Ave...... 263.8 310.6 9-3 13.6 1.4 598.7
Ave. 574.4 22.9 1.4 598.7
NORMAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE UREDOSORI OF P, CORONIFERA
The period of incubation for the rust in the open greenhouse
varied between eight and eleven days from October to December.
Twelve days was the constant incubation period during December
but this decreased to nine days in the latter part of January and
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 513
remained at nine days throughout February and March. The
sequence of stages during a nine days incubation period may be
divided into two periods. First, a period of vegetative develop-
ment during which no evidence of infection*is seen. Second, a
fruiting period during which the stages in the formation of the
pustules are apparent. The first period occupies five days after
inoculation and the first visible evidences of pustule formation
become apparent on the sixth day. The leaves on this day have
a faint mottled appearance which is due to the presence of small
areas that are lighter in color than the surrounding leaf tissue.
These areas are visible only by transmitted light. On the seventh
day the light areas become more conspicuous and their boundaries
more sharply defined. The areas become slightly swollen on the
eighth day and a light orange color is apparent. During the next
twenty-four hours the development of the pustules is rapid. They
continue to swell until the epidermis of the leaf is ruptured by a
longitudinal slit and the orange mass of spores is extruded. The
mass of spores hangs together for a time but breaks apart on drying
and falls from the leaf as separate spores or in small groups when
the leaf is disturbed.
OBSERVATIONS ON CONDITIONS AFFECTING SPORE GERMINATION,
INFECTION, AND RATE OF DEVELOPMENT
Effect of moisture
It has been demonstrated a number of times during this culture
work that a humid atmosphere provided by covering with a bell
jar is necessary to secure infection. Abundant moisture may be
supplied at the time of inoculation and still the plants will not
become infected, in the greenhouse, unless they are covered soon
afterwards. The drops of water apparently dry up before germi-
nation and infection result. The per cent of saturation in the
greenhouse in which my experiments were made as obtained from
the hygrometer records, averages about 75~80 per cent with a
temperature range between 55 per cent. and 85 per cent. Al-
though the conidia of Erysiphe graminis infect the cereals spon-
taneously under these conditions, the uredospores of P. coronifera
will not do so.
To test the possibility of providing conditions of humidity
514 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
under which the rust might become self-propagating by close
association of cultures, a sash frame culture box, 3 ft. square, was
made of five window sash. The humidity maintained here when
cultures were growing in it was quite constant and averaged 93 per
cent. with occasional fluctuations of 2-3 per cent. Even insucha
humid atmosphere new infections occurred only sparingly, al-
though cultures were sprayed and heavily inoculated. To obtain
good infections it was necessary to cover the cultures with bell
jars as in the open greenhouse.
_ A direct comparison of the effects of covering and not covering
in the culture box was obtained by a statistical study. Two
pots of seedlings, each seven days old, were inoculated simul-
taneously from the same culture, after which one was covered for
twenty-four hours and the other was left uncovered in the culture
box. During the remaining eight days of the incubation period
they were exposed to equal conditions of humidity. The differ-
ence in the degree of infection obtained on the two cultures was
covered culture if that obtained on the covered is regarded as the
normal. The difference in the degree of humidity to which the
cultures were exposed for twenty-four hours after inoculation could
not have been more than 7 per cent, as the average in the culture
box was 93 per cent and the atmosphere under the bell jar was _
presumably saturated. It is rather striking that this difference
of 7 per cent should have produced a difference in degree of infec-
tion of 94 per cent. The spores that produced the 6 per cent
normal infection on the non-covered culture probably germinated
more rapidly or were more favorably located with reference to
moisture than the bulk of the spores.
Effect of temperature
To test the effect of different temperatures on the degree and
rate of development of P. corontfera, two cultures of the same
age were inoculated simultaneously from the same stock culture.
Immediately afterwards one was placed in the greenhouse ‘‘stove”’
*
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 815
where the temperature ranges between 20° and 30°.* The
temperature here was quite constant for each twenty-four hours
throughout the experiment. It did not fall below 25° from 10
A.M. to 5 P.M. nor rise above 20° from midnight to 6 A.M.
The other culture was placed in the greenhouse where the tem-
perature fluctuation was between 14.5° and 21°. Here the tem-
perature remained quite constant at 16° for the greater part of the
twenty-four hours. It reached 21° for a short period at noon and
14.5° at midnight. Both cultures were covered after inoculation.
The first visible signs of infection became apparent on the culture
in the ‘‘stove’’ on the fourth day after inoculation and fully ripe
pustules were produced on the seventh day. Evidences of infection
did not become visible on the culture in the greenhouse until the
seventh day after inoculation, which was the date of sporulation
for the culture in the ‘‘stove,” and ripe pustules were not formed
until the twelfth day. The high temperature of the ‘‘stove,”’
which was an average increase of about 7-8°, was apparently
responsible for a marked increase in the rate of development of
the fungus and a decrease of five days in the incubation period.
No differences in the degree of infection secured on the two cultures
were apparent. The experiment was repeated immediately, but
without a control, and the incubation period for this culture in the
“stove” was but six days. This is the shortest incubation period
I have observed.
Further cultures gave results as follows. No.’7 in the ‘‘stove,’’
incubation period seven days. The temperature for each day
was 20° from 6 P.M. to 6 A.M. and 25-30° from 8 A.M. to 2 P.M.
Three controls in the greenhouse, incubation period nine days.
Temperature 10-15.5° from 6 P.M. to 6 A.M. and 15.5-21° from
9 A.M. to 5 P.M. No. 8 in the ‘‘stove,’’ incubation period nine
days. There were many minor fluctuations in this period. The
maximum was 30°, the minimum 8°. The general range was
distinctly lower than in the preceding test. Two controls in the
greenhouse, incubation period twelve days. Temperature 10-
15.5° from 6 P.M. to 6 A.M. and 15.5-21° from 10 A.M. to 3 P.M.
* The temperature records were obtained with Richard Fréres’ self-recording
thermometers.
516 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
Effect of light
To determine the effect of light exclusion on spore germination
and rate of development, four culture pots of the same age, seven
days, were inoculated simultaneously. Immediately afterwards
one of the four was transferred to a physiological dark room which
joins the greenhouse. A continuous circulation of air between the
two rooms is maintained by an electric fan. Thus the average
degree of humidity of the dark room, which is about 80 per cent.,
does not fall below that of the greenhouse although the range of
fluctuation, which is from 60 per cent. to 95 per cent., is somewhat
greater. The other three cultures were placed in the culture box
as controls. The culture was exposed in the dark room for three
days and at the end of this time was returned to the culture box.
The plants at this time were quite as green and fresh as those of the
control cultures and could not be distinguished from them. The
incubation period for the three controls was eight days, while that
of the culture left three days in the dark room was eleven days.
At the time of sporulation some of the leaves of this culture
showed signs of yellowing at their tips. No pustules were pro-
duced on these discolored areas but on the normal green parts they
were as numerous as on the controls. The difference of three days
in the incubation periods is exactly equal to the period of light
exclusion and indicates a complete arrest of the development of the
fungus in the dark room.
The effect of light exclusion during the latter part of the
incubation period was also tested. Four cultures were inoculated
and placed in the culture box. Four days later one of them was
transferred to the dark room, where it was left four days, and then
returned to the culture box. No signs of infection were visible
on it at this time, while the unripe pustules on the controls were
plainly visible. The pustules on the controls ripened on the ninth
day, while three additional days, twelve days in all, were necessary
for a similar development of the culture that had been in the dark
room. By excluding light four days in the latter part of the normal
incubation period, the maturation of the rust had been delayed
three days. This shows that even after the fungus has become
well established in the host its development is strongly retarded in
complete darkness.
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 517
The average difference in degree of humidity, of approximately
13 per cent, between the culture box and the dark room could
not have been an important modifying factor in these results, as
I have found that the incubation period is not modified by relative
degrees of humidity after the first twenty-four hours. Thus
parallel sets of cultures, when grown in the culture box and in the
greenhouse under similar conditions of light and temperature
but with the same difference in humidity that is found between
the culture box and the dark room, had the same incubation period.
Likewise when a culture was kept under a bell jar during the entire
incubation period, with occasional removal for change of air,
there was no difference between its incubation period and that of
the control in the greenhouse that was covered for the first twenty-
four hours only.
The question naturally arises how this retardation of the growth
of the fungus is brought about. It may be the direct effect of total
absence of light on the fungus itself. Then, again, it is possible
that the fungus simply suffers from lack of food, since the host is
incapable of assimilation in the darkness. It seems hardly pos-
sible, however, that such a complete inhibition in the growth of
the fungus should have resulted in the brief time involved unless
it is dependent on the transition products in photosynthesis. This
latter possibility is by no means inconceivable and should this
explanation prove the correct one it could be made the basis for
an explanation of the obligate parasitism of the rusts and their
inability to develop on any form of artificial medium.
VIABLE PERIOD OF UREDOSPORES
Two series of tests were made to determine the period through
which the uredospores of P. coronifera would retain their vitality.
Ripe spores were removed from pustules on the cultures and placed
in small gelatine capsules which were then stored in the laboratory
at room temperature. The first set of spores was stored on March
13. A drop culture made on this date gave a high per cent of
germination in twelve hours. Drop cultures of the stored spores
were made on March 109, 23, and 28 and April 12 and 30. From 9
to 16 per cent. of the spores sown germinated in each of these
tests. No further trials were made until June 1 and at this time
518 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
the spores were colorless and failed to germinate. The last
germination obtained was after 48 days of storage and the spores
had lost their capacity for germination at some time between 48
and 80 days.
Another lot of spores were stored on November 26. These
germinated in gradually decreasing per cents on January 8, 18, and
February 2, 11, 18. The length of time required for the develop-
ment of a germination tube increased from a period of 6-12 hours
in November to a period of 36-48 hours in February. In the last
drop culture made, on February 18, only 29 spores of 1,013 tested
germinated. These few spores, about 0.2 per cent, had germinated
after 84 days storage. .
CONTROL OF MILDEW
The powdery mildew, Erysiphe graminis, became so abundant
on the oats cultures that measures for its control became necessary.
The mildew spreads rapidly in the greenhouse and outgrows the
rust to such an extent that rust culture work may be seriously
interfered with. Attempts at exclusion of the mildew by isola-
tion of the cultures and inoculation with uredospores selected
from apparently non-mildewed leaves proved unavailing.
The control and total exclusion of the mildew was achieved
by treatment with sulphur dust. This was applied with a powder
gun, twenty-four hours after rust inoculation. The plants were
also atomized with a weak solution of sulphuric acid (1/1000) prior
to the application of sulphur and were covered afterwards for
twenty-four hours. With this treatment no mildew adie
while control cultures became heavily infected.
This work was undertaken at the suggestion of Prof. R. A.
Harper, to whom I am indebted for suggestions and criticisms.
SUMMARY
1. Two of the cereal rusts, Puccinia dispersa Erikss., on rye,
and P. coronifera Kleb., on oats, have been cultured in the uredo
stage, on the living hosts in the greenhouse, for a consecutive
period of six months, from December 1912 to June 1913, by the
transfer of infection once a month. P. coronifera was also cultured
for a period of eight months, from September 1912 to May 1913,
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 519
with transfer of infection once a week. During this period the
rust went through 37 generations of the uredo stage. No decrease
in the degree of infection secured resulted from such continuous
culture.
2. The average degree of infection maintained in mass cultures
was approximately 200 pustules per, plant. The largest number
of pustules counted on an individual plant was 996.
3. P. coronifera does not self-propagate to any extent even when
abundant host material is supplied and a constant humidity of
93 per cent is maintained.
4. High humidity is the essential factor in securing successful
inoculation with uredospores of P. coronifera. No infections
resulted when cultures were exposed in an atmosphere of 75 to 80
per cent of humidity, and at 93 per cent only 6 per cent of the
normal degree of infection was obtained. Normal infections were
secured only when cultures were covered with a bell jar for twenty-
four hours subsequent to the application of spores.
5. The rate of development of P. coronifera increased with tem-
perature increase. A decrease in the normal incubation period of
five days, or 41 per cent, was produced in the ‘‘stove” where the
temperature ranged from 20° to 30° while the range at which the
normal cultures were grown was 14.5° to 21°.
6. Total light exclusion either early or late in the incubation
period checks the development of P. coronifera and results in an
almost complete cessation of growth.
7. Uredospores of P. coronifera when stored at room tempera~
ture gradually lose their capacity for germination. A 0.2 per cent
germination was obtained after storage of eighty-four days.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK.
LITERATURE
1. Balls, W. L. Infection of plants by rust fungi. New Phytol. 4
18, 19. 1905.
2. Barclay, A. On the life-history of Puccinia coronata, var. hima-
lensis. Trans. Linn. Soc. II. 3: 227-242. pl. 56. 1891.
3- Bary, A. de. Untersuchungen iiber Uredineen. Monats. Akad.
Berlin 15-50. pl. 1. 1866.
4. Bary, A. de Neue Uiterescueees iiber Uredineen. Monats.
Akad. Berlin 205-216. pl. 1. 1867.
520 FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS
5. Bolley, H. L. Einige Bemerkungen iiber die symbiotische Myko-
plasmatheorie bei dem Getreiderost. Centralbl. Bakt. 4:
887-896. 1898.
6. Carleton, M. A. Studies in the biology of the Uredineae. Bot.
Gaz. 18: 447-456. pl. 37-39. 1893.
7. Dietel, P. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Biologie der Uredineen.
Bot. Centralbl. 32: 246-249. pl. 3. 1887. .
8. Eriksson, J., & Henning, E. Die Hauptresultate einer neuen Un-
tersuchung itiber die Getreideroste. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrank.
4:66-73. 1894.
9. Hosp j. Uber die Férderung der Pilzsporenkeimung durch
Kalte. Centralbl. Bakt. 12: 557-565. 1895.
1o. Eriksson, J. Die Getreideroste. Stockholm 1896.
- 11. Evans, B. P. The cereal rusts. Ann. Bot. 21: 441-466. pl. 43.
1907.
12. Evans, B. P. South African cereal rusts. Jour. Agr. Sci. 4: 95-
104. IQII.
13. Freeman, E.M. Experiments on the brown rust of bromes (Pucci-
. nia dispersa). Ann. Bot. 16: 487-494. 1902.
14. Gibson, C. M. Notes on infection experiments with various Ure-
dineae. New Phytol. 3: 184-191. pl. 5-6. 1904.
15. Hitchcock, A. S., & Carleton, M. A. Kansas State Agr. Coll.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 38. 1893.
16. Iwanoff, B. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss des Standortes auf
den Entwickelungsgang und den Peridienbau der Uredineen.
Centralbl. Bakt. 18?: 265-288, 470-480, 655-672. 1907.
17. Jacky, E. Der Chrysanthemum-Rost. Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrank.
10: 132-142. 1900.
18. Johnson, E. C. Cardinal temperatures for the germination of
uredospores of cereal rusts. Abstract. Phytopathology 2:
47-48. I912.
19. Klebahn, H. Die wirtwechselnden Rostpilze. Berlin 1904
20. Maire, R. Recherches cytologiques et taxonomiques sur les
Basidiomycétes. Bull. Soc. Mycol. 18: Append. 1-209. Pl.
1-8. 1902.
21. Maire, R. La biologie des Urédinales. Prog. Rei Bot. 4: 109-
163. = 108%,
22. Massee, G. On the origin of parasitism in fungi. Phil. Trans.
197: 7-23. 1904.
23. Melhus, I. E. Spore germination and infection in certain species
of Oomycetes. Univ. Wisconsin Res, Bull. 15: 25-84. pl. I-10.
1gIt.
30.
6.
w
37-
38.
39.
40.
FROMME: THE CULTURE OF CEREAL RUSTS 521
- Melhus, I. E. Culturing of parasitic fungi on the living host.
Phytopathology 2: 197-203. pl. 20. 1912.
Morgenthaler, O. Uber die Bedingungen der Teleutosporenbildung
bei den Uredineen. Centralbl. Bakt. 27?: 73-92. 1910.
Plowright, C. B. British Uredineae and Ustilagineae. London
1889.
. Pritchard, F. J. A preliminary report on the yearly origin and
dissemination of Puccinia graminis. Bot. Gaz. 52: 169-192.
. Reed, G. M. Infection experiments with Erysiphe graminis DC.
Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. 15: 135-162. 1906.
Reed, G. M. Infection experiments with Erysiphe Cichoracearum
DC. Univ. Wisconsin Bull. 250. Sc. ser. 3: 341-416. 1907.
Sappin-Trouffy. Recherches histologiques sur la famille des Uré-
dinées. Le Botaniste 5: 59-244. 1896.
Schaffnit, E. Biologische Beobachtungen iiber die Keimfahigkeit
und Keimung der Uredo- und Aecidiensporen der Getreideroste.
Ann. Mycol. 7: 509-523. 1909
Sirrine, F. A. Spraying for asparagus rust. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta.
Bull. 188: 234-276. 1900.
Smith, R. E. The water relation of Puccinia Asparagi. . Bot.
Gaz. 38: 19-43. 1904.
Stone, G. E., & Smith, R.E. The asparagus rust in Massachu-
setts. Matsichinewtis Agr. Coll. Bull. 61: 1-20. pl. 1,2. 1899.
Stone, G. E., & Smith, R. E. Relationship existing between the
asparagus rust and the physical properties of the soil. Massa-
chusetts Agr. Coll. Exp. Sta. Ann. Rep. 12: 61-73. 1900
Tischler,G. Untersuchungen iiber die Beeinflussung der Euphorbia
Cyparissias durch Uromyces Pisi. Flora 104: 1-64. I91I.
Ward, H. M. On the relations between host and parasite in the
bromes and their brown rust. Ann. Bot. 16: 233-315. 1902.
Ward, H. M. Further observations on the brown rust of the
bromes. Ann. Mycol. 1: 132-151. 1903.
Ward, H. M. The histology of Uredo dispersa and the “ myco-
plasm” hypothesis. Phil. Trans. 196: 29-46. pl. 4-6. 1903.
Wiithrich, E. Uber die Einwirkung von Metallsalzen und Sauren
auf die Keimfahigkeit der Sporen einiger der verbreitetsten
parasitischen Pilze unserer Kulturpflanzen. Zeitschr. Pflan-
zenkrank. 2: 81-94. 1892.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1910-1913)
aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in oo or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in the broadest s
Reviews, and papers that ick exclusively to forestry, eps! horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
*o errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, and furnished in this form to subscribers
at the rate of one cent for each card, Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
sana must take all cards published during the term of his subscription, Corre-
ndence relating to the card issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Hee cal Club,
Aaronsohn, A. The discovery of wild wheat and its possibilities for the
United States. Chicago City Club Bull. 6: 167-175. 9 Je 1913.
Arthur, J.C. Uredinales on Carex in North America. Mycologia 5:
240-244. Jl 1913.
Bailey, W. W. November waifs. Am. Bot. 17: 98-100. N 1911.
Banker, H. J. Type studies in the Hydnaceae—V. ores genus
Hydnellum. Mycologia §: 194-205. Jl 1913-
Includes descriptions of five new species.
Barrett, O. W. The Philippine coconut industry. Philip. Bur. Agr.
Bull. 25: 1-67. pl. 1-19 +f. I, 2. 1913.
Includes considerable information of a botanical nature.
Bean, R.C. Some Maine plants. Rhodora 15: 134, 135. 1 Jl 1913.
Berger, A. Agave Warelliana. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV.9: pl. 8501. Je
A Mexican can plant.
‘Bessey, C. E. Root punctured by root. Am. Bot. 17: 103. WN Ig1I.
[Illust.' :
Bessey, C. E. Some statistics as to the flowering plants. Science II.
38: 234, 235. 13 Au 1913.
Bicknell, E. P. Viola obliqua Hill and other violets. Bull. Torrey
Club 40: 261-270. 18 Je 1913.
Bolley, H. L. The complexity of the microorganic population of the
soil. Science II. 38: 48-50. 11 Jl 1913.
523
524 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Brainerd, E. Four hybrids of Viola pedatifida. Bull. Torrey Club 40:
249-260. pl. 15-17. 18 Je 191
iola papilionacea X pedatifida, V. pedatifida X sagittata, V. pedatifida X sororia,
and V. nephrophylla X pedatifida, hyb. nov.
Brainerd, E. Is Viola arenaria DC. indigenous to North America?
Rhodora 15: 106-111. pl. 104. 11 Je 1913.
Brainerd, E. Notes on new or rare violets of northeastern America.
Rhodora 15: 112-115. 11 Je 1913.
Britton, E. G. Wild plants needing protection. 8. ‘American or
mountain laurel” (Kalmia latifolia L.). Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
34: 121-123. pl. 117... Je 1913.
Britton, N. L. Addison Brown. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 14: 119-121.
Je 1913. [Illust.]
Brown, S. Lophiola aurea Ker. Bartonia §: 1-5. Je 1913. tus
Chamberlain, C. J. The oriental cycads in the field. Science II. 38
164-167. 1 Au 1913.
Clark, E. D., & Smith, C. S. Toxicological studies on the mushrooms ©
Clitocybe illudens and Inocybe infida. Mycologia 5: 224-232. pl.
gr. fl xon4.
Clute, W. N. The smooth or meadow phlox. Am. Bot. 17: 97, 98.
N 1911 ;
Cockerell, T. D. A. The seedling of Phyllocarpus. Bot. Gaz. 55: 460.
f. I. 16 Je 1913.
Connell, A. B. Ecological studies on a northern Ontario sand plain.
Forest. Quart. 13: 149-159. Je 1913.
Crump, W.B. The coefficient of humidity: a new method of expressing
the soil moisture. New Phytologist 12: 125-147. f. 1. 29 My 1913:
Davis, B. M. A catalogue of the marine flora of Woods Hole and
vicinity. U.S. Dept. Com. & Labor Fisheries Bull. 31: 795-833.
1913.
Davis, B. M. General Cuaactectatics of the algal vegetation of Buzz-
ards Bay and Vineyard Sound in the vicinity of Woods Hole.
U.S. Dept. Com. & Labor Fisheries Bull. 31: 443-544. Charts
228-274. 1913.
Dunn, S.T. The genus Marah. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1913: 145-153-
f. 1-5. My 191
Includes Marah micranthus and M. major from Lower California.
Fairman, C. E. Notes on new species of fungi from various localities.
a 5: 245-248. Jl 1913.
udes descriptions of ten new species in Septoria (1), Sphaeropsis (2), Hender-
sonia me is os (t), Pyrenochaeta (x), Coniothyrium (1), Diplodia (1) and
Cry ptodiscu
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 525
Fernald, M. L. An albino Kalmia angustifolia. Rhodora 15: 151,
152. Au 1913.
Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. Calamagrostis Pickeringit Gray
var. debilis (Kearney), n. comb. Rhodora1s5: 135,136. 1 Jl 1913.
Fernald, M. L., & Wiegand, K. M. Two new Carices from Newfound-
land. Rhodora 15: 133, 134. 1 Jl 1913.
Carex gracillima var. macerrima and C. lenticularis var. eucycla, var. nov.
Field, E.C. Fungous diseases liable to be disseminated in shipments of
sugar cane. U.S. Dept, Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 126: 3-13. f. 1-7.
10 My 1913.
Forbes, C. N. Anenumeration of Niihau plants. Occasional Papers,
Bishop Museum 53: 17-26. f. I-4.. 1913.
Includes Euphorbia Stokesit sp. nov.
Forbes, C. N. Notes on the flora of Kahoolawe and Molokini. Occa-
sional Papers, Bishop Museum 5%: 3-16. f. I-7. 1913
Fraser, W. P. Further cultures of heteroecious rusts. . Mycologia 5:
233-239. Jl 1913. ’
Fuller, G. D. Reproduction by layering in the black spruce. . Bot. ©
Gaz. 55: 452-457. f. 1-6.. 16 Je 1913. :
Garman, H. The woody pints of Kentucky. — eee Exp.
Sta. Bull. 169: 3-62. f. z-20. 1 Ja 1913.
Gerste, A. Notes sur la médecine et la botanique des anciens Mexi- —
cains. 1-191. Rome. 1910.. [Ed. 2.]
Graves, A. H. A case of abnormal development of a short growth in
Pinus excelsa.: Torreya 13: 156-158. f. 1. 8 Jl 1913.
Harper, R.M. Economic botany of Alabama. Part I. Geographical
seh Geol. Surv. ete Monograph 8: 1-222. f. ‘I-63.
Je 19
Hayes, . XK, East, E. M., & Beinhart, E. G. Tobacco breeding in
Connecticut. Connecticut Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 176: 5-68. pl. 1-12.
My 1913
Heller, A. As Acmispon in California. aerate 9: 60-65.
30 Je 1913
Includes ‘aici gracilis, A. sparsiflorus, A. aestivalis, and A. glabratus, spp.~
no
Holden, W.P. The fixation of nitrogen in Colorado soils. Colorado.
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 186: 3-47... My 1913.
Holway, E. W. D. North American Uredineae 1: 81-95. us 37-44.
It Je 1913.
Includes Puccinia poromera, P. Pseudocymopteri and P. Cynomarathri, spp. nov.
Humphrey, L. E. The.genus Fraxinus in Ohio. Ohio Nat. 13: 185-
188. Je 1913.
526 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Jones, D.H. A morphological and cultural study of some azotobacter.
Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 38: 14-25. pl. 1-4. 21 Je 1913
Kellerman, K. F., & Leonard, L. T. The prevalence of Bacillus
radicicola in soil. Science II. 38: 95-98. 18 Jl 1913.
Knowlton, C. H., and others. Reports on the flora of the Boston
district—XVII. Rhodora 15: 122-132. 1 Jl 1913.
Knudson, L. Observations on inception, season, and duration of
cambium development in the American larch. [Larix laricina
(Du Roi) Koch.] Bull. Torrey Club 40: 271-293. pl. 18, 19. 18 Je
1913.
Kunkel, O. The production of a promycelium by the aecidiospores of
Caeoma nitens Burrill. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 361-366. f. I.
18 Jl 1913.
Lamb, W. H. A key to common Nebraska shrubs. Univ. Nebraska
Forest Club. Ann. §: [1-7]. 1913.
Reprinted without pagination.
Land, W. J. G. Vegetative reproduction in an Ephedra. Bot. Gaz.
55: 439-445. f. 1-5. 16 Je 1913.
Lemoine, [M.] Mélobésiées. Revision des Mélobésiées antarctiques.
In Charcot, J., Deuxiéme expédition —— francoise (1908-
1910). 1-67. pl. 1, 2. 1913.
Lipman, C. B., & Wilson, F. H. Toxic inorganic salts and acids as
affecting plant growth. (Preliminary communication.) Bot. Gaz.
55: 409-420. 16 Je 1913.
Long, B. Southerly range extensions in Antennaria. Rhodora 15:
117-122; t Jl 1913.
Maxon, W. R. Saffordia, a new genus of ferns from Peru. Smith-
sonian Misc. Coll. 614: 1-5. pl. r, 2 +f. 1. 26 My 1913.
Includes Saffordia induta sp. nov
Maza, M.G.dela. Determinaci6n de plantas cubanas (fanerégamas).
[1], 2, [3-9]. Habana. 1912.
Melchers, L. E. The mosaic disease of the tomato and related plants.
Ohio Nat. 13: 149-173. pl. 7, 8 + f. 1. Je 1913.
Morse, W. J. Powdery scab of potatoes in the United States. Science
I]. 38: 61, 62. 11 Jl 1913.
Murrill,W.A. The Agaricaceae of the Pacific coast—IV. New species
of Clitocybe and Melanoleuca. Mycologia 5: cates Ji 1913.
Includes 21 new species in Clitocybe and 25 in Melanole
Norton, A. H. Plants from islands and coast of aan, Rhodora 15:
117-136. 1 Jl 1913.
Norton, A. H. Some noteworthy plants from the islands and coast of
Maine. Rhodora 15: 137-143. Au 1913.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 527
Orton, W. A. Potato-tuber diseases. U. S. Dept. Agr. Farmers’
Bull. 544: 3-16. f. 1-16. 25 Je 1913.
Osterhout, G. E. Concerning some species of Agoseris in Colorado.
Muhlenbergia 9: 65, 66. 30 Je 1913.
Osterhout, W. J. V. Protoplasmic contractions resembling plasmo-
lysis which are caused by pure distilled water. Bot. Gaz. 55: 446-
451. f. 1-6. 16 Je 1913.
Parish, S. B. Additions to the known flora of southern California.
Muhlenbergia 9: 57-59. f. 2. 30 Je 1913.
Reddick, D. The diseases of the violet. Trans. Massachusetts Hort.
Soc. 1913: 85-102. pl. 1, 2. 1913.
Reed, H. S., & Cooley, J.S. The transpiration of apple leaves infected
with Gymnosporangium. Bot. Gaz. 55: 421-430. f. I. 16 Je 1913.
Rigg, G. B. The distribution of Macrocystis pyrifera along the Ameri-
can shore of the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Torreya 13: 158, 159.
8 Jl 1913.
Rodman, R. S. Hieracium florentinum at Wellesley Hills, Massachu-
setts. Rhodora 15: 116. 11 Je 1913.
Rogers, S. S. The culture of tomatoes in California, with special
reference to their diseases. Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 239:
591-617. f. 1-13. Je 1913.
Roland-Gosselin, R. Are the species of Rhipsalis discovered in Africa
indigenous? Torreya 13: 151-156. 8 Jl 1913.
From Bull. Soc. Bot. France 59: 97-102. 1912. A translation by E. G.
Britton.
[Rolfe, R. A.] New orchids: decade 40. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1913:
141-145. My 1913.
Includes Sielis barbata, Cycnoches Ci —.
Sage, J.H. Arenaria curotiniata i in Rhode Island. Rhodora 15: 115.
II Je 1913.
Schindler, A. K. Einige Bemerkungen iiber Lespedeza Michx. und
ihre nachsten Verwandten. Bot. Jahrb. 49: 570-658. 17 Je 1913.
Seaver, F. J. Some tropical cup-fungi. Mycologia 5: 185-193. i.
88-90. Jl 1913.
Selby, A. D. Disease susceptibility of apple varieties in Ohio. Ohio
Agr. Exp. Sta. Circ. 113: 53-56. 15 Ap 1913-
Shear, C. L., & Stevens, N. E. Cultural characters of the chestnut-
blight and its near relatives. U. S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ.
131: 3-18. 5 Jl 1913.
Small, J. K. Flora of the southeastern United States. i-xii+1- -1394.
New York. 1913: [Ed. 2.]
tdi: f America
528 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Smith, J. D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central
American Republics——XXXVI. Bot. Gaz. 55: 431-438. 16 Je
1913.
Includes descriptions of 12 new species in Rheedia (1), Caryocar (1), Maytenus (1),
Meliosma (1), Phyllocarpus (1), Serif he Gilibertia (2), Basanacantha (1),
Perymenium (1), Arctostaphylos (x), and Cor z.
Smith, H. H. Thomas Howell. "he it 55: 458-460. 16 Je 1913.
[Ilust.]
Spaulding, P. The present status of the white-pine blister rust. U. S.
Dept. Agr. Plant. Ind. Circ. 129: 9-20. f. r-6. 7 Je 1913.
. Spegazzini, C. Contribucién al estudio de las Laboulbeniomicetas
argentinas. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 23: 167-244.
f. 1-97... 19%3.
Describes three new genera and twenty-five new species.
Spegazzini, C. Mycetes argentinenses. VI. An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat.
Buenos Aires 23: 1-146. f. 76-99. 1912.
Describes a large number of new species.
Sprague, T. A. Hypericum aureum. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: pl. 8498.
Je 1913.
A plant from southeastern United States.
Standley, P.C. Five new plants from New Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Washington 26: 115-120. 21 My 1913 ‘
Nuttallia Springeri, easeamgar 7 australis, pense arenaria, A. hirtella, and
Chrysothamnus elatior, spp. n
Stapf, O. Amelanchier Miscsgk Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: pl. 8499.
Je 1913.
A North American plant.
Stewart, A. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to the
Galapagos Islands, 1905-1906. VII. Notes on the lichens of the
Galapagos Islands. Proc. California Acad. Sci. IV. 1: 431-446.
17 D 1912.
Sturgis, W. C. On Stemonitis nigrescens and related forms. Bot. Gaz.
55: 400, 401. 15 My 1913.
Swingle,W.T. The present status of date culture in the southwestern
states. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 129: 3-7: . 7 Je 1913:
Williams, A. Caryophyllaceae of Ohio. Ohio Nat. 13: 176-184. Je
1913.
Wolden, B.O. Asters. Am. Bot. 17: 100-102. N 19It.
Wolden, B. O. Taste of poison ivy. Am. Bot. 17: 102. N 1911.
Woodward, R. W. Juncus dichotomus in Rhode Island. Rhodora 15:
15:. Au rgt3.
Vol. 40 No. 10
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
ee ree
OCTOBER, 1913
Notes on Carex—VII
KENNETH K. MACKENZIE
CAREX UMBELLATA AND ITS ALLIES
A study of a number of recent collections, chiefly from the
western part of the United States, has brought about the con-
clusion that in addition to Carex umbellata Schk. and Carex deflexa
Hornem. and their allies, there are a considerable number of ad-
ditional species belonging to the group Montanae, characterized |
by the development of pistillate spikes on subradical peduncles
or on very short culms.
A natural division of these species can be made from certain
characters taken from the perigynia. While all of the Montanae
have the perigynia strongly 2-ribbed or 2-keeled, certain species
of the group now under consideration found in California also
have the outer face finely many-nerved. In all other members of
the group the perigynia are nerveless or at most have on one face
a few partly developed nerves on the lower half of the body.
Next to be separated are two closely related species of the
southeastern United States (Carex nigro-marginata and Carex
floridana). These are to be distinguished by the fact that while
the spikes are on very short culms and may appear basal they are
not on basal peduncles. Each culm really bears one to several
pistillate spikes sessile at the base of the staminate spike; and
elongated radical peduncles bearing only pistillate spikes are not
‘normally developed, as in the remaining species
After making this division probably the most satisfactory’ and
[The ButteTIN for September (40: 461-528) was issued 10 S 1913-]
529
530 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
natural method of telling C. déflexa and its allies from C. umbellata
and its allies is that there are always pistillate spikes at the base
of the staminate in the former, and the lowermost of these has a
leaflet-like bract exceeding the inflorescence. This bract is rarely
auriculate, and if colored at all at base is purplish-brown tinged.
In the other group all the pistillate spikes are frequently subradical,
but when there is a pistillate spike at the base of the staminate
its bract is squamiform and shorter than the inflorescence, or else,
if rarely longer, it is auriculate and strongly reddish-tinged at base.
Carex deflexa has a close ally in C. Rossii, the two species having
been often confused. However, in C. deflexa itself the rootstock
is very slender, horizontally creeping and short-stoloniferous; the
perigynium is very small (about 2.5 mm. long) and strongly exceeds
the scales; and the beak is short and but inconspicuously bidentate.
In C. Rossi, as stated by Dr. Holm (Am. Journ. Sci. IV. 16: 37.
1903), the rootstock is ‘much more robust, relatively shorter and
ascending, not horizontal and not stoloniferous in the stricter sense
of the word.” This last species, too, has larger, longer-beaked and
conspicuously bidentate perigynia, with relatively longer scales.
Carex brevipes W. Boott, a little-known species of the far
western mountains, seems to be valid. It has the habit of growth
of C. Rossti, but the short-beaked, narrow perigynia are about as
small as those of genuine C. deflexa.
A very interesting collection made by Mr. W. W. Eggleston
in the northern part of New Mexico in IQII, contains two new
species belonging to the group of species now under discussion.
One of these is related to Carex deflexa and its allies. It differs,
however, in having few-flowered pistillate spikes even on fully
developed plants. The beak of the perigynium is obliquely cut
at apex and becomes slightly bidentate in age, and the margins are
scarcely serrulate.
Another plant collected b? him, now named Carex geophila,
differs from the real Carex umbellata in having a globose perigynium
body fully 1.75 mm. or more wide; the beak is not strongly
2-edged. The eastern species grouped with Carex umbellata
have the perigynium body triangular-globose and but I-1.5 mm.
wide, while the beak is strongly 2-edged
Another species most closely related to Carex geophila occurs
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 531
along the Pacific coast from San Francisco to Vancouver Island.
It furnishes the basis for the reports of the occurrence of Carex
umbellata on the Pacific coast, and specimens of it are probably
also responsible for the large perigynia at times attributed to that
species. This plant, which I am calling Carex brevicaulis, has
pistillate spikes maturing 1-4 strongly pubescent perigynia and
the culms are little fibrillose at base. Carex geophila on the other °
hand has pistillate spikes maturing some 5-15 puberulent peri-
gynia and the culms are extremely fibrillose at base.
Several distinct species have been referred to Carex umbellata
Schk. The genuine plant is distinguished by its deep green narrow
erect leaves, the old reaching an extreme width of 2.5 mm., and
the width of the young ones at fruiting time averaging about 1.5—
1.75 mm. The cuspidate pistillate scales are normally lanceolate
or narrowly ovate-lanceolate, and usually do not entirely conceal ©
the lower part of the perigynia. The long-beaked perigynia
are 3 mm. long or more and short-pubescent, and the beak is
markedly bidentate.
In parts of the country, especially in the north and west, the
place of Carex umbellata is often taken by a closely related species,
the perigynia of which are smaller (3 mm. long or less) and have a
short (0.5 mm. long) shallowly bidentate beak. The scales are
ovate and vary from acutish to cuspidate, and in the basal spikes
tend strongly to conceal the lower part of the perigynia. This
plant is the var. brevirostris Boott; the C. abdita of Mr. Bicknell.
My own experience is that this species occurs in limestone districts
and that Carex umbellata is a species not found in such districts.
A closely related species ranging from Missouri to Texas has also
been separated.
Thoroughly distinct is the coastal plant described by Professor
Fernald as var. tonsa (Proc. Am. Acad. 37: 507. 1902), and by
Mr. Bicknell raised to specific rank (Bull. Torrey Club 35: 492.
1908). While the long glabrous perigynia make it well marked,
the wide stiff spreading leaves referred to by Mr. Bicknell are
even more characteristic, and in the field distinguish the plant
at a distance from Carex umbellata when growing with it. Carex
tonsa is an abundant ea in parts of the pine barren country
of New Jersey.
532 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
The main distinctions between those members of the Montanae
which are here discussed and which differ from all the other
members of the group in having the pistillate spikes or some of them
on short culms or on basal peduncles and so hidden among the
leaves, — be vianges eget as follows:
5 ae i ly many trongl sees
Kalen putblihstioned, eae to cuspidate; perigyni
body globose; staminate spikes many-flowered; ae
pistillate spikes on elongated, very slender peduncles. 1. C. globosa.
Scales reddish-brown tinged, cuspidate or long-awned;
enn ium body oval; staminate spikes few-flowered;
basal pistillate spikes on short erect peduncles. 2. C. Brainerdii.
II. Perigynia strongly 2-keeled, otherwise nerveless (except
t times obscurely coarsely nerved at bas @).
A. secre and staminate spikes closely contiguous (the
ms often very short).
Pera normally triangular; scales strongly dark-
Pig aay stolons short, ascending; culms strongly
fibrillose
Achenes meals nie ate abe sept 3 at eet one
a tely dark
little fibrillose at base.
B. Lower pistillate spikes widely separate (on subradical
peduncles).
3. C. nigro-marginata.
4. C. floridana.
Bract of sowent non-basal pistillate spike leaflet-like,
exceeding culm; if at all colored, purplish-brown
siiad at base.
Rootstock slender; culms Saga loosely ces-
pitose (perigynia 2.5 mm. long, short-beaked,
shallowly bidentate; staminate spike 2. o mm.
long, inconspicuous); northeastern species. . C. deflexa.
Roots nas stout; culms de nsely satis
species.
vines acre spikes normally several- to
y-flowered; perigynium beak biden-
: ae the margins ciliate-serrulate.
Perigynia 2.5-3 mm. long, the beak 0.25—
0.75 mm. long, pete bidentate. 6. C. brevipes.
sietensi? Sie 5 mm. long, the beak longer,
biden q. -C. Rosstt.
Upper sacs spikes 1-3-flowered; _peri-
gynium beak obliquely cut, in age biden-
tulate; the margins little if at all ciliate-
serrulate (New Mexico). 8. C. pityophila.
Bract : lowest non-basal A — if pres-
, squamifor er than culm; or,
Mi lone. srt aise paket reddish-brown
tinged a
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 533
jeighog body globose, 1. ‘ a mm. or more wide;
not strongly 2-ed
tees spikes with si 5 geo peri-
gynia; culms extremely fibrillose at base
Mexico). 9. C. geophila.
Pistillate spikes with 1-4 strongly pubesc
perigynia; culms little fibrillose at oat
(Pacific slope). 10. C. brevicaulis,
oe body Baa iain nt I-I.5 mm.
; beak hits 2-edge
Ma 2.5-4 . long, gir ie leaf-
blades slender, light green, ascending,
5
Short-stoloniferous, the new shoots phyl-
lopodic, the sheaths eis | filamentose
(perigynium beak very short; achen
roughened). 11. C. microrhyncha.
Densely cespitose, the new shoots aphyl-
lopodic, erect-ascending, the sheaths
filamentose.
Perigynia 2.5-3 mm. long, the beak
less than es length of body;
h, shining, minutely
oe piaoretse oid. 12. C. abdita.
Perigynia 3.25-4.25 mm. long, the
nutely roughened, oblong-obovoid. 13. C. umbellata.
Perigynia 3.5-4.5 mm. long, glabrous except
long beak; leaf blades stiff, deep green,
spreading, 2.5—4 mm. wide. 14, C. tonsa.
I. CAREX GLOBOSA Boott, Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 259. 1845
Carex umbellata var. globosa (Boott) Kiikenth. in Engler, Pflan-
zenreich 47°: 453. 1909-
Clumps medium-sized, from ‘elongated slender rootstocks,
stoloniferous, the culms 15-35 cm. high, phyllopodic, slender,
exceeding leaves, roughened on angles above, strongly fibrillose and
more or less reddened at base. Leaves with well-developed blades
five to eight to a fertile culm, the lowest clustered, the upper more
or less widely separate, the blades flat with revolute margins,
I.5-2.5 mm. wide, varying in length from 3 cm. to 3 dm. (on
sterile culms), attenuate-pointed, strongly roughened; terminal
spike staminate, erect, short-peduncled, 1-2 cm. long, 2.5-4 mm.
wide, many-flowered, the scales oblong-obovate, obtuse or acute,
purplish brown with lighter center and hyaline margins; pistillate
spikes two or three (with additional basal ones on long capillary
>
534 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
peduncles), approximate, erect, sessile or a little peduncled, 5-10
mm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, short-oblong or suborbicular, containing
4-10 ascending, rather closely arranged perigynia in few ranks;
bracts leaflet-like, shorter than to a little exceeding inflorescence,
little sheathing, occasionally with a purplish tinge at base; scales
ovate, obtuse to cuspidate, purplish with lighter center and hy-
aline margins, somewhat wider and longer than perigynia; peri-
gynia 5 mm. long, the body globose, 2.25 mm. wide, puberulent
or short-pubescent, 3-angled, noticeably nerved, abruptly nar-
rowed to a prominent stipitate base and abruptly beaked at apex,
the beak 0.75-1.25 mm. long, strongly bidentate; achenes ob-
tusely triangular, closely fitting within perigynia, short-obovoid,
2 mm. long; stigmas three.
All specimens seen referable to this species are from the coastal
counties of California and the islands off the coast. The range
so shown is from Santa Cruz Island and Santa Barbara north as
far as Sonoma County. The specimens from the Yosemite Valley
referred to this species seem more properly referable to the
following species.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
CaLiFoRNIA: Oakland, Bolander (C., L. S.*); ‘California,”’
Bolander, 1865 (L. S.); Oakland, Bolander 20 (H.); Oakland,
Bolander 2295, May, 1866 (H.); Island of Santa Cruz, Brandegee,
Apr. 1888 (N. Y.); Monterey County, Davy 7366 (P.); Sonoma
County, Congdon 84, May 29, 1892 (P.); Mt. Tamalpais, Marin
County, Heller 5716, June 18, 1902 (L. S., N. Y.); San Diego,
Brandegee, 1889 (N. Y.); Sonoma County, Congdon, May 30,
1895 (L. S.); Santa Lucia Mts., Monterey County, Davy 7724,
May, June, 1901 (H.); Santa Barbara, Brewer 303 (H.; L. S.);
Brown 370, June 1897 (N. Y.); Redwoods, Marin Co., Bolander
V+W, 1866 (C.).
2. Carex Brainerdii sp. nov.
In large clumps from slender, elongated rootstocks, the culms
from very short to 15 cm. high, phyllopodic, reddened and slightly
* a to the abbreviations of the names of herbaria used in the present paper:
arvard University; L. S., Leland Stanford Junior University; N. Y., New —
York es Garden; P., S. B. Parish; B., Ezra Brainerd; K. M., Kenneth K.
Mackenzie; D. C., Geological Survey of Canada; N., U.S. eas C., Colum-
bia University; Piper, C. V. Piper.
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 535
fibrillose at base, much exceeded by leaves, slender, very rough
on the sharp angles; sterile shoots strongly aphyllopodic. Leaves
with well-developed blades four to eight to a fertile culm, the
blades flat with slightly revolute margins, 1.5—3 mm. wide, those
of the fertile culms short, of the sterile up to 25 cm. long, much
roughened on both sides and averaging wider than those of the
fertile; terminal spike slender, staminate, 5-8 mm. long, about
0.5 mm. wide, sessile or short-peduncled, few-flowered, the scales
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate with 1-3-nerved green
center and broad hyaline margins richly chestnut-tinged; pistillate
spikes 4-6, 1-4-flowered, the upper 2 or 3 approximate, sessile or
short-peduncled, the others basal, widely separated and strongly
peduncled (the erect peduncles not much elongated), the zigzag
rachis often terminating in a sterile flower; bracts of upper spikes
well-developed, green, hyaline-margined and chestnut-tinged, all
or only the lowest exceeding inflorescence, the lower more or less
strongly sheathing, the upper sheathless or nearly so; scales ovate
or ovate-lanceolate, cuspidate or long-awned with several-nerved
green center, and with wide, strongly hyaline reddish-brown tinged
margins, usually slightly longer but narrower than perigynia;
perigynia softly short-pubescent, green, usually reddish-brown
tinged, 4.5 mm. long, the body oval, 2.5 mm. long, 1.75 mm. wide,
strongly 2-ribbed, finely many-nerved on outer face, nearly or-
bicular in cross-section, strongly stipitate (1 mm.), abruptly con-
tracted into the serrulate, hyaline-tipped, bidentate beak 1 mm.
long; achenes triangular with strongly convex sides, closely en-
veloped by perigynia, 2.25 mm. long, nearly 1.75 mm. wide,
truncate at apex, round-tapering at base; style slender, not en-
larged at base, readily detached; stigmas three.
The type specimen (herb. Brainerd) of this distinct plant
was collected by Dr. Ezra Brainerd (z21) in El Dorado County,
California, on July 19, 1897, on a mountain north of Slippery
Ford in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. A duplicate of the type
is in the Gray Herbarium. Bolander 6196, collected in 1866 in the
Yosemite Valley (H.; L. S.), a specimen collected by Mrs. Austin,
in 1877, in Plumer County (H.), and H. E. Brown 370, collected
near Sisson, Siskiyou County, California (N. Y.) are probably to
be referred to this species. None of these specimens, however,
is in very good condition.
3. CAREX NIGRO-MARGINATA Schwein. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 68.
1824
Carex lucorum var. nigro-marginata Chapm. Fl. S. E. U. S. 539.
~ 536 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
Densely cespitose, the stolon short, ascending; culms 2—10 cm.
high, much exceeded by the leaves, triangular, rough on the angles,
very strongly fibrillose at base, several together with a common
cluster of leaves at the base. Leaves numerous and conspicuous,
the blades from very short to 35 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, flat,
very rough, the mid-nerve prominent; staminate spike sessile,
5-8 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, the ovate scales obtusish, brownish
with greenish midrib and narrow hyaline margin; pistillate
spikes two or three, sessile, erect, contiguous or the lower slightly
separate, the upper at the base of the sessile staminate spike,
orbicular or ovoid-orbicular, 4-7 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, closely
flowered, with about 6-15 ascending perigynia; bract of lower
spike well developed, green, attenuate, 1.5 mm. wide at base,
5-25 mm. long, and from shorter than to exceeding the inflorescence,
the upper bracts similar but shorter; scales ovate, acutish to
short-cuspidate, from slightly shorter to slightly longer than the
perigynia, with a broad strip of green in the center and con-
spicuous brownish black margin, or at times in immature speci-
mens the brownish black margin narrow and inconspicuous;
perigynia 3.5 mm. long, the body oval, 1.75 mm. long, tapering
into the stipitate base 0.75 mm. long, the beak 1 mm. long, the
body compressed-orbicular and somewhat obscurely triangular
in cross-section, I mm. wide, narrowly ridged along the sides,
otherwise nerveless, it and the beak minutely puberulent, the
beak bidentate; achenes short-triangular, 1.5 mm. long, closely
fitted to the perigynia; stigmas three.
Differs from Carex floridana in (1) its normally triangular
achenes, (2) strongly dark-margined scales, and (3) often stiff
culms, which are (4) strongly fibrillose at base, and (5) in its
short ascending stolons instead of long creeping ones, thus making
the plant more densely cespitose.
Forms of Carex varia Muhl. in which the leaves much exceed
the culms may key into this species or the following one. Their
narrow slender leaf-blades, and the lack of dark margins to their
scales distinguish such specimens from the present species, and
the absence of the long stolons and the lenticular achenes of Carex
floridana serve to distinguish that species.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
NEw York: Babylon, Leggett, May 21, 1869 (C).
NEw Jersey: Landisville, Atlantic Co., Gross, 1872+1883
(N. Y.) and May 28, 1898 (K. M.); Tuckerton, Mackenzie,
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 537
May, 1911 (K. M.); South Lakewood, Mackenzie 4536, May 15,
1910 (K. M.); Milford, Porter, May 27, 1867+1868 (Ne ¥33
Lakewood, Torrey Club, May 28, 1898 (N. Y.); Holland Station,
Garber, June, 1868 (C); “‘New Jersey,”’ Smith (B).
PENNSYLVANIA: Monroe, Bucks County, Ruth, May, 1885
(N. Y.); French Creek, Brinton, May 22, 1892 (C).
DELAWARE: Centreville, Commons, May, 1864 (N. Y.).
District OF CoLuMBIA: Steele, April 29, 1899 (K. M.); M. A.
Curtis, 1845 (C).
NortH CARrotina: M. A. Curtis (N. Y.); Chapel Hill, Ashe 3006
(N. Y.), April, 1897 (B); Salem, Schweinitz (C) ; ‘‘ North Carolina,”
Chapman (C); Hunter (C); Tryon, Brainerd, April 14, 1909 (B).
SoUTH CAROLINA: Greenville, Mackenzie 2991, April 2, 1908
(K. M.); Clemson, Oconee County, House 3150, March 20, 1907
(Nevo:
ALABAMA: Auburn, Earle, April 10, 1901 (N. Y.); ‘‘ Alabama,”
Peters, 1867 (N. Y.).
Louisiana: Leavenworth, 1845 (C).
TENNESSEE: Broad River, Rugel (D. C.).
ARKANSAS: Leavenworth, 1845 (C).
Missouri: Campbell, Bush 6597, April 19, 1912 (K. M.).
4. CAREX FLORIDANA Schwein. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 1: 66. 1824
Carex lucorum var. floridana Chapm. FI. S. E. U.S. 539. 1860.
Carex nigro-marginata var. subdigyna Bockl. Linnaea 41: 220.
1877. ;
Carex nigro-marginata var. floridana (Schwein.) Kiikenth. in
Engler, Pflanzenreich 4”: 444. 1909. :
Culms very slender, or capillary, erect or spreading, from very
short to 2 dm. high, roughened on the angles, exceeded by the
leaves, coming up in small clumps and long-stoloniferous, slightly
filamentose at base. Leaves largely basal, those on the culms
abortive or very short, the basal leaves 2-3 dm. long, 1-2 mm. wide,
flat or somewhat involute (especially near the base), more or less
glaucous and roughened; staminate spike one, terminal (but
exceeded by the contiguous pistillate spikes), very short and in-
conspicuous, few-flowered, sessile, 3-5 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide,
the closely appressed scales lanceolate, obtuse, with green midrib
and white hyaline margins; pistillate spikes two, sessile, very
538 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
close together, short-oblong, 4-8 mm. long, 2.5—-4. mm. wide, 4-8-
flowered, the perigynia appressed-ascending; bracts lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, white-hyaline with green midrib, acuminate
or cuspidate, shorter than the subtended spike; scales oblong or
ovate-oblong, acuminate to obtusish, white-hyaline with green
midrib, rather wider but shorter than the perigynia; perigynia
puberulent, spindle-shaped, 3.25 mm. long, the body oval, com-
pressed-orbicular in cross-section, 1.5 mm. long, 0.75 mm. broad,
tapering to the stipitate base 1 mm. long, and rather abruptly
into the slender beak 0.75 mm. long, the orifice entire or nearly so,
the body nerveless except for the prominent decurrent edges of the
beak; achenes normally lenticular, closely fitting the perigynia,
the face oblong-elliptic, 1.75-2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide; stigmas two.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
GeorGiA: Rocky Comfort Creek, Louisville, Jefferson Co.,
Harper 2105, April 9, 1904 (N. Y.).
FLoripA: Jacksonville, Curtiss 4128, April 3, 1893 (C), 4639,
March 24, 1894 (C), 6127, March 31, 1898 (K. M.); Hibernia,
Canby, March 1869 (C); “Florida,” Chapman (N. Y. and C);
“Florida,” Keeler (C); Banks of Little River, Chapman (C);
West Florida, Chapman, 1836 (C); Apalachicola, Biltmore 1783
(N. Y.); “Florida,” Chapman, from. Dr. Lemann, 1847 (N. Y.
ex herb. Boott).
Louisiana: Jackson, Ingalls, February (C); Hale 707 (C).
Mississippi: Ocean Springs, Earle, Feb. 1889, very young
(N. Y.).
Texas: Big Sandy, Bush 2877, April 7; 1902 (NEY)
5. CAREX DEFLEXA Hornem. Plantelaere, ed. By 0S OSB: 1621
Carex varia var. minor Boott, in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 223 (in
part). 1840.
Carex pilulifera var. deflexa Drej. Rev. Crit. Car. Bor. 54. 1841.
“ Carex Novae-Angliae Schw.” Boott, Ill. Car. 2: 96 (in part). 1860.
Carex pilulifera forma, Béckl. Linnaea 41: 216. 1877.
Carex deflexa var. Deanei Bailey, Mem. Torrey Club 1: 42. 1889.
Clumps small or medium-sized, stoloniferous, the rootstocks
slender, horizontally creeping, branching; culms 3-10 cm. high,
very slender, exceeded by the leaves, smooth, the fertile mostly
phyllopodic. Fertile culms with several leaves with well-developed
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 539
blades inserted towards the base, the blades ascending, 1 mm. wide,
usually less than 6 cm. long, roughened on the margins and towards
the apex; leaves of sterile culms more numerous and with longer
and somewhat wider blades; staminate spike solitary, erect,
sessile, 2-4 mm. long, 0.5-I mm. wide, inconspicuous and often
exceeded by the closely contiguous pistillate spikes, the scales
ovate-lanceolate, closely appressed, acute, straw-colored with
hyaline margins and tinged with reddish brown; pistillate spikes
one or two, sessile or short-peduncled, approximate, suborbicular
or short-oblong, 2-4 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, containing about 2-8
ascending perigynia, normally with an additional, widely separated,
basal spike; lower bract 5-10 mm. long, not sheathing and hardly
colored at base; the upper much shorter; scales ovate, acute or
short-acuminate, wider but shorter than the perigynia, tinged with
reddish brown, the midrib green and the margins hyaline; peri-
gynia puberulent, obovoid, obtusely triangular, nerveless or
nearly so, the body 1.5 mm. long, I mm. wide, tapering to a
stipitate base 1 mm. long, and abruptly contracted into a short
(0.5 mm. long) beak with emarginate or shallowly bidentate orifice;
achenes triangular (rather obtusely), short-oval, 1.5 mm. long;
stigmas three
The arstien forms of Carex varia Muhl. often resemble forms
of Carex deflexa in which the basal spikes are not developed.
They are, however, strongly cespitose and have squamiform bracts,
which are normally hyaline-margined at base and do not usually
exceed the culms.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
Arctic AMERICA: Norway House, Richardson (N.Y. and C.).
QUEBEC: Montmorency Falls, Macoun 67592, June 28, 1905
(N. Y.); Calumet, Macoun 7405, June 9, 1891 (D. C.).
ONTARIO: Sudbury Junction, Macoun 30979, May 24, 1884
(D.C)
NEw Brunswick: Kent County, Brittain 30974, 1888 (D. C.);
Prince Edward Island, Macoun 10702, June 26, 1888 (D. C.).
Nova Scotia: Truro, Macoun 10704, June 12, 1883 (D. C.).
British CoLtumBIA: Latitude 54°, Macoun 30970, June 10, 1875
(D. C.); McCloud’s Lake, Macoun 30972, June 24, 1875.
Maine: Mt. Desert Island, Faxon, June 23, 1891 (N. Y.);
Orono, Fernald, May 15, 1902 (N. Y.; K. M.); and May 29, 1890
(C.); Ft. Fairfield, Fernald 149, July 6, 1893 (C.); Mt. Desert
540 : MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
Island, Rand, June 21 and 23, 1891 (C.); Piscataquis County,
Fernald 269, July 5, 1895 (C.).
New Hampsuire: Franconia, Faxon, June 9, 1893 (N. Y.);
Lisbon, Graves, June 10 and 13, 1893 (C.); Crawford Notch,
Faxon, June 7, 1878 (C.); Wing Road, Pringle, June 4, 1878 (B).
VERMONT: Ripton, Brainerd, May 25, 1878 (B); June 7, 1879
(B); June 10, 1892 (B; N. Y.); Ripton, Brainerd & Eggleston, June
9, 1898 (K. M.); Lyndon, July 2, 1875 (N. Y.); Groton, Pringle,
June 13, 1879 (B).
New York: Lake Placid, Peck, June 12, 1897 (N. Y.); White
Face Mountain, Parry, Aug. 1851 (C.).
Massacuusetts: Hawley, Forbes, May 30, 1905 (K. M.).
MicuiGan: Keweenaw County, Farwell 745, July 1, 1890
(Cb
6. CAREX BREVIPEs W. Boott, in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. 2: 246. 1880
Carex globosa var. brevipes W. Boott, in S. Wats. Bot. Calif. 2: 485.
_ 1880.
Carex deflexa var. Boottii Bailey, Mem. Torrey Club 1: 43. 1889.
Carex pilulifera var. Novae-Angliae F. Kurtz, Bot. Jahrb. 19:
419. 1894.
Carex Rossii var. brevipes (W. Boott) Kiikenth. in Engler, Pflan-
zenreich 4%: 452. 1909.
In dense clumps from stout, matted, ascending rootstocks,
not stoloniferous, the culms from very short to 18 cm. high,
phyllopodic, reddish-purple tinged and more or less strongly
hidden at their base, slender, roughened on the angles above;
sterile culms aphyllopodic. Leaves with well-developed blades
4-8 to a fertile culm, the blades flat with slightly revolute margins,
I.5-2.5 mm. wide, up to 15 cm. long, roughened towards apex;
terminal spikes staminate, slender, short-peduncled or sessile,
4-12 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, several-many-flowered, the scales
ovate, acute or cuspidate, about 3-nerved, reddish- or light
purplish-brown with lighter center and narrow hyaline margins;
pistillate spikes 3-5, usually 10-20-flowered, the upper one or
two approximate, from sessile to strongly peduncled, the others
widely separated, basal, long-peduncled, the perigynia in several
ranks, ascending; bract of lower non-basal spike leaflet-like,
exceeding inflorescence, green, slightly purplish-auricled at base;
scales ovate, acute to cuspidate, I-3-nerved, green with narrow
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 541
hyaline margins and more or less strongly purplish-tinged, about
the width of but shorter than mature perigynia, exposing the upper
part; perigynia small, 2.5 to nearly 3 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide,
green, puberulent, the body little longer than wide, obscurely
triangular in cross-section, 2-ribbed, otherwise nerveless, from
short to rather strongly stipitate, abruptly contracted into the
slender, minutely serrulate, slightly colored or hyaline-tipped
shallowly bidentate beak 0.25-0.75 mm. long; achenes triangular
with strongly convex sides closely enveloped by perigynia, nearly
2 mm. long, truncate at apex, round-tapering at base; style short
and slender; stigmas three.
This species, lly collected in the Sierra Nevada Mountains
of California, has no immediate relationship with Carex globosa
Boott, to which it has been referred. As pointed out by Prof.
Bailey, its real relationship is with Carex deflexca Hornem. and its
allies. It resembles real Carex deflexa in its small perigynia,
2.5-3 mm. long with shallowly bidentate beak. It, however, is
densely cespitose with stout rootstocks, while Carex deflexa is
stoloniferous and has slender rootstocks. The staminate spikes
in the plant of the Sierra Nevadas are more developed, the
perigynia seem less strongly stipitate, the spikes are usually more
flowered, and the plant is much stiffer. Carex Rossi, with larger
deeply bidentate perigynia, seems constantly. different.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
CaLiForNIiA: ‘“‘Lake Tahoe to Bear Valley,” Kelloce, and
“Rocky Mts. California,” Kellogg (type sheets in Gray Herbarium) ;
Sierra Nevada, Braman & Kellogg, June 9, 1870 (N. Y.); Sierra
Nevada Mts., El Dorado County, Brainerd 116, July 19, 1897
(H; Brainerd).
“WASHINGTON: Wenatchee Mts., Kittitas County, Elmer 453;
June 28, 1897 (Piper).
7. Carex Rossi Boott, in Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 222. 1840
Carex Novae-Angliae var. Rossii Bailey, Bot. Gaz. 10: 207. 1885.
Carex deflexa var. Rossii and var. media Bailey, Mem. Torrey
Club 1: 43. 1889.
Carex Novae-Angliae var. deflexa Bailey, Proc. Am. Acad. 22: .
124. 1886.
Carex deflexa var. Farwellii Brit., Brit. & Br. Ill. Fl. 1: 334. 1896.
-
542 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
Carex Farwellit (Brit.) Mackenzie, Bull. Torrey Club 37: 244.
I9I0.
Clumps medium-sized, densely or loosely cespitose, hardly
stoloniferous, the rootstocks ascending; culms 5-20 cm. high,
slender, usually exceeding the leaves, smooth or slightly roughened
under the inflorescence, aphyllopodic or phyllopodic; basal spikes
usually numerous. Fertile culms with several leaves with well-
developed blades inserted towards the base, the blades ascend-
ing, I-2 mm. wide, usually less than 6 cm. long, roughened on the
margins and towards the apex; leaves of sterile culms more
numerous and with longer and somewhat wider blades; stami-
nate spike sessile or nearly so, erect, 3-8 mm. long, 1 mm. wide,
exceeding the contiguous pistillate spike, the scales ovate-oblong,
closely appressed, acutish, with green midrib and hyaline margins
and strongly tinged with reddish brown; pistillate spikes one or
two, sessile or short-peduncled (and with some additional widely
separated basal ones), approximate or somewhat separate, sub-
orbicular or short-oblong, 3-5 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, containing
3-10 ascending perigynia; lower bract 0.5-5 cm. long, not sheathing
and hardly colored at base; the upper much shorter; scales ovate,
acute to acuminate, or cuspidate, wider but shorter than the mature
perigynia, strongly tinged with reddish- or purplish-brown, the
midrib green and the margins hyaline; perigynia short-pubescent,
3-4-5 mm. long, obovoid, obtusely triangular, 2-ribbed but other-
wise nerveless or nearly so, the body 1.5-2.5 mm. long, 1 mm.
wide, tapering to a stipitate base 0.5—-1.5 mm. long, and abruptly
contracted into a bidentate beak 0.75-1.25 mm. long; achenes tri-
angular (rather obtusely), short-oval, 1.5 mm. long; stigmas three.
This characteristic species of the western mountains has been
given a great deal of study by me in an endeavor to ascertain
definitely whether it represented an aggregate of more than one
species or not. As a result I have come to the conclusion that
but one variable species is represented and that the notable
variations shown in individual plants are to be explained by en-
vironmental conditions. The species varies from densely cespitose
in alpine or subalpine situations to loosely cespitose in more pro-
tected localities; these more loosely cespitose plants have the
leaf-blades of the sterile culms much more developed and in all
respects show a stronger vegetative growth; the scales of the basal
spikes are inclined to be strongly cuspidate’ and the perigynia
range in length from 3.75 to 4.5 mm. with a beak as long as the
y- Such plants answer to Carex Farwellii and are quite dif-
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 543
ferent in appearance from the densely cespitose plants with much
less developed vegetative growth, acute scales, and _ perigynia
ranging from 3 to 4 mm. in length, with beak shorter than the body,
which represent the other extreme of the series. However, all
kinds of intermediate combinations appear, and make separation
impossible except arbitrarily.
Other plants with narrow involute leaves collected in very dry
situations also look quite different, but their peculiar aspect
seems wholly due to their dried-up condition, as no structural
differences have been found.
The species as here treated ranges from Vancouver Island and
the Canadian Rockies south through Washington and Oregon to
the higher Sierras of California and eastward in the higher moun-
tains of Nevada and Utah. It seems common in Colorado,
Wyoming, Montana, and Idaho. It has been found in northern
Michigan. It is to be expected in northern New Mexico and
possibly Arizona, and its northern range in western Canada is
yet to be ascertained.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
CANADA: Rocky Mt. Park, Macoun 64056, July 8, 1904 (N. Y.);
between Kettle and Columbia Rivers, Macoun 63318, June 6,
1902, and 63319, July 9, 1902 (N. Y.), and 63320, July 19, 1902
(N. Y.); Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, Macoun 76742, July 13,
1908 (N. Y.); Medicine Hat, Assiniboia, Macoun 7402, June 4, 1894
(C.); Mountain Post, Assiniboia, Macoun 10780, June 11, 1895
(N. Y., H); Revelstoke, Shaw 834, July 6, 1905 (N. Y.); Revelstoke,
Macoun 57A, May 19, 1890 (C.); Lake Louise, Macoun 64055,
July 20, 1904; Mt. Arrowsmith, Rosendahl 2023, June 28, 1907
(N. Y., H); Qu’Appelle Valley, Macoun 49, June 22, 1879 (H);
Yale, Macoun, June 17, 1876 (H); Grand Valley, Macoun 261,
June 16, 1880 (H); Trail to Asalkan Glacier, British Columbia,
Brainerd, Aug. 11, 1897 (B); Vancouver, Macoun, July 27, 1887
(B); Calgary, Macoun 25460, June 7, 1897 (D. C.); Mt. Arrow-
smith, Vancouver Island, Macoun 30969, July 17, 1887 (D. C.);
Rogers Pass, Selkirk Mts., Macoun 30968, July 29, 1890 (D. C.);
Elbow River, Rocky Mts., Macoun 25461, July 15, 1897 4 bog tees
Esquimault, Vancouver Island, Macoun 376, June 9, 1893, and
544 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
_ Mt. Benson, Macoun 377, July 10, 1893 (D. C.); Nanaimo and
Horne Lake, Vancouver Island, Macoun 20286, June 4, 1887, and
10706, July 25, 1887 (D. C.); Kananaskis, Rocky Mts., Macoun
32016, June 15, 1885 (D. C.); Spy Hill, Saskatchewan, Macoun
72789, July 1, 1906 (D. C.); Clearwater River, Macoun 32007,
July 8, 1888 (D. C.); Lytton, British Columbia, Macoun 32008,
April 17, 1889 (D. C.); New: Westminster Junction, British Colum-
bia, Macoun 80878, April 19, 1889 (D. C.).
WASHINGTON: Bingen, Suksdorf, May 12, 1909 (N. Y.); Mt.
Paddo, Suksdorf, Aug. 9, 1909 (N. Y.); Olympic Mts., Elmer 2718,
June 1900 (N. Y., Piper); Mt. Rainier, Piper 2537, Aug. 15, 1895
(Piper, N. Y.); West Klickitat County, Suksdorf 276, April 30,
1885 (C.); “Washington,” Henderson, 1892 (C.); Mt. Adams,
Howell, Aug. 15, 1882 (H); Cascade Mts., Allen 168, June 4, 1895
(N. Y., H, Piper); Klickitat River, Suksdorf 48, June 2, 1883 (H);
Cascade Mts., Vasey, 1889 (Piper); Whitman County, Piper 3094,
July 20, 1899 (Piper): Blue Mts., Horner 480, July 29, 1897
(Piper); Mt. Rainier, Piper 2552, Aug. 1895 (Piper); Mt. Adams,
Henderson 2094, Aug. 10, 1892 (Piper); Olympia, Henderson, 1892
(Piper); Hangman Creek, Spokane County, Sandberg & Leiberg
30, May 17, 1893 (Piper); Wenatchee, Brandegee 1145,1883 (D.C.).
EGON: Union County, Cusick 1322, 1886 (Piper) ; “Oregon,”
Cusick (Piper) ; Wallowa Mts., Sheldon 8535, July 12, 1897 (K. M.);
Lake County, Eggleston 6850, June 5, r911 (N); Mt. Adams,
Chickering, Aug. 1882 (D. C.)
CALIFORNIA: Sierra Nevada, Kellogg (N. Y.); Cisco, Sierra
Nevada, Kellogg, June 10, 1870 (H); Hat Creek, Shasta County,
Eggleston 7382, 7434, 7435, July 31, 1911 (N) also 7485, Aug. 2,
1g1r (N); Summit, Placer County, Heller 9853, July 16, 1909
(K. M.); Pyramid Peak, El Dorado County, Hall & Chandler
4749, Aug. 1-2, 1903 (H). |
Utan: Big Cottonwood Canyon, Salt Lake Co., Garrett 1658,
Aug. 21, 1905 (N. Y.); Marysvale, Jones 5343, May 31, 1899
(N. Y., K. M.); Alta, Jones 1204, Aug. 7, 1879 (C.); Hornwood
Canyon, Watson 1260, July 1869 (C.).
IpaHo: Kootenai County, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller 234,
May 23, 1892, and 841, Aug. 5, 1892 (N. Y.); Nez Perces County,
A.A. & E. G. Heller 3388, July 9, 1896 (C., Piper); Kootenai
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 545
County, Sandberg, July 1887 (N. Y.); Sweetwater, Heller, July
1896 (K
Montana: Bozeman, Flodman 289, July 7, 1896 (N. Y.);
Little Belt Mts., Flodman 288, Aug. 1896 (N. Y.); Helena, Kelsey,
July 12, 1892 (N. Y.); Little Belt Mts., Rydberg 3377, 3802, Aug.
1896 (N. Y.); Spanish Basin, Madison Range, Flodman 287,
July 18, 1896 (N. Y.).
CoLtorapo: Vasey (N. Y.); Chamber’s Lake, Baker, July 13,
1896 (N. Y.); La Plata Mts., Baker, Earle & Tracy 685, July
14, 1898 (N. Y.); Chamber’s Lake, Crandall, July 25, 1894 (N. Y.);
Chamber's Lake, Colo. Agri. College 2549, July 28, 1889 (N. Y.);
Beaver Creek, Colo. Agri. College 2558, July 19, 1898 (N. Y.);
Pagosa Peak, Baker 237, Aug. 1899 (N. Y.); Cameron Pass, Baker,
July 14, 1896 (N. Y., C.); Middle Park, Beardslee, Aug. 1892
(N. Y.); Colorado Springs, Jones 59, May 14, 1878 (N. Y., C.,
B); Silver Plume, Rydberg 2416, and Shear 669, Aug. 21, 1895
N. Y.); Twin Lakes, Wolfe 1058, 1873 (C.); Mt. Helen, Mac-
kenzie 307, Aug. 1901 (K. M
Wyominc: Big Horn Mts., Sheridan County, Tweedy 2246,
July 1899 (N. Y.); Black Rock Creek, Teton Forest Reserve,
Tweedy gor, Aug. 1897 (N. Y.); Teton Pass, Merrill & Wilcox
1249, July 13, 1901 (N. Y.); Madison Canyon, A. & E. Nelson
6761, Aug. 29, 1899 (N. Y.); Battle Lake, A. Nelson 3046, Aug. 16,
1897 (N. Y.); Yellowstone Park, Williams, 1888 (N. Y.); Yellow-
stone Park, A. & E. Nelson 6361, Aug. 8, 1899 (N. Y., K. M.);
La Plata Mines, A. & E. Nelson 5148, Aug. 25, 1898 (K. M.);
Ten Sleep Lakes, Nelson 2972, Aug. 19, 1897 (K. M.).
MIcuiGANn: Clifton, Keweenaw Co., Farwell 244, June, 1890
(Col., H). *
8. Carex sity oohtia | sp. nov.
In large dense clumps from slender tough ascending forking
rootstocks, not stoloniferous, the culms from very short to 15 cm.
high, aphyllopodic, reddish brown and more or less fibrillose at
base, usually shorter than leaves, slender, very rough on the
sharp angles; sterile culms aphyllopodic. Leaves with well-devel-
oped blades 5-10 to a fertile culm, the blades involute but flat
above with slightly revolute margins, slender, at flowering time
0.75-1.5 mm. wide, 2-25 cm. long, much roughened; terminal
spike staminate, slender, 4-8 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, more or less
546 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
strongly peduncled, few-several-flowered, the scales ovate or
obovate, obtuse to acute, I-3-nerved, purplish brown with lighter
midvein and conspicuous hyaline margins; pistillate spikes 2-5,
usually 2—5-flowered, the upper one or two approximate or little
separate, sessile or peduncled, the others widely separate, basal
and strongly peduncled, the perigynia erect-ascending, the rachis
zigzag; bract of upper spike green, scarcely sheathing, slightly
purplish-tinged at base, normally exceeding inflorescence; scales
ovate, acute to short-cuspidate, with several-nerved green center
and hyaline margins and more or less strongly purplish-brown
tinged, nearly as long and nearly as wide as, but not enveloping
or concealing perigynia; perigynia sparingly puberulent, green,
3-5-4.5 mm. long, the body short- to long-oval, 2.25-3 mm. long,
1.75 mm. wide, 2-ribbed and otherwise nerveless or nearly so,
triangular-suborbicular in cross-section, strongly stipitate (0.75-1
mm.), abruptly contracted into the scarcely ciliate-serrulate,
hyaline-tipped, obliquely cut, in age shallowly bidentate beak,
0.75-1 mm. long; achenes triangular with strongly convex sides,
closely enveloped by perigynia, 2-2.75 mm. long, nearly 1.75 mm.
wide, truncate and slightly apiculate at apex, rounded at base;
style slender, not enlarged at base, readily detached; stigmas three.
The type specimen was collected by Mr. W. W. Eggleston
(6605) southeast of Tierra Amarilla, Rio Arriba County, New
Mexico, in the pifion belt at an altitude of 2,320 meters in the
spring of 1911 (sheet 660821, United States National Herbarium).
His numbers 6536, 6540, 6542 and 6610, collected in the same
locality, also represent this species. Fendler’s 889 collected in
New Mexico in 1847 (H) also belongs here.
Carex geophila differs in the characters given in the key and in
addition the. present species has narrower leaves, more slender
staminate spikes, few-flowered pistillate spikes, strongly reddened
culm bases and scarcely ciliate-serrulate perigynium beak.
9. Carex geophila sp. nov.
In large very dense clumps from tough, rather slender, much
branched rootstocks, not stoloniferous, the culms from very
, slender, very rough on
the sharp angles; sterile culms strongly aphyllopodic. Leaves
with well-developed blades 5-10 to a fertile culm, the blades
flat with slightly revolute margins, 1.5-2.5 mm. wide, 2-15 cm.
. MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 547
long, much roughened; terminal spike staminate, slender, 5-9
mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, more or less strongly peduncled, several—
many-flowered, the scales ovate, acute or short-acuminate, many-
striate, purplish brown with lighter center and conspicuous
white-hyaline margins; pistillate spikes 2-5, usually 5—15-flowered,
the upper one or two usually approximate, sessile or short-pe-
duncled (sometimes absent), the others widely separated, basal
and strongly peduncled, the perigynia in several ranks, ascending;
bract of upper spike (where spike is present) well developed, green,
somewhat sheathing, slightly brownish-red tinged, shorter than
inflorescence; scales ovate, acute to short-cuspidate, those of the
upper spikes reddish brown with 3-nerved green center and white-
hyaline margins, those of lower spikes slightly if at all reddish-
brown tinged, all from slightly shorter to slightly longer and wider
than but not enveloping or nearly concealing perigynia; perigynia
puberulent, green, 3.25—4 mm. long, the body suborbicular, 2.25-2.5,
mm. long, 1.75 mm. wide, 2-ribbed, otherwise nervelezs or more
or less strongly nerved at base on one face, nearly orbicular in
cross-section, strongly stipitate (0.5-0.75 mm.), abruptly con-
tracted into the serrulate, slightly hyaline or purplish-tipped
bidentate beak, 0.5-0.75 mm. long; achenes triangular with
strongly convex sides, closely enveloped by perigynia, about
2.25 mm. long, nearly 1.75 mm. wide, truncate and slightly apicu-
ate at apex, round-tapering at base; style slender, not enlarged
at base, readily detached; stigmas three.
The type specimen, collected by Mr. W. W. Eggleston (6584)
at Tierra Amarilla, Rio Arriba County, New Mexico, in the spring
of 1911, isin the United States National Herbarium (sheet 660800).
His numbers 6614, 6474, 6466, 6550, 6556, 6458, and 6593 from
the same locality also belong here, as does also his 6655 collected
near Chama, Rio Arriba County. The species is also represented
by a’specimen in the Gray Herbarium, collected by Dr. Greene
April 22, 1880 (deep shady canyon of Mineral Creek in the Mo-
gollon Mountains).
10. Carex brevicaulis sp. nov.
In dense clumps, stoloniferous, the culms phyllopodic, 5-10
cm. high, slender, exceeded by the leaves, sharply triangular,
very rough on the angles, reddish brown and more or less fibrillose
at base. Leaves with well-developed blades 6-10 to a fertile
culm, clustered near base, the blades flat, 1.5-3.5 mm. wide,
usually 2.5-7.5 cm. long, roughened above and towards apex;
leaf-blades of sterile culms 5-12 cm. long; terminal spike stam-
548 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
inate, few-flowered, short-peduncled, 6-9 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm.
wide, the scales narrowly ovate, acute to short-cuspidate, reddish
brown with light-colored midrib and center and white-hyaline,
non-ciliate margins; lateral spikes 2, 3 or 4, pistillate, 4-6 mm.
long and nearly as wide, the uppermost sessile near base of stam-
inate, the second (if present) sessile and somewhat remote, the
others far remote, basal, slender-peduncled, the maturing peri-
gynia I-4, erect-ascending, the upper flowers not developing;
bract of upper spikes leaflet-like, shorter than or rarely slightly
exceeding culm, widened at base into reddish brown auricles
with hyaline margins; scales ovate, acute to short-cuspidate,
reddish brown with light-colored midrib and center and white-
hyaline, non-ciliate margins, narrower and shorter than the
mature perigynia; perigynia about 4 mm. long, loosely short-
pubescent, more or less yellowish- Siren tinged, stipitate, the
body globose, 2.25 mm. wide, 2-ribbed, abruptly contracted into
the slender serrulate, rather shallowly bidentate beak 1 mm. long;
achenes triangular-globose, the sides strongly convex, closely
enveloped by perigynia, 2 mm. wide and slightly longer, abruptly
rounded at base and apex, slightly stipitate; style slender, enlarged
at base, deciduous, short; stigmas three.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
BritTisH COLUMBIA: Victoria, Macoun 76706, June 12, 1908
(N. Y.); Vancouver, Macoun, May 30, 1873 (H); Macoun 32014,
May 8, 1875 (D. C.).
WasHINGTON: Whidbey Island, Gardner 343, May 29, 1897
(Piper).
OREGON: Yaquina Bay, Howell 2994, May 1886, type (N. Y-);
Wilkes Exped. 1834—1842 (C.).
CALIFORNIA: San Francisco, Kellogg, May 1880 (N =
11. Carex microrhyncha sp. nov.
In large stools, spreading by short stolons; culms from very
short to 15 cm. high, mostly much exceeded by the leaves, slender,
triangular, rough on the angles, reddish-brown tinged and strongly
fibrillose at base, phyllopodic; sterile culms phyllopodic, termi-
nating the short stolons, their sheaths little if at all filamentose.
Leaves numerous, erect or ascending, light green, from very short
to 20 or 30 cm. in length, at flowering time 1.5—-2.5 mm. wide, in
age up to 3 mm. wide, flat with somewhat revolute margins,
very rough above; terminal spike staminate, sessile or short-
peduncled, 5-10 mm. long, I.5-2.5 mm. wide, the scales obovate,
rd
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 549
obtuse or acute, reddish brown with lighter midvein and hyaline
margins; pistillate spike usually present at base of staminate,
sessile or short-peduncled, globose-oblong, 3.5 mm. wide, 4-7 mm.
long, its bract squamiform, reddish-brown tinged and exceeded
by culm, the basal spikes 2 or 3, subglobose, 4-6 mm. long, 3.5-
4.5 mm. wide; scales broadly ovate acute or short-cuspidate,
about length of but wider than perigynia and largely concealing
them, strongly several-nerved, greenish or hyaline; perigynia
2.25-3.25 mm. long, the body short-oval, triangular-orbicular in
cross-section, 1.25 mm. wide, short-pubescent, 2-ribbed, otherwise
nerveless, tapering or contracted into a short stipitate base 0.5
mm. long, abruptly contracted into the short (0.5 mm. long) beak,
less than half length of body, the beak 2-edged, hyaline-tipped,
at most obscurely bidentate; achenes triangular, oblong-obovoid,
filling perigynia, minutely stipitate, dull or silvery blackish, the
superficial cells conspicuous, the sides convex and angles blunt
and prominent; style slender; stigmas three.
This species bears such a strong superficial resemblance to
Carex abdita Bicknell that it was not until I came to examine
the achenes that I found out that the plants were distinct.
The achenes in fact much more resemble those of true Carex
umbellata Schk., as described by Mr. Bicknell (Bull. Torrey Club
35: 491), and as the perigynia are those of Carex abdita, I began to
doubt the excellent achene characters brought out by him.
However, still further study brought out the differences shown in
the key in the manner of growth and in the sterile shoots as com-
pared both with C. abdita and C. umbellata. The perigynia, too,
are much more concealed by the scales than in either of these
species.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED: /
Missouri: Dodson, Jackson County, Mackenzie, May 10,
1896, and May 14, 1899, type (K. M.); St. Louis, Riehl, 1838 (C);
St. Louis County, Eggert, April-May, 1887 (H).
INDIAN TERRITORY: Limestone Gap, Butler (H).
Texas: Blanco River (Dew. Herb., H); “‘Texas,’”’ Leavenworth
(C); Dallas, Reverchon, March 1877 (C).
12. Carex Appita Bicknell, Bull. Torrey Club 35: 492. 1908
Carex umbellata var. brevirostris Boott, Ill. Car. 2:99. pl. 294. 1860.
‘Very densely cespitose, culms from very short to 15 cm, high,
550 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
mostly much exceeded by the leaves, slender, triangular, rough
on the angles, reddish-brown tinged and strongly fibrillose at
base, phyllopodic; sterile culms aphyllopodic, erect, the sheaths
filamentose. Leaves numerous, the blades erect or ascending,
light green, from very short to 20 or 30 cm. in length, at flowering
time about 1.5 to 2.5 mm. wide, in age up to 3 mm. wide, flat with
somewhat revolute margins, very rough above; terminal spike
staminate, sessile or short-peduncled, 5-10 mm. long, 1.5—2 mm.
wide, the scales obovate, obtuse or acute, reddish brown with
lighter midvein and hyaline margins; pistillate spike usually
present at base of staminate, sessile or short-peduncled, globose-
oblong, 3.5 mm. wide, 4-7 mm. long, its bract squamiform, reddish-
brown tinged and exceeded by culm, the basal spikes 2 or 3,
short, oblong, 5-9 mm. long, frequently staminate at apex; scales
ovate, abruptly acute or acuminate, longer and wider than peri-
gynia but not concealing them, strongly several-nerved, greenish
or hyaline, the upper at least reddish-brown tinged; perigynia
2.25-3.25 mm. long, the body subglobose, triangular-orbicular in
cross-section, 1.25 mm. wide, short-pubescent, 2-ribbed, otherwise
nerveless, tapering or contracted into a short-stipitate base, 0.5
mm. long, abruptly contracted into the short (0.5—1 mm. long)
beak, less than half length of body, the beak 2-edged, hyaline-
tipped, at most obscurely bidentate; achenes triangular, orbicular-
obovoid, filling perigynia, brownish, sessile, shining, irregularly
pitted, the sides convex and angles sharp and narrow; style slender;
stigmas three.
Differs from Carex umbellata in the small, short-beaked, ob-
scurely bidentate perigynia, and in the achenes.
A northern species extending south to Delaware and Indiana.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
CANADA: Quesnelle, Macoun, May 29, 1874 (H); Norway
House, Richardson 323 (H); Rocky Mts., Richardson (H); Carlton
House (H); Norway House, Richardson (H); Victoria, Vancouver
Island, Macoun 16673, May 7, 1875 (D. C.); Fraser River Valley,
Macoun 32015, May 18, 1875 (D. C.); ‘Rocky Mts.,” Drummond
(D. C.); Hastings County, Ontario, Macoun 32019, June 15, 1865
(© .),
MAINE: Vassalboro, Fernald & Chamberlain, May yy, 1902
(K. M.); Bangor, Knight, May 14, 1905 (K. M.).
VERMONT: Snake Mt., Brainerd, June 11, 1897 (B).
New HampsHIRrE: Mt. Willard, Faxon, June 7 (N. Y.).
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 551
MassacHUsETTs: Deerfield, Cooley (C); Boston, W. Boott
(63
CONNECTICUT: Bridgeport, Eames, May 28, 1908 (N. Y.).
RHODE ISLAND: Thurber, May 1846 (N. Y.).
New York: Richmond Hill, Long Island, Bicknell, May 11,
1904 (N. Y.); Jamaica, Bicknell, May 19, 1905, type (N. Y.);
Sparrow Bush, along Delaware River, Britton, May 30, 1903
(N. Y.); Yonkers, E. C. Howe, May 1876 (N. Y.); Whitesboro,
Oneida County, Haberer 5176, June 19, 1883 (N. Y.); New York,
LeRoy (C.).
NEw Jersey: Hoboken, Torrey, May 1824 (C.); Andover
Junction, Mackenzie 4869, May 1911 (K. M.); Columbia, Macken-
zie, May 1913 (K. M.); Cranberry Lake, Mackenzie 2608, June 9,
1907 (K. M.); south of Port Jervis, Mackenzie 4584, May 30, 1910
(K. M.).
DELAWARE: Townsend, Commons, May 17, 1883 (N. Y.).
INDIANA: Ripley County, Deam 10578, May 19, 1912 (K. M.);
Clarke County, Deam 10494, May 8, 1912 (K. M.); Wells County,
Deam, April 30, 1899 (K. M.).
13. CAREX UMBELLATA Schkuhr, Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 290. 1805
Carex umbellata var. vicina Dewey, Am. Jour. Sci. 10: pl. D. f. 13
1626; 32°. 317. 2620; .
Very densely cespitose, culms from very short to 15 or 20 cm.
high, much exceeded by the leaves, triangular, rough on the angles,
reddish-brown tinged and strongly fibrillose at base, phyllopodic;
sterile culms aphyllopodic, erect, the sheaths filamentose. Leaves
numerous and conspicuous, the blades from very short to 20 cm.
long, at flowering time 1.5-2 mm. wide, in age wider, very rough,
flat with somewhat revolute margins; terminal spike staminate,
short-peduncled, 8-12 mm. long, i.5-2.5 mm. wide, the scales
obovate, obtuse or acute, reddish-brown with lighter midvein
and hyaline margins; pistillate spike usually present at base of
staminate, sessile or short-peduncled, globose-oblong, 3.5 mm.
wide, 4-7 mm. long, its bract squamiform and exceeded by culm,
the basal spikes oblong, 4-10 mm. long, 3.5—4.5 mm. wide; scales
lance-ovate, short-cuspidate to acuminate, from slightly shorter
to slightly longer and rather wider than the perigynia, but not
concealing them, those on the shorter culms hyaline with green
several-nerved center, those on the longer culms similar, but the
margin tinged with reddish brown; perigynia 3.25-4.25 mm. long,
552 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
the body short-oval, triangular-orbicular in cross-section, about 1.75
mm. long and 1.4 mm. wide, short-pubescent, 2-ribbed, otherwise
nerveless, abruptly short-(0.5 mm. long) stipitate, abruptly con-
tracted into a beak about length of body, the beak 2-edged, hyaline-
tipped, bidentate; achenes triangular, oblong-obovoid, filling peri-
gynia, dull or silvery blackish, minutely roughened, the superficial
cells conspicuous, sessile, the sides convex, and angles sharp and
narrow; style slender; stigmas three.
Carex pennsylvanica Lam. and Carex heliophila Mackenzie at
times develop pistillate spikes on subradical peduncles. The long
stolons characteristic of these species afford the easiest means of
distinguishing such specimens from Carex umbellata and its allies.
It is possible that these specimens represent, to some extent at
least, hybrids with the Carex wmbellata group as they are treated
by Kiikenthal, but my own inclination is to regard them as above.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
CANADA: Bic, Rimouski County, Guide Forbes, June 23, 1905
(K. M.); Point Pleasant, Nova Scotia, Macoun 16674, June 18,
1883 (D. C.); Edmonton, Ontario, White 32017, May 24, 1893
(D.€.);
VERMONT: Middlebury, Brainerd, May 24, 1878, and June 9,
1891 (B); Winooski, Brainerd, June 5, 1897 (B); Chipman Hill,
Brainerd, May 30, 1897 (B).
MICHIGAN: Port Huron, Dodge, June 3, 1894 (K. M.); Lake
Harbor, Umbach, May 28, 1898 (K. M.); Orion, Oakland County,
Wheeler, May 30, 1895 (C); Grand Lodge, Wheeler 47, May 5, .
1890 (C).
MAINE: Orono, Merrill, June 5, 1898 (N. Y.); Orono, Fernald,
June 30, 1890.
MASSACHUSETTS: South Ashburnham, Forbes, May 30, 1904;
(K. M.); Manchester, Chamberlain (N. Y.); Cambridge, Mrs.
Britton, May 12, 1889 (C); “‘Mass.,”” Dewey (D. C.).
New York: Yonkers, E. C. Howe, May 1880 (N. Y.); ‘‘New
York,” Crawe (C); ‘New York,” Gray, 1846 (C); Highlands of
New York, Torrey (C).
NEw JERSEY: High Point, Sussex County, Mackenzie 4564 and
4571, May 29, 1910 (K. M.); Tuckerton, Mackenzie, May 1911
M.).
MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX 553
14. CAREX TONSA (Fernald) Bickn. Bull. Torrey Club 35: 492.
1908
Carex umbellata var. tonsa Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. 37:507. 1902.
Densely cespitose, freely short-stoloniferous; culms 2-15 cm.
high, much exceeded by the leaves, sharply triangular, strongly
roughened on the angles, strongly reddish-brown tinged and
fibrillose at base, phyllopodic; sterile culms aphyllopodic, the
sheaths little filamentose. Leaves numerous and conspicuous, the
blades spreading, deep green, 2.5-4 mm. widewithrevolute margins,
5-25 cm. long, rough towards the long attenuate apex; staminate
spike 6-12 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, the obovate scales acute,
reddish brown with greenish or straw-colored center and white-
hyaline margin; pistillate spike occasionally present at base of
staminate, sessile or nearly so, erect-ascending; basal pistillate
spikes 2-3, on long slender peduncles, short-oblong, 6-1omm. long,
4.5-6 mm. wide, containing 3-20 closely packed appressed-
ascending perigynia in several ranks; bract at base of uppermost
spike setaceous, not sheathing, from much shorter than to slightly
exceeding spike; scales conspicuous, ovate, shori-cuspidate to
acute, wider and from slightly shorter to slightly longer than
perigynia, whitish or straw-colored hyaline, with green midrib, the
upper often with purplish brown margins; perigynia 3.5-4.5 mm.
long, the body broadly oval, 1.75 mm. long, 1.25 mm. wide,
tapering into the stipitate base 0.75 mm. long and the beak 1.75-
2.5 mm. long, the body compressed-orbicular and obscurely
triangular in cross-section, 2-ribbed, otherwise nerveless or nearly
so, very sparsely short-pubescent above and on the strongly 2-
edged bidentate beak; achenes short-obovoid, triangular, filling
perigynia, brownish, shining, pitted, the superficial cells incon-
spicuous, substipitate, 1.5 mm. long, closely fitting perigynia,
the sides convex and angles sharp and narrow; style slender;
stigmas thr
SPECIMENS EXAMINED:
CanapDa: Lake Ellen, Ontario, Macoun 32020, July 1, 1884
(D. C.); “British N. W. America,” Richardson (D. C.); Chalk
River, Ottawa Valley, Macoun 16675, May 30, 1884 (D. C.);
Cape a L’Aigle, Quebec, Macoun 67504, July 27, 1905 (D. C.);
Truro, Nova Scotia, Macoun 32018, June 14, 1883 (D. C.).
Marne: Orono, Fernald, May 15, 1902 (N. Y., K. M.); also
May 29, 1890 and June 2, 1890 (C).
Micnican: White Hall, Wheeler, June 27, 1900 (D. C.).
554 MACKENZIE: NOTES ON CAREX
MASSACHUSETTS: South Dennis, C. N. Brainerd, May 1878
(B); Nantasket, E. Brainerd, June 11, 1896 (B).
RHODE IsLAND: Cumberland Mills, Collins, May 29, 1892 (C).
New York: Wading River, E. S. Miller (N. Y.); Valley
Stream, Bicknell, May 23, 1908 (N. Y.); Woodmere, Bicknell,
May 10, 1908 (N. Y.).
New Jersey: South Lakewood, Mackenzie 4544, May 15,
1910 (K. M.); Tuckerton, Mackenzie, May 1911 (K. M.); Lake-
wood, Torrey Club, May 28, 1898 (N. Y.); ‘‘New Jersey,’’ Parker
(N. Y., D. C.); “New Jersey,’ Knieskern (N. Y.); Forked River,
‘Torrey Club, May 29, 1896 (C); Tom’s River, Britton, May 23,
1885 (C);Stelton, Mackenzie 3024, May 3, 1908 (K. M.); Yardville,
Mackenzie, May 1913 (K. M.).
DistTRIcT OF COLUMBIA: Tacoma Heights, Williams, March 26,
1898 (K. M.); Holm, May 1899 (D. C.).
NEw YorK City
The development and behavior of the chromosomes in the first
or heterotypic mitosis of the pollen mother-cells of
Allium cernuum Roth
Davip M. MotTtTiER AND MILDRED NOTHNAGEL
(WITH PLATES 23 AND 24)
It may seem to the reader of cytological literature that
whoever offers a contribution upon Allium might well preface
his remarks with an apology for so doing. However, certain
favorable forms of both plants and animals will doubtless ever
remain objects of investigation. On looking about for favorable
material for class use, the senior author came upon a species of
wild onion, common in certain localities in Indiana, namely,
Allium cernuum Roth, a species which is regarded as more favorable
than the much used Allium Cepa.
A study of mitotic phenomena has been made in both vege-
tative and microspore mother-cells, and the results obtained and
conclusions reached differ so much in certain respects from those
of Bonnevie (’11), as set forth in a recent contribution on Allium
Cepa, that we have decided to present the results of our observa-
tions on the pollen mother-cells at this time, reserving an account
of the process of nuclear behavior in vegetative cells for a future
publication.
In describing the resting stage of the nucleus in the pollen
mother-cell of Allium Cepa, Bonnevie (’11, 197) asserts that a
number of threads radiate from a chromatin knot or lump (Chro-
matinknoten), being continued into the meshes of the nuclear net.
“Yom Chromatinknoten sieht man eine Anzahl Fadchen, die in
den Maschen des Kernnetzes ihre Fortsetzung finden, radiar
ausstrahlen.” With the disappearance of the anastomoses
between these radiating threads, the latter gradually became more
distinct throughout their entire length, at the same time appearing
always zigzag or spirally twisted. Precisely the same structure is
reported for the resting nucleus of somatic cells. Following this
555
556 MOor;rTriER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM
structure there takes place (I. c. 197) a pairwise conjugation of the
chromosomes, which finds its culmination in synapsis. This
conjugation is accomplished by the lateral fusion in pairs of the
threads radiating from the chromatin knots (I. c. fig. 20). Soon
after this (I. c. 198) such nuclei become more irregular, for, in
addition to the chromatin knots or lumps, there appear other
dense accumulations of chromatin, so that, as a result, the original
radial arrangement of the threads is no longer recognizable (I. c.
fig. 21).
In the light of their own preparations as compared with
Bonnevie’s figs. 18-21, the writers are convinced that Bonnevie
is describing the appearance of very poorly fixed and poorly
stained nuclei. That Bonnevie has failed to distinguishabetween
good and bad fixation is clear to the writers from the following
(Il. c. 198): “Ja, das Zusammenlaufen = Chromatinsubstanz
kann soweit gehen, dass alles Chromatin des I iner einzigen,
optisch schwer analysierbaren Masse zusammengeballt erscheint.”’
This is true, but such phenomena do not represent normal steps
in the mitotic process; they are largely artifacts. It is true, as
has been pointed out some years ago by one of us (Mottier, ’07,
fig. 15), that chromatin granules may sometimes form accumula-
tions either by themselves or grouped about the nucleolus, but
such phenomena are to be regarded more on the order of chance
occurrences than as representing significant and regularly appearing
stages of the nucleus. It is conceivable that such accumulations
of chromatin granules may be run together or fused by the reagents,
and it is highly probable that the Chromatinknoten were formed
in this manner. We do not find these masses of chromatin in
our preparations. Atany rate the Chromatinknoten of Bonnevie’s
figs. 18-21 are not to be regarded as of any consequence in the
normal process of mitosis, as will be seen from what follows.
THE RESTING NUCLEUS AND SYNAPSIS
The nucleus of the resting stage in the pollen mother-cells -
of Allium cernuum Roth presents the well-known net or reticulum
of linin upon which are distributed with more or less regularity
the chromatin particles or granules. From one to several nucleoli
of varying sizes are present. Fic. 1 illustrates the structure of
MOTTIER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM 557
the nucleus in a pollen mother-cell soon after the last somatic
division. The structure of the whole cell is the same as that of
any somatic cell from any meristematic region. The growth
period of both cell and nucleus now begins, and the very marked
increase in the size of the nucleus as compared with that of the
cell is very conspicuous in this as well as in other species of Allium
(Fic. 2, 7, 8, 9). In Fic. 2 the nucleus is almost if not quite as
large as it ever becomes. The nuclear reticulum is uniform, and
the nucleoli may or may not be evenly spaced in the cavity of the
nucleus. They do not lie in the same plane, and in making the
drawing the focus was necessarily changed. Fic. 2 and all others
represent rather thick sections of cells. Sometimes the chromatin
granules form larger and smaller aggregates, which may be grouped
about the nucleoli or removed from the latter, but we do not find
large fused masses of chromatin such as Bonnevie has figured
and described as ‘‘Chromatinknoten.”’ A glance at FIG. 2 shows
further that there may be a tendency to form a thread, that is,
‘there will be seen stretches of linin in which the granules are
arranged in lineal series. As pointed out by one of us (Mottier,
07) for Lilium Martagon, there is a tendency in Allium cernuum
to form a delicate thread or spirem just before or as the nucleus
passes into the synaptic contraction. Fic. 2 is about ready to
begin the contraction of its net into the compact mass. FIG. 3
is a faithful attempt to illustrate the nuclear structure passing
into synapsis, and FIG. 4 is a similar stage but includes the whole
nucleus. These two figures were found in the same section of the
loculus, in which were to be seen variously different stages of the
early contraction. The writers wish to state most emphatically
that there is no evidence of the fusion of two spirems during the
contracting process. The spirem is formed directly from the nuclear
network in the only way possible for a net to make a continuous
thread, namely, by the breaking or dissolving of threads of certain
meshes and the fusion of others. In the fusion of meshes several
threads are seen to unite just as frequently and as certainly as
one may find the fusion of only two threads. The appearance of
the lateral union of two threads of certain meshes in several parts
of the nucleus previous to synapsis is the strongest evidence, in
the opinion of the writers, that those observers can bring forward
558 MorrieER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM
who hold to the doctrine that two spirems fuse side by side during,
or prior to, synapsis and who deny that the somatic chromosomes
are arranged end to end ina lineal series to make the continuous
hollow spirem. These authors ignore the fact that three or more
threads fuse in the formation of the spirem from the net as well
as only two, and as will be pointed out in a subsequent paragraph,
they omit from consideration and from their series of figures the
most difficult and perhaps the most important steps in the forma-
tion of the bivalents from the hollow spirem.
FROM SYNAPSIS TO THE BIVALENTS
The stage of FIG. 4 passes directly into the closely contracted
mass of FIG.5. While the chromatin is still in this state, the thread
gradually shortens and thickens into a heavy cord. Even before
an appreciable loosening up of the synaptic ball it is readily seen
that a thick spirem, or cord, is forming from the slender thread,
and, as soon as the contracted mass loosens (Fic. 6), the correct-
ness of this interpretation is beyond doubt. We have in our
preparation transitional stages between FIG. 5 and 6, but it was
not deemed necessary to include these in the series. The thick
cord thus developed now becomes distributed throughout the
nuclear cavity. In Allium it is relatively thick, apparently
rather uniform in structure, though sometimes lumpy, and in
many cases numerous delicate threads extend from the spirem
to the nuclear membrane or between adjacent or parallel portions
of the cord (Fic. 7, 8). A nucleolus is usually present. At this
stage a longitudinal split may be sometimes seen, but this phe-
nomenon is rather the exception than the rule (Fic. 8). This
fission always closes up and the two halves become so closely
applied or fused that the double nature of the thread, if really
present, is completely concealed before any indication of cross
segmentation is discernible.
Following the stage of the loose hollow spirem, the same
undergoes a rearrangement before transverse segmentation,
which results in a twisting, looping, and an entangling of its parts.
This phenomenon found in the lilies and in other plants is known
as the second contraction. In the lilies there is a central knotted
or entangled portion of the spirem from which extend somewhat
MOTTIER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM 559
radially loops and straight stretches of the cord, the latter with
free ends. In Allium cernuum we do not find this typical appear-
ance observed in Lilium. There is usually a tendency for the
spirem to mass or become more closely entangled near the center
of the nuclear cavity with a looping in the freer parts as shown in
FIG. Io and 11, which represent the less complicated condition,
but, as a rule, the entanglement is so complicated that it is not
possible to follow definitely more than a few loops or turns of the
eatire cord. If, for example, the spirem of FIG. 10 or II were
bunched together more closely near the center with a greater
twisting of the loops, we should have the more complicated state
referred to above. The complexity of this step is increased by the
fact that the spirem usually becomes more lumpy, or thicker places
alternate with others more attenuated, just prior to, or as this
rearrangement is ushered in (FIG. 9). Sometimes when the
rearranged condition is not too confused, the spirem seems to be
undergoing cross segmentation (FIG. 10), but whether this is the
rule we are unable to say. It is certain, however, that in all,
or in nearly all cases, the transverse segmentation of the spirem is
accomplished during the entangled condition, or the stage of the
second contraction. As segmentation is taking place there is
always a violent twisting about each other of the two members of
the bivalents, for as soon as the bivalents can be recognized as such,
they invariably present the appearance of FIG. 12, save that they
are more closely bunched together. Ordinarily they are heaped
up in a morecompact mass. For the illustration we have selected
a nucleus in which a less entangled massing of the bivalents is
present (FIG. 12).
That each bivalent, or the majority of them, represents a
loop of the spirem, the two sides of which have twisted about each
other, and not the two halves of the longitudinally split spirem,
is in our opinion beyond question. The longitudinal split of the
thread seen in the spirem disappears from sight, and, if it be present
during the stages described, the two halves are so closely applied
that no trace of the fission can be seen. Almost without exception
the two members of each bivalent are twisted about each other,
some tightly, others loosely (F1G.12,13). Inall cases the bivalents,
as soon as formed, are massed and entangled into a confused heap.
560 Mor?rrieR AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM
Later they separate and become irregularly distributed within
the nuclear cavity (Fic. 14). At the same time they show a
tendency to untwist, and as this is brought about the fact that
many represent loops of the spirem is strikingly manifested.
Bonnevie figures the looped and twisted condition of the
bivalents, but the manner in which they originate from the spirem
is not satisfactorily shown. In fact Bonnevie does not seem to have
taken cognizance of the stages which we have described as the
rearrangement of the spirem, or the second contraction, and this
author has not, in our opinion, shown how her FIG. 33 is derived
from FIG. 30. In our opinion her figures not only disprove the
very thing she attempts to demonstrate, but lend support to the
view set forth in the foregoing paragraphs, namely, that the two
members of each bivalent represent pieces of the spirem that were
previously arranged end to end and not the longitudinal halves
of parts of the spirem.
At the time of cross segmentation of the spirem the chromo-
somes have attained their largest size.* During the formation
of the spindle and later they seem to undergo a condensation by
which their size is much reduced. Their number is seven or
eight. While seven only were counted in some cases, the writers
are inclined to regard eight as the correct haploid number.
FROM SPINDLE TO DAUGHTER NUCLEI
As is so well known, the spindle develops first as a multipolar
complex which gradually becomes bipolar. Within the complex
of spindle fibers the chromosomes are usually crowded so that the
transition from the tightly twisted state of the two members to
the large open ring-shaped structure that appears rather constantly
in the equatorial plate of the mature spindle, is not readily followed
(Fic. 15-17). The ring-shape of the bivalents in the spindle is
doubtless the most striking phenomenon in the whole mitotic
process of Allium cernuum. This form of chromosome is brought
about by the fact that the chromosomes are attached to the spindle
fibers at a point about midway between the ends. As the two
members of each bivalent thus attached are drawn apart by the
* The reader should bear in mind that Fic. 9, 1o, 11, 12, 14, 18 and 19 are more
highly magnified than Fic. 13, 15, 16, 17, etc.
MOotTTIER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM 561
spindle fibers, each is bent at the place of attachment and a ring
results. In FIG. 16 some of the rings are seen from the edge while
others have their flat sides turned toward the observer, In many
of these rings it is still very evident that they were loops of the
spirem as shown above. However, the open or closed ring is not
the only form seen in the spindle stage. Sometimes the bivalents
appear as two straight or crooked rods attached at or near the
ends to the fibers, or X- and Y-shapéd forms may appear.
One of the most conspicuous phenomena in the whole mitotic
process of this species, and one which is very significant when
viewed in the light of the kinetic processes involved in mitosis,
is the shape of the chromosomes just before the appearance of the
multipolar spindle and at the stage of the mature spindle (Fig. 13,
16, 17); In FIG. 13 the members of each bivalent, or at least
the large majority of them, are tightly twisted about each other,
while in FIG. 16 and 17 they appear just as uniformly as open
rings. The question arises: what kinetic forces are responsible
for the twisting in FIG. 13, and what for the condition of FIG. 17?
A discussion of this interesting question would extend far beyond
the limits of this paper, and we shall merely venture the opinion
that neither magnetic nor osmotic activities seem applicable to
the phenomena under consideration.
During metakinesis, that is, just at the instant when the
segments are separated, each shows iis longitudinal fission.
Each half-ring, which is made into a U by the pull of the spindle
fibers, is now a double U. Frequently just before metakinesis
this longitudinal fission can be seen when the free ends of the
bivalent are turned directly toward the observer (Fic. 18). In
FIG. 19, an anaphase, the double U-like nature of the daughter
segments is clearly shown. It may be remarked in passing that
the large size and elongated form of the chromosomes of the
mature spindle, and the fact that the halves of the U’s and v’s
tend to separate from each other during the anaphase, make
counting perplexing and uncertain, in spite of the large size and
small number.
The shape and position of the various chromosomes as they
pass to the poles seem to speak strongly in favor of a pull being
exerted by the spindle fibers, which are in reality fine colloidal
562 Mot?rrieER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM
threads and not expressions of osmotic currents. In fact it
seems extremely difficult to bring any of these phenomena under
explanations based upon osmotic activity.
On arriving at the poles, the chromosomes become closely
crowded together in a manner well known for nearly all plants.
In the organization of the daughter nuclei, the chromatin does
not pass into the finely divided state by the processes of reticu-
lation, alveolization or fragmentation as is characteristic of many
gymnosperms and dicots. The various segments do elongate,
however, to three or more times their original dimensions, be-
coming somewhat lumpy or irregular in outline, and finally form a
sort of interrupted spirem which is seen as a series of longer or
shorter loops or turns passing from the pole to the anti-pole side
of the nucleus (Fic. 22). This figure represents a daughter
nucleus seen somewhat obliquely from the polar side. The course
of the spirem is usually more irregular than in this figure, there
being many more short and abrupt genuflections or kinks. We
have spoken of this spirem as discontinuous, for the reason that
what are regarded as free ends can be found. These free ends are
sometimes joined by very delicate threads like the anastomosing
threads extending between parallel parts of the spirem in all cells
whether purely vegetative or sporogenous. If the apparently
free ends were connected by thicker threads, the spirem could
then be spoken of as continuous. Whether or not this spirem
is continuous or interrupted is of no theoretical importance.
The side of each loop, or turn, is wavy or zigzag, due, of course,
to the lack of space in the nuclear cavity for the placing of the
greatly elongated segments. Whether continuous or interrupted,
the whole forms a sort of crown or wreath open both at the pole
and anti-pole sides. We assume that the adjacent or parallel
sides of the loops are homologous with the sides of the U's or V's
that pass to the poles during the previous anaphase. We do not
find that the loops or ends of this spirem unite at the polar side
to form ‘“‘Chromatinknoten”’ either in these nuclei or in somatic
cells that are normally preserved. A comparison of a daughter
nucleus (FIG. 22) with a granddaughter nucleus (Fic. 23) shows that
the arrangement of the chromatin is similar and that it is due to
similar causes which may be and probably are purely mechanical.
MOTTIER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM 563
SUMMARY
The resting nucleus prior to synapsis consists of a reticulum
of linin and chromatin granules and of one or more nucleoli.
The ‘“‘Chromatinknoten”’ of Bonnevie are not present.
Before synapsis there is, as in Lilium, a tendency to form a
delicate continuous thread or spirem. There is no union of two
spirems in synapsis.
Synapsis is a real contraction of the nuclear net and not a
growing away of the nuclear membrane from the nuclear network
as claimed by Lawson.
The spirem is a direct transformation from the nuclear net.
The hollow spirem is a thick chromatin cord in which a longi-
tudinal split is only occasionally seen and only in parts of the
same. This split whenever present always closes up completely
before the cross segmentation.
The rearrangement of the spirem takes place which is referable
to the second contraction described for the lilies and other plants.
This results in an entanglement of loops and parallel parts of the
spirem which twist upon each other. During this rearrangement
the transverse segmentation of the spirem occurs.
Each bivalent chromosome is formed by an approximation,
usually side by side, of different lengths of the spirem, which may
have appeared as loops or otherwise. Each bivalent is, therefore,
to be regarded as two somatic chromosomes that were previously
arranged end to end in the spirem. The approximation of two
somatic chromosomes, side by side, or otherwise, or their adherence
end to end to form bivalents, is not known as synapsis in botanical
literature, nor is it properly called a conjugation.
The prevalent form of bivalent upon the mature spindle is
the large ring, although other forms exist.
The daughter segments split longitudinally during shisha:
This fission may be looked upon as a preparation for the second,
or homotypic, mitosis.
In the construction of the daughter nuclei, the chromatin
does not pass into a finely divided state. The chromatin segments
elongate greatly, becoming wavy or zigzag, and form an inter-
rupted spirem by the union of a number of the free ends. This
spirem is disposed in the form of a wreath or crown open at both
564 Morrier AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM
the polar and antipolar sides. The ends of the chromatin segments
do not fuse into ‘‘Chromatinknoten”’ in the daughter nucleus.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY, BLOOMINGTON
LITERATURE CITED
Bonnevie, K. (’11). Chromosomenstudien, III. Chromatinreifung in
Allium Cepa (o"). Archiv Zellforschung 6: 190-253. I9QII.
Lawson, A. A. (’11). The phase of the nucleus known as synapsis.
Trans. Royal Soc. Edinburgh 47: 591-604. IgII.
Mottier, D. M. (?03). The behavior of the chromosomes in the spore
mother-cells of higher plants and the homology of the pollen and
embryo-sac mother-cells. Bot. Gaz. 35: 250-282. 1903.
(07). The development of the heterotypic chromosomes in
pollen mother-cells. Ann. Bot. 21: 309-347. 1907.
(09). Prophases of heterotypic mitosis in the embryo-sac
mother-cell of Lilium. Ann. Bot. 23: 343-352. 1909. .
Explanation of plates 23 and 24
All figures were drawn trom enn with the aid of the Abbé camera lucida and
with Leitz 1/12 immersion and ocular IV or age Zeiss apochromatic immersion
mm., apert. 140, and seiautn g ocular 12. gnification of figures 3, 4; 9»
10, II, I2, 14, 18 and 19 about 2000; all other Plt about 1600
IG. I. Young pollen mother-cell soon after the last somatic divieion
Fic. 2. Pollen mother-cell near the close of the period of — ay: ie nucleus
is almost as large as it ever becom
hin section of a ea passing into synapsis; the net-work is form-
inga ‘hiresa or spirem.
Fic. 4.. A similar stage, showing nearly the whole nucleus. These two figures
were near each other in the same “leas
FIG. 5. yl is complet
Fic. 6: The cen mass ae up. The very long, slender thread has
shortened into a eee
Fic. 7 e thick, pies spirem.
Fic. 8. The same stage as Fic. 7. A longitudinal split is seen in two or three
Fic. 9. The spirem as it frequently appears before the rearrangement into the
second contraction. At this stage the spirem may appear lumpy or with thicker
and thinner portio
FIG. 10, II. ial steps of the rearrangement. The chromatin cord is, as 4
rule, much more entangled than in these figures. Indications of transverse segmen-
tation are seen in FIG. Io.
Fic. Segmentation is about oouulessd, The two members of each bivalent
are ROS ‘eben each ot
Fic. 13. Similar to es preceding; the twisting is more pronounced in all
chromosomes.
Fic. 14. Chromosomes beginning to untwist preparatory to the formation of
the spindle.
MOTTIER AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM 565
Fic. 15. Multipolar stage of spindle.
Fic. 16, 17. The fully developed spindle. Nearly all of the chromosomes are
rings,
Fic. 18. Spindle showing three chromosomes with the metaphase espa
At the right a ring-shaped chromosome seen flatwise. In the center the two
what curved members of the bivalent are stretched out tangentially upon the spin tlle e.
The four free ends seen in these two chromosomes are indications of the longitudinal
split. The chromosome at the left is a ring seen from the
Fic. 19. An anaphase; the longitudinal fission of pies dicaghter chromosome
is very evident.
1G. 20. A polar view of an anaphase. The halves of the longitudinally split
daughter segments tend to separate.
Fic. 21. A typical anaphase in longitudinal section.
Fic. 22. A polar view of a daughter nucleus showing arrangement of the spirem
into a system of loops.
Fic. 23. One cell of a tetrad, or granddaughter cell. The disposition of the
chromatin is the same as in the daughter cells at the corresponding stage.
Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain—
. Alabama*
Epwarp W. BEerry
The Tuscaloosa formation as developed in western Alabama
has been known for over fifty years to contain remains of fossil
plants, and that it contained a large and varied Cretaceous flora
has been known since Dr. Eugene A. Smith published a brief list
of species in 1894. The principal items in the history of the study
of this formation and its flora may be briefly enumerated as follows:
The Tuscaloosa formation was named by Smith and Johnson in
1887 (U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 43: 95) from the city and river
(now usually known as the Warrior or Black Warrior River) of
that name in Alabama. Earlier observers had noticed the pres-
ence of sands and clays below the recognized Cretaceous and
above the Carboniferous, Professor L. Harper, the state geologist
of Mississippi, mentioning them in print as early as 1856 (Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 8: 126-128) and suggesting that their age
is perhaps Permian or possibly Triassic. The same year Prof,
Alex. Winchell mentioned the Tuscaloosa mottled clays, calling
attention to the contained vegetable remains “appearing like the
stems and leaves of dicotyledonous plants.” He doubted their
Triassic age and in his table of formations they appear in the
Lower Cretaceous (Proc. Am. Asso. Adv. Sci. 10: 92. 1856).
Meek and Hayden in discussing (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 9:
117-133. 1857) the Alabama Mesozoic mentioned wood and
leaves and correlated the lower part with the lowest Cretaceous
of New Jersey and Nebraska. Their lithologic characterization
clearly indicates that they are discussing the Tuscaloosa, and they
say that although the weight of the evidence favors the correlating
* Published by permission of the Director of the United States Geological
Survey. The present paper is a brief abstract of the systematic chapter of a Mono-
graph of the Upper Cretaceous floras of the eastern Gulf Coastal Plain, submitted
for publication by the U. S. Geological Survey, this study being a part of the Coastal
Plain Investigations directed by T. Wayland Vaughan.
567
568 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN
of these beds with the Neocomian of the Old World positive evi-
dence is lacking that a part may not be older than Cretaceous.
Subsequently, Professor Hilgard (Geol. and Agr. Miss. 61. 1860)
described the beds in Mississippi beneath his Tombigbee sands
as the Eutaw group and referred them to the Cretaceous. The
following year Meek and Hayden restated their views and defi-
nitely correlated the beds in Alabama with the Dakota of the
Western Interior (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 13: 419-421.
1861).
Again in 1876 Meek (U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 9: 38-42) re-
affirms his belief that the basal Cretaceous of Alabama is of the
same age as the plastic clays of New Jersey and the Dakota
sandstone of the Upper Missouri section.
All of these geologists failed to discriminate the Tuscaloosa
from the overlying sands and laminated clays of what is now
known as the Eutaw formation. The first reasonably complete
account of the Tuscaloosa formation is given by Smith and Johnson
in the publication previously alluded to. From the attitude,
lithologic ch ter, and stratigraphic position of the beds they cor-
related the Tuscaloosa with the Potomac of the Middle Atlantic
slope, which had just been named and briefly described by McGee
(Rep. Health Officer Dist. of Columbia for the year ending June
30, 1885: 19-21, 23-35), a natural correlation since the Potomac
as understood in the earlier days of its study included beds which
according to the opinions of different students were referred to
various levels ranging from the Triassic to the Cretaceous and
which subsequent study has shown to constitute a series of well-
marked formations, the oldest of Neocomian age and the youngest
of Cenomanian age.
From the year 1883 down to the present Dr. Eugene A. Smith,
the distinguished state geologist of Alabama, has added to our
knowledge of these deposits, being assisted in the earlier years
by L. C. Johnson and D. W. Langdon, Jr. The discovery of all
of the noteworthy localities for fossil plants is due to their efforts.
In 1884 some leaf impressions collected by Langdon in Bibb
County were submitted to Leo Lesquereux, among which he
recognized a species of Podozamites which he thought might
indicate a pre-Cretaceous age. Lesquereux afterward determined
BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN 56
a small collection of leaves from the Tuscaloosa beds at Tuscaloosa
but this list seems never to have been published.
In 1886 Smith and Langdon discovered several localities for
fossil plants in the vicinity of Tuscaloosa (Cottondale, Snows
Place, Tuscaloosa) and the next year the United States Geological
Survey sent Professor Fontaine into the field.
The latter made large collections of mostly fragmentary
material from these outcrops as well as from one or two other
outcrops near the town of Tuscaloosa. In 1892 Professor Lester F.
Ward visited Alabama and in company with Dr. Smith made
extensive collections from Glen Allen and Shirleys Mill. These
collections received a preliminary study by Professor Ward, who
furnished a list of 35 species which was published by Smith in
1894 in his Report on the Geology of the Coastal Plain of Alabama.
This list enumerated the following forms:
Andromeda ae Newb. = Andromeda
grandifolia B
Andromeda ORE ae Hollick (No-
vae-Caesareae)
omeda Parlatoriit Hee
Wellingtoniana aig = Aralia
edium Newb. = Cin-
namomum Newberryi Berry
Cladophlebis parva Font. = Cladophlebis
alabamensis Ber
Cycadinocar pus circularis Newb.
Czekanowskia capillaris nage *
Dewalquea groenlandica
Diospyros primaeva Hee
Eucalyptus attenuata eae *
Ficus lanceolato-acuminata Newb.*
oe Woolsonit Newb.
riodendropsis Bu sate : ewb.
ae nies
agnolia alterna 28g
Magnolia siiicahets Newb.
Magnolia glaucoides Newb. = Magnolia
Boulayana Lesq.
Magnolia longifolia Newb. = Magnolia
Newberryi Berry
Magnolia speciosa Heer
Myrsine borealis Hee
Populus apiculata Saee: = Cordia apicu-
ata Berry
Proteoides daphnogenoides Heer = Ficus
daphnogenoides Berry
Pterospermites modestus Lesq.*
Tricalycites papyraceus Newb
Widdringtonites Reichii (Ett. : Hee
Sequoia gracillima (Lesq.) Newb. = as
Pea ponties Reichii ung ) Heer
lla V sky
Sequ
Sequoia Reichenbachi eae ) Heer
In preparation for my work I spent the field season of 1909
in Alabama, revisiting all of the known plant localities and making
extensive collections. In company with Dr. L. W. Stephenson
the Warrior and Tombigbee river sections were studied by means
* Not recognized by me.
570 Berry: MEsoOzoIc FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN
of a launch trip from Tuscaloosa down to the Eocene contact
at Moscow; the Coosa and Alabama rivers were traversed from
Wetumpka to Montgomery; the Chattahoochee River from
Columbus to Gainesville; the upper Tombigbee River in Missis-
sippi and various localities in Tishomingo, Prentiss, and Itawamba
counties, Mississippi, were explored. I have also had the benefit
of the collections and notes made by Dr. L. W. Stephenson in his
extensive field and office studies on the stratigraphy and paleo-
zoology of the Cretaceous of the Eastern Gulf area, as well as the
extensive collections previously made for the United States
Geological Survey by Smith, Fontaine, and Ward. All of the
types and duplicate material are in the collections of the United
States National Museum.
Recognizable fossil plants have been found at the following
localities in Alabama and a single locality in northeastern Miss-
issippi: near Iuka, Mississippi; Glen Allen, Shirleys Mill, Tusca-
loosa, Cottondale, Snow Place, Sanders Ferry Bluff, Whites Bluff,
and several other localities in Alabama where only one or two
species have been found. The identifiable species other than those
new to science are enumerated in the following notes.
LocALITY NEAR IuKA, MISSISSIPPI
This is the most northerly known plant-bearing outcrop of the
Tuscaloosa formation. It is situated in a cut on the Southern
Railway 13 miles east of Iuka in Tishomingo County, and while
near the base of the formation in this county it is younger than
the plant-bearing Tuscaloosa localities in Alabama.
The following species associated with water worn pellets of
amber occur at this outcrop: Andromeda Wardiana Lesq., Andro-
vettia carolinensis Berry, Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer.
LOCALITY NEAR GLEN ALLEN, ALABAMA
This outcrop is in a cut of the St. Louis and San Francisco
R. R. about one-quarter of a mile east of Glen Allen near the
northern boundary of Fayette County. The following species
occur here:
Andromeda grandifolia Be Bauhinia marylandica Berry
erry
Andromeda Novae-Caesareae Hollick — Cinnamomum Newberryi Berry
Andromeda Parlatorit Hee Cissites formosus Heer
BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN 571
Cornophyllum vetustum Newb.
ycadinocarpus circularis Newb.
Diospyros primaeva Hee
Diospyros shaver Stes fas
Ficus pays gt (Heer) Berry
Ficus Krausiana
Lesq.
Liriodendropsis simplex Newb.
Lycopodium cretaceum Be
Magnolia Lacoeana Lesq.
Magnolia Newberryi Berry
Magnolia speciosa Heer
Marattia cretacea Velenovsky (?)
in lis Heer
Myrsine Gaudini (Lesq.
Pter phagenbiics: Car Oeneners Berry
Salix Lesquereuxii B
Tricalycites AeA wh.
Widdringtonites aad eset ) Heer
Zizyphus lamarensis Berry
LocaLity AT SHIRLEYS MILL, ALABAMA
This outcrop is about twenty-five miles south of Glen Allen in
southern Fayette County at a point where the old Fayette-Tusca-
loosa coach road descends to the Davis Creek bottom. The
following species occur at this locality:
ndica Berry
Brachyphyllum macrocarpum formosum
Ber
Iry
arpolithus floribundus Newb.
Celastrophyllum Brittonianum Hollick
e
Ce se salieri m Newberryanum Hollick
m Newberryi Berry
Cuchi: aligerum (Lesq.) Berry
olutea obovata Berry
Crotonophyllum panduraeformis Berry
Dammara borealis Heer
pices ed acutus Heer
ewalquea Sm i Berry
Dickaoni pvaletdie Heer
— ee. Lesq.
reo (Heer) Berry
Inga cretacea Lesq.
Laurophyllum
Juglans arctica Heer
Kalmia Brittoniana Hollick
nervillosum Hollick
Laurus plutonia Hee
Leguminosites sa citonis Lesq.
Liriodendropsis Segnan ene Newb.
j rd
ia hakcoues Lesq.
Palaeocassia laurinea as
Panax cretacea Heer
Persoonia Lesquereuxti Knowlton
Phaseolites ade Lesq.
Protoda a speciosa Hollick & Jeffrey
pista: carolinensis Berr
Sequoia heterophylla Velenovsky
Tricalycites papyraceus Newb.
Widdringtonites Reichii (Ettings.) Heer
Widdringtonites subtilis Heer
572 BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN
LOCALITIES NEAR TUSCALOOSA
The following list embraces species occurring at several out-
crops in and near the town of Tuscaloosa in Tuscaloosa County:
Andromeda grandifolia Berry Ficus Woolsoni Newb.
Andromeda Parlatorii Heer Magnolia speciosa Heer
Diospyros primaeva Heer Salix flexuosa Newb
Ficus daphnogenoides (Heer) Berry Salix Lesquereuxii Berry
LOCALITY NEAR COTTONDALE
This locality is along the public road about 10 miles east of
Tuscaloosa and two miles southeast of the town of Cottondale
in Tuscaloosa County. The following species have been identified
from this outcrop:
Andromeda Parlatorii Heer Liriodendron Meekii Heer
Baukinte cretacea Newb. Magnolia Capellinii Heer
Bauhini Sregaaee Pee Magnolia longipes Newb
Celasitrophyllum cre Magnolia speciosa Hee
Celastrophyllum eae ee ek Malapoenna cretacea ail ) Knowlton
Celastrophyllum undulatum Newb. Myrica emarginata Heer
Cinna u yt Myrsine Gaudini (Lesq.) Berry
Citrophyllum aligerum (Lesq.) Berry Persea valida Hollick
Cocculus cinnamomeus Velenovsky (?) Phaseolites formus Lesq.
Diospyros primaeva Heer Pinus raritanensis Berry
Ficus cece (Heer) Berry Platanus latior (Lesq.) Knowlton
Ficus inaequalis Les Populus hyperborea Heer
Ficus Krausiana pitt Protophyllocladus subintegrifolius (Lesq-)
Ficus Woolsoni Newb. Berry
Geinitzia formosa Heer Pterospermites carolinensis Berry
Tle i Lesq. Salix Lesquereuxii Berry
Juglans arctica Heer Sassafras acutilobum Lesq.
Laurus plutonia Heer Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer
LocaLITy ON SNOW PLANTATION
Two plant-bearing outcrops occur on the Snow Plantation
about nine miles southwest of Tuscaloosa. These are known in
the literature as ‘‘Upper Ravine” and ‘‘Big Gully, Snow Place”’
and are in enormous gullies eroded into the upland from the west
bank of the Warrior River. The following species occur here:
Abietites foliosus (Font.) Berry paps borealis Heer
Andromeda grandifolia Berry Dicksonia groenlandica Heer
rdeseie goed -Caesareae Hollick - Stephensoni Berry
arlatorit Heer Eucalyptus Geiniizi Heer
papain carolinense Berry Eucalyptus latifolia Hollick
Celastrophyllum crenatum Heer Ficus crassipes Heer
#
BERRY: MESOZOIC FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN 573
Ficus daphnogenoides (Heer) Berry Salix Lesquereuxti Berry
Ficus Krausiana Heer Sequoia ambigua Heer
Laurophyllum angustifolium Newb. (?) Sequoia fastigiata (Sternb.) Heer
i inata r
yrica emarginata Hee Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer
yrsine borealis Heer Tricalycites papyraceus Newb.
Podozamites marginatus Heer Widdringtonites Reichii (Ettings.) Heer
Salix flexuosa Newb. Widdringtonites subtilis Heer
SANDERS FERRY BLUFF
This locality is on the west bank of the Warrior River about
eleven miles southwest of Tuscaloosa in the county of that name.
The following plants occur at this outcrop:
Acerates amboyensis Berry Salix flexuosa Newb.
Ficus crassipes Heer Salix Lesquereuxit Berry
Ficus Krausiana Heer
Waites BLUFF OUTCROP
This locality is on the right bank of ‘the Warrior River in
northeastern Green County, three hundred and nine miles above
Mobile and near the top of the Tuscaloosa formation. The ,
following species have been identified from this outcrop:
Brachyphyllum macrocarpum formosum Sequoia heterophylla Velenovsky
Berry Sequoia Reichenbachi (Gein.) Heer
Dewalquea Smithi Berry Widdringtonites Reichii (Ettings.) Heer
In addition to the well-known Cretaceous species in the fore-
going lists the Tuscaloosa formation has yielded upwards of fifty
new species which are described in the following genera: Aralia,
Calycites, Capparites (2), Carpolithus, Cassia, Celastrophyllum (5),
Cladophlebis, Cocculus (2), Conocarpites, Eorhamnidium, Equtse-
tum, Eugenia, Ficus (3), Grewiopsis (2), Hymenaea, Junger-
mannites, Leguminosites (3), Lycopodites, Malapoenna, Menisperm-
ites (2), Myrica, Oreodaphne, Persoonia, Phyllites (2), Piperites,
Platanus (2), Populites, Proteoides, Sapindus, Sapotacites (3), and
Sphaerites.
The flora as a whole comprises over 150 species, of which over
40 per cent. of the genera are not represented in the existing flora.
None of the species survive into the lower Eocene.
Eighty-seven genera segregated into 48 families in 31 orders
are represented, the most abundant orders being the Ranales
with 15 species, the Coniferales with 14 and the Urticales with 8.
The largest single genus is Celastrophyllum with 12 species. The
—
574 Berry: MEsozoiIc FLORA OF ATLANTIC COASTAL PLAIN
Dicotyledonae of the Tuscaloosa formation number 123 species,
‘distributed in 34 families in 21 orders. The Choripetalae number
107, the Gamopetalae but 16 forms.
The flora as a whole is a lowland coastal flora, many of the
species being strand types. It indicates a land surface of rather
uniform topography, an abundant and well-distributed rainfall,
equable temperatures of warm temperate or subtropical type,
with slight seasonal changes.
Meager floras are found also in the younger Cretaceous strata
of the Eutaw and Ripley formations, but these are not included
in the present contribution.
JoHNS Hopkins UNIVERSITY,
BALTIMORE
A bibliography of works on meiosis and somatic mitosis
in the Angiosperms
MAURICE PICARD
The accompanying bibliography was prepared, in the first
instance, for the compiler’s personal use. He publishes it, be-
lieving that there is need of such a means of reference to the works
on meiosis and somatic mitosis in the plants already studied, and
that, by such publication, interest may be aroused in the groups
hitherto neglected. As far as the writer knows, there is no such
bibliography in existence at the present time, nor has the plan of
citing literature on mitosis with reference to the systematic position
of the plants studied ever been adopted. Inasmuch as the object
of the bibliography is to provide a working basis for further research
no attempt has been made to make the citations on the individual
plants exhaustive. It is believed, however, that from the citations
given one can obtain references to all the literature. Works
published before 1880 have not been cited; the citations extend
to May, 1913. Works on the morphological development of the
male and female gametophytes have been mentioned only when
they contain matter of cytological interest. The writer has used
his own discretion with respect to articles of questionable relevance,
and also in deciding whether or not incidental references to somatic
mitosis should be cited.
The bibliography was compiled chiefly at the libraries of
Cornell University, Columbia University, and the New York
Botanical Garden; and my thanks are due to their librarians for
courtesies shown me. I am also obliged to Professor G. F. At-
kinson, Professor R. A. Harper, and Dr. A. B. Stout for access
to some otherwise unobtainable articles, and to Professor G. F.
Atkinson for examining the manuscript sheets.
The writer is aware that such a bibliography as here presented
must be inadequate in many ways, and he hopes that those who
can will acquaint him with omitted references.
The nomenclature employed is that of N. L. Britton’s ‘‘ Manual
576 PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
of the Flora of the Northern States and Canada,”’ 2d ed., 1907,
when the plants cited are contained in this volume. In the case
of forms not within the range of this work, the nomenclature
follows the rules laid down by the International Botanical Congress
at Vienna. Where the two systems differ, the designation of the
Vienna code is added in parentheses.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ANGIOS PERM AE—MonocoTyLEDONES
NAIADALES. NAIADACEAE
Potamogeton foliosus Wiegand, K.’99, Bot. Gaz. 28: 328-359.
Naias marina Guignard, L. ’98, Arch. Anat. Micr. 2: 455-
509.
Guignard, L. ’99, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Miiller, H. A. C. ’12, Arch. Zellforsch. 8: I-51.
Zostera marina Rosenberg, O. ’o1, Bihang Ké6ngl. Sv. Vet.-
Akad. Handl. 27°: 1-24.
Rosenberg, O. ’o1, Meddel. Hég. Bot. Inst.
Stock.
ALISMACEAE
Sagittaria latifolia Schaffner, J. H. ’07, Ohio Nat. 7: 41-48.
GRA MINALES—GRAMINEAE
Triticum vulgare Kérnicke, M. ’97, Untersuchungen tiber die
Entstehung und Entwicklung der Sexual-
organe von Triticum mit besonderer Be-
riicksichtigung der Kernteilung. Bonn
Diss.
T. vulgare, Hordeum Nakao, M. ’11, Jour. Coll. Agr. Tohoku Imp.
distichon, Secale cere- Univ. Sapporo, 4°.
ale, T. vulgareXS.
cereale
T. vulgare, Aegilops Bally, W. ’12, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 39:
ovata 163-172.
Oryza sativa Kuwada, J. ’10, Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 24: 267-
Saccharum oficinarum Franck, W. J. ’11, Somatische Kern- en Cel-
deeling en Microsporogenese bij het Sui-
kerriet. Diss. Delft. Amsterdam. (Bot.
Centralbl. 120: 644.)
Zea Mais - Kuwada, J. ’11, Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 25: 163-
181; 405-415.
PicarD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 577
CYPERACEAE
Carex acuta Juel, H. O.’oo0, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 35: 626-659.
Carex aquatilis Stout, A. B. ’12, Arch. Zellforsch. 9: 114-140.
ARALES—ARACEAE
Arisaema triphyllum Atkinson, G. F. ’99, Bot. Gaz. 28: 1-26.
.Peltandraundulata Duggar, B. M. ’oo, Bot. Gaz. 29: 81-098.
(virginica), Symplo-
carpus foetidus
Arum maculatum Rosenberg, O. ’05, Bot. Not. 1905: 1-24.
Richardia africana Overton, J. B. ’09, Ann. Bot. 23: 19-61.
X YRIDALES—CoMMELINACEAE
Tradescantia virginiana Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zell-
teilung. Jena.
Heuser, E. ’84, Bot. Centralbl. 17.
Guignard, L. ’84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
5-59.
Guignard, L. ’85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 20:
310-376.
Guignard, L. ’91, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 14:
163-296.
Strasburger, E. ’oo, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6: Jena.
Mottier, D. M. ’03, Bot. Gaz. 35: 250-292.
Strasburger, E. ’o04. Sitzungsber. Kén. Preuss.
Akad. Wiss. 18: 587-614.
Miyake, K. ’o5, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 83-120.
Farmer, J. B., & Shove, D. ’05, Quart. Jour.
Micr. Sc. 48: 559-569.
Mottier, D. M. ’07, Ann. Bot. 21: 309-347.
LILIALES—MELANTHACEAE
Abama ossifraga Berghs, J. ’05, La Cellule 22: 139-160.
(Narthecium ossifra- .
gum
Grégoire, V. ’05, La Cellule 22: 221-276.
LILiac
Hemerocallis fulva Tangl, E. ’82, Denkschr. Kais. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, 45: 67-86.
Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Juel, H. O.’97, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30: 205-226.
Strasburger, E. ’00, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr.6. Jena.
578
i
Allium
Erythronium
Fritillaria
PicarD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zell-
teilung. Jena.
Guignard, L. 84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
37 59-
Guignard, L. ’85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 20:
310-372. .
Strasburger, E. ’88, Uber Kern- und Zell-
teilung, etc. Hist. Beitr. 1. Jena.
Schaffner, J. H. ’94, Bot. Gaz. 19: 444-459.
Ishikawa, C. ’97, Jour. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ.
Tokyo, 10: 193-224.
Schaffner, J. H. ’08, Bot. Gaz. 26: 225-238.
Némec, B. ’99, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 33: 313-336.
Strasburger, E. ’oo, Uber eae
McComb, A. ’oo, Bull. "Cece Club 27:
451-459.
Merriman, M. L. ’04, Bot. Gaz. 37: 178-207.
Berghs, J. ’04, La Cellule 21: 171-189;
383-397.
Miyake, K. ’o5, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 83-120.
Grégoire V. ’05, La Cellule 22: 221-376.
Grégoire, V. ’06, La Cellule 23: 309-358.
Grégoire, V. ’07, La Cellule 24: 369-420.
von Derschau, M. ’o7, Beih. Bot. Centralbl.
22: 167-190.
Lundegardh, H. ’10, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 4
174-196.
Lundegardh, H. ’12, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 51:
236-280.
McComb, A., ’oo, Bull. Torrey Club 27: 451-
Schaffner, J. H. ’or, Bot. Gaz. 31: 369-387:
Schaffner, J. H. ’07, Ohio Nat. 7: 41-48.
Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21°
476-590.
Went, F. ’87, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 5:
247-258.
Strasburger, E. ’88, Uber Kern- und Zell-
teilung. Jena.
Belajeff, Ww. ’92, Sitzungsber. Warsch. Natur-
Ges. 25: Ap. u. Mai.
bf
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 579
Hyacinthus orientalis
Scilla non-scripta
Scilla sibirica
Paris quadrifolia
Bellevalia romana
Nothoscordum fra-
grans
Funkia
Belajeff, W. ’94, Flora 79: 430-442.
Strasburger, E. ’95, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 28:
151-204.
Strasburger, E., & Mottier, D. M. ’97, Ber.
Deuts. Bot. Ges. 15: 327-332.
Mottier, D. M. ’97, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30:
169-204.
Belajeff, W. ’97, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 15:
345-349.
Belajeff, W. ’98, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges.
16: 27-34.
Sijpkens, B. ’04, Rec. Trav. Bot. Néerl. 1:
160-218.
von Derschau, M. ’07, Beih. Bot. Centralbl.
22: 167-190.
Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-587.
Went, F. ’97, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 5:
247-258.
Strasburger, E. ’88, Uber Kern- und Zell.
teilung. Jena.
Hyde, E. ’o09, Ohio Nat. 9: 539-544.
Overton, J. B. ’93, Vierteljahr. naturf. Ges.
Ziirich 38.
Schniewind-Thies, J. ’01, Die Reduktion der
Chromosomenzahl und die ihr folgenden
Kernteilungen in den Embryosackmut-
terzellen der Angiospermen. Jena.
Ernst, A. ’02, Flora 91: 1-46.
Berghs, J. ’05, La Cellule 22: 201-214.
Grégoire, V. ’06, La Cellule 23: 309-358.
Guignard, L. ’85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI.
20: 310-372.
Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589. iu
Strasburger, E. ’00, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6: Jena.
Strasburger, E. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
I-71.
e, K. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 83-120.
Miyak
Grégoire, V. ’05, La Cellule 22: 221-376.
580
Lilium
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
Sykes, M. G. ’08, Arch. Zellforsch. 1: 390-
398; 525-527-
Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zellteil-
ung. Jena.
Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Flemming, W. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 20:
1-86.
Guignard, L. ’84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
5—59-
Guignard, L. 85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 20:
Sele *
Siresbaaer, 3 . °88, Uber Kern- und Zell-
teilung, etc. Jena.
Guignard, L.’91, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII.
14: 163-2096.
Zimmermann, A. ’93, Beitr. Morph. Physiol.
Pflanzenzelle 2.
Farmer, J. B. ’93, Ann. Bot. 8: 392-396.
Belajeff, W. ’94, Flora 79: 430-442.
Strasburger, E. ’95, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 28:
151-204. ©
Sargant, E. ’95, Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc. 283-
287.
Farmer, J. B., & Moore, J. E. S. ’95, Anat.
Anz. 11: 71-80.
Farmer, J. B. ’95, Flora 80: 56-67.
Dixon, H. H.’ 95, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. III.
3: 707-720.
Sargant, E. ’96, Ann. Bot. 10: 445-477:
Sargant, E. ’97, Ann. Bot. 11: 187-224.
Mottier, D. M.’97, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30: 169-
204.
Schaffner, J. H. ’97, Bot. Gaz. 23: 430-452-
Strasburger, E., & Mottier, D. M. ’97, Ber-
Deuts. Bot. Ges. 15: 327-332.
Belajeff, W. ’97, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 15:
345-349.
Mottier, * M. ’98, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 31:
125-15
stasburge, E. ’98, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 31:
511-59
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 581
Galtonia candicans
Agapanthus, Tricyrtis
Anthericum, Asphode-
lus
Yucca
Grégoire, V. ’99, La Cellule 16: 233-298.
Strasburger, E. ’oo, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6. Jena.
Dixon, H. H. ’o1r, Notes fr. Bot. School of
Trinity Coll. Dublin.
Mottier, D. M. ’03, Bot. Gaz. 35: 250-282.
Berghs, J. ’04, La Cellule 21: 171-189.
Allen, C. E. ’04, Bot. Gaz. 37: 464-470.
Allen, C. E. ’05, Ann. Bot. 19: 189-258.
Allen, C. E.’o5, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 72-82.
Miyake, K. ’o5, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 83-120.
Farmer, J. B., & Moore, J. E. S. ’05, Quart. —
Jour. Micr. Sc. 48: 489-557.
Schaffner, J. H. ’06, Bot. Gaz. 41: 183-191.
Schaffner, J. H. ’07, Ohio Nat. 7: 41-48.
Grégoire, V. ’07, La Cellule 24: 369-420.
Mottier, D. M. ’07, Ann. Bot. 21: 309-347.
Strasburger, E. ’08, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 45:
478-570.
Mottier, D. M. ’og, Ann. Bot. 23: 343-352.
Zimmermann, A. ’93, Beitr. Morph. Physiol.
Pflanzenzelle 2. .
Schniewind-Thies, J.’o01, Die Reduktion, etc.
Jena.
Strasburger, E. ’04, Sitzungsber, Kon. Preuss.
Akad. Wiss. 18: 587-614.
Strasburger, E. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
I-71.
Miyake, K. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 83-120.
Digby, L. ’o09, Ann. Bot. 23: 491-502.
Digby, L. ’r0, Ann. Bot. 24: 727-757.
Farmer, J. B., & Digby, L. ’10, Rep. Brit.
Assoc. Adv. Sci. Sheffield.
ee L. ’84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
Sick E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zell-
teilung. Jena
Kérnicke, M. on Sitzungsber. Niederrhein.
Ges. Natur- und Heilkunde Bonn. 4, III.
Miiller, C. ’10, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 47: 99-117.
Bonnet, J. ’12, Arch. Zellforsch. 7: 231-241.
582 PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
CONVALLARIACEAE
Asparagus officinalis Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Salomonia biflora, Cardiff, I. D. ’06, Bull. Torrey Club 33:
(Polygonatum biflo- 271-306.
rum
Convallaria Strasburger, E. ’84, Neue Untersuchungen
tiber den Befructungsvorgang bei den
Phanerogamen, etc. Jena.
Wiegand, K. ’99, Bot. Gaz. 28: 328-359.
Wiegand, K. ’oo, Bot. Gaz. 30: 25-47.
Lerten J. ’o1, Die Reduktion,
ete. “ena
Berghs, Pe ibe La Cellule 22: 41-54.
Vagnera (Smilacina) Lawson, A. A.’11, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. 47:
591-604.
Trillium Atkinson, G. F. ’99, Bot. Gaz. 28: 1-26.
Ernst, A. ’02, Flora g1: 1-46.
Grégoire, V., & Wygaerts, A. ’04, La Cellule
21: 5-76.
AMARYLLIDACEAE
Alstroemeria Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Guignard, L. ’84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
5-59.
Galanthus nivalis Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Guignard, L. ’91, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 14:
163-296.
Leucojum Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Went, F. ’87, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 5: 247-
Scrastrese E. ’88, Uber Kern- und Zell-
teilung, etc. Hist. Beitr. 1. Jena.
Guignard, L. ’91, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII.
14: 163-296.
Strasburger, E. ’95, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 28:
151-204.
Strasburger, E. ’00, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
ete. Hist. Beitr. 6. Jena.
MORNE eta bh rie ACS
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 583
Narcissus Went, F. ’87, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 5: 247-
258.
IRIDACEAE
Tris Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
Strasburger, E. ’95, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 28:
151-204
Strasburger, E. ’oo, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6. Jena.
Kérnicke, M. ’o1, Sitzungsber. Niederrhein.
Ges. Natur- und Heilkunde Bonn. 4, III.
Strasburger, E. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
I-71.
Miyake, K. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 83-120.
Gladiolus hybrid Metcalf, H. ’o1, Proc. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 7:
: 109.
ORCHIDALES—ORCHIDACEAE
Listera Guignard, L. ’84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
5-59-
Guignard, L. ’85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI.
20: 310-372.
Guignard, L. ’91, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII.
14: 163-296.
Rosenberg, O. ’05, Bot. Not. 1905: 1-24.
Orchis Guignard, L. ’82, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 14:
26-45.
Strasburger, E. ’95, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 28:
151-204.
Limodorum abortivum Guignard, L. ’97, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VIIL. 6:
177-220.
SCITA MINALES—MUSACEAE
Musa - Tischler, G. ’10, Arch. Zellforsch. 5: 622-670.
CANNACEAE
Canna indica Wiegand, K. ’oo, Bot. Gaz. 30: 25-47.
Kérnicke, M. ’o1, Sitzungsber. Niederrhein.
Ges. Natur- und Heilkunde Bonn. 4, ITI.
ANGIOSPERMAE—DICOTYLEDONES
CASUARINALES—CASUARINACEAE
Casuarina Juel, H. O. ’03, Flora 92: 284-293.
URTICALES—MorackEaE (URTICACEAE)
Morus indica Tahara, M. ’o9, Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 23:
343-353.
584 PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
Tahara, M. ’10, Bot. Mag. Tokyo, 24:
281-298.
Cannabis sativa Strasburger, E. ’10, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 48:
428-520.
URTICACEAE
a dioica, Elato- ee E. ’10, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 47:
245-2
SA setingues sein aa ca
Viscum album Guignard, L. ’85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 20:
310-372.
POLYGONALES—POLYGONACEAE
Rumex Patientia, Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zellteil-
Rheum undulatum ung. Jena.
Fagopyrum esculentum Stevens, N. E. ’12, Bot. Gaz. 53: 277-308.
CHE NOPODIALES—NYCTAGINACEAE
Mirabilis hybrid Tischler, G. ’08, Arch. Zellforsch. 1: 33-151.
PORTULACACEAE
paksicass virginica Cardiff, I. D. ’06, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 271-
306.
CHENOPODIACEAE
Beta Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zellteil-
ung. Jena.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Melandrium rubrum Strasburger, E. ’10, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 48:
427-520.
RA NALES—NYMPHAEACEAE
Nymphaea alba, Nu- Guignard, L. ’97, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VIII.
phar luteum (Nym- 6: 177-220.
pbhaea lutea)
Lubimenko, W., & Maige, A. ’07, Rév. Gén.
Bot. 19: 404-425; 433-458; 474-505-
Nymphaea alba Strasburger, E. ’oo, Uber Reduktionsteilung.
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6. Jena.
RANUNCULACEAE
Clematis recta ‘Guignard, L. ’85, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 20:
310-372.
Trollius europaeus Lundegardh, H. ’o9, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 3: 78-
124.
Helleborus foetidus _ Strasburger, E. ’88, Uber Kern- und Zellteil-
ung, etc. Hist. Beitr. 1. Jena
Mottier, D. M. ’97, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30:
169-204.
sires
toe
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 585
Mottier, D. M. ’98, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 31:
125-158.
Overton, J. B. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 121-
153.
Berghs, J. ’05, La Cellule 22: 141-160.
Thalictrum purpuras- Overton, J. B. ’09, Ann. Bot. 23: 19-61.
cens
Aconitum Napellus Overton, J. B. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
121-153.
Paeonia spectabilis Overton, J. B. ’93, Vierteljahr. Naturf. Ges.
Zirich 38.
MAGNOLIACEAE
Magnolia Guignard, L. ’97, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VIII. 6:
177-220.
Magnolia, Lirioden- Andrews, F. M. ’o2, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 11:
dron 134-142.
BERBERIDACEAE
Podophyllum peltatum Mbottier, D. M. ’97, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 30: 169-
204.
Strasburger, E. ’00, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6. Jena.
Kérnicke, M. ’o1, Sitzungsber. Niederrhein.
Ges. Natur- und Heilkunde 4, III.
Mottier, D. M. ’03, Bot. Gaz. 35: 250-282.
Mottier, D. M. ’05, Bot. Gaz. 40: 171-177.
Overton, J. B. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 121-
153- ;
Mottier, D. M. ’07, Ann. Bot. 21: 309-347.
CALYCANTHACEAE ©
Calycanthus floridus | Overton, J. B. ’05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
121-153.
Overton, J. B. ’09, Ann. Bot. 23: 19-61.
ERATOPHYLLACEAE
deol submer- Strasburger, E. ’02, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 37:
477-526.
PA Pa VERALES—PAPAVERACEAE
Corydalis cava Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
476-589.
CRUCIFERAE
Hesperis matronalis Strasburger, E. 80, Zellbildung und Zellteil-
ung. Jena.
586 PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bursa (Capsella), Si- Laibach, I. ’07, Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 22:
symbrium, Brassica, I9I-210.
Stenophragma, Alys-
sum, Iberis, Lunaria
Bursa (Capsella),[Zos- Rosenberg, O. ’08, Flora 93: 251-2 59.
tera and Calendula
briefly, also]
SARRACENIALES—DRosERACEAE
Drosera Rosenberg, O. ’99, Meddel. Hég. Bot. Inst.
Stock. 24: 1-126; ’or, 4": 1-21.
Rosenberg, O. ’03, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges.
21: I1O-II9.
Rosenberg, O. ’04, Meddel. Hég. Bot. Inst.
Stock. 6": 1-13
Rosenberg, O. ’04, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges.
53-
Berghs, J. ’05, La Cellule 22: 139-160.
Rosenberg, O. ’06, Kjellman Bot. Stud. 237-
243.
Rosenberg, O. ’o09, Kéngl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 43:.3-63.
Rosenberg, O. ’o9, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 3: 163.
ROSALES—PapILionacEaE (LEGUMINOSAE)
Laburnum Strasburger, E. ’07, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 44:
482-555.
Lathyrus odoratus Gregory, R. P. ’o05, Proc. Cam. Phil. Soc. 13:
148-157. .
Phaseolus _ Zimmermann, A. ’96, Morph. und Physiol.
pfl. Zellkernes. Jena.
Wager, H. ’o4, Ann. Bot. 18: 29-55.
Mano, T. Martins ’os, La Cellule 22: 55-7 78.
Pisum Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zellteil-
ung. Jena.
Cannon, W. A. ’o3, Bull. Torrey Club 30:
519-543.
Strasburger, E. ’o07, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 44:
482-555.
Strasburger, E. ’11, Flora 102: 1-23.
Vicia Faba Zimmermann, A. ’96, Morph. und Physiol.
pfl. Zellkernes. Jena.
Strasburger, E. ’00, Uber Reduktionsteilung,
etc. Hist. Beitr. 6. Jena.
a
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 587
McComb, A. ’oo, Bull. Torrey Club 27: 451-
459.
Gardner, B. ’o1, Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Pa. 2:
150-182.
Karpoff, W. ’04, Unters. aus Mosk. Landwirt.
Inst. 1
Karpoff, W. ’04, Trav. Inst. Agron. Moscou.
ea H. ’10, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 4: 174-
PE, H. ’10, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 48:
285-378.
Fraser, H., & Snell, J. ’11, Ann. Bot. 25:
845-855.
Lundegardh, H. ’12, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 51:
226-280.
GROSSULARIACEAE (SAXIFRAGACEAE)
Ribes hybrids Tischler, G. ’06, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42: 545-
; 578.
ROSACEAE
Rosa, Rubus, Alchem- Strasburger, E. ’04, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 41:
alla 88-164.
Rosa Rosenberg, O. ’09, Sv. Bot» Tisdkr. 3: 150-
162.
Fragaria elatior Strasburger, E. ee pairs Best., etc.
Hist. Beitr. 7. a.
Potentilla hybrid Tischler, G. ’08, set Zellforsch. 1: 33-151.
GERA NIALES—TROPAEOLACEAE
Tropaecolum majus Strasburger, E. ’80, Zellbildung und Zell-
teilung. Jena.
RUTACEAE
Dictamnus albus Strasburger, E. ’82, Arch. Mikr. Anat. 21:
89.
Bde tine E. ’88, Uber Kern- und Zell-
teilung, etc. Hist. Beitr. 1. Jena.
Strasburger, E. ’07, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 44:
482-555.
Osawa, ’12, Jour. Coll. Agr.
Tokyo, 4: 83-116.
EUPHORBIACEAE
Strasburger, E. ’10, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 48:
428-520.
Citrus
Imp. Univ.
Mercurialis annua
588 PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
Malte, M. O. ’10, Embryologiska och cyto-
logiska undersékningar 6fver Mercurialis
annua. Diss. Lund.
SAPINDALES—ACERACEAE
Acer Cardiff, I. D. ’06, Bull. Torrey Club 33: 271-
06.
Darling, C. A. ’o09, Bull. Torrey Club 36: 177-
199.
Darling, C. A. ’12, Bull. Torrey Club 39: 407-
410.
MALVALES—MALVACEAE
Gossypium hybrid Cannon, W. A. ’03, Bull. Torrey Club 30:
133-172.
Balls, W. L. ’10, Ann. Bot. 24: 653-665.
Lavatera Byxbee, E. S. ’oo0, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III.
2: 63-82.
PARIETALES—PAssIFLORACEAE
Passiflora caerulea Williams, C. L. ’99, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.
III. 1: 189-206.
THY MELEALES—THYMELEACEAE
Daphne, Gnidia, Wick- Strasburger, E. ’o9, Zeitpunkt Best., etc.
stroemtia indica Hist. Beitr.7. Jena.
MYRTALES—ONAGRACEAE
Onagra (Oenothera) Gates, R. R. ’07, Bot. Gaz. 43: 81-115.
and Oenothera
Geerts, J. M. ’07, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 25:
I9I-195.
Lutz, A. M. ’07, Science, II. 26: 151- 152.
Gates, R. R. 08, Bot. Gaz. 46: 1-34.
Geerts, J. M. ’08, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 26:
608-614.
Geerts, J. M. ’09, Réceuil Trav. Bot. Néer-
landais 5: 93-209.
Lutz, A. M. ’og, Science, II. 29: 263-267-
Gates, R. R. ’09, Bot. Gaz. 48: 179-199.
Gates, R. R. ’o0g, Arch. Zellforsch. 3: 525-552-
Davis, B. M. ’o09, Ann. Bot. 23: 551-5713
"10, 24: 631-651.
Gates, R. R. ’10, Proc. Int. Zool. Cong.,
Cambr. Mass.
Davis, B. M. ’113, Ann. Bot. 25: 941-974-
Ate Koen
PICARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY 589
Gates, R. R. ’11, Bot. Gaz. 51: 321-344.
Gates, R. R. ’12, Ann. Bot. 26: 993-1010.
PRIM ULALES—PRIMULACEAE
Primula Gregory, R. P. ’09, Proc. Cam. Phil. Soc. 15:
Digby, L. ar Ann. Bot. 26: 357-388.
GENTIANALES—OLEACEAE
Syringa hybrid Juel, H. O. ’00, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 35: 626-
657-
Tischler, G. ’08, Arch. Zellforsch. 1: 33-151.
GENTIANACEAE
Gentiana procera Denniston, R. H. ’13, Science, II. 37: 383-
384.
ASCLEPIADACEAE
Asclepias syriaca Stevens, W. C. ’98, Kansas Univ. Quart. 7:
77-85.
Strasburger, E. ’o1, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges.
Ig: 450-461
Gager, C. S. i Ann. Bot. 16: 123-148.
POLEMONIALES—POLEMONIACEAE
Cobaea scandens Lawson, A. A. ’98, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III.
1: 169-188. ;
SOLANACEAE
Solanum tuberosum Mano, T. Martins ’o05, La Cellule 22: 55-75.
SCROPHULARIACEAE
- Pedicularis sylvestris Guignard, L. ’84, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 17:
BIGNONIACEAE
Bignonia venusta Duggar, B. M. ’99, Bull. Torrey Club 26:
89-105.
RUBIALES—RUvBIACEAE
Houstonia coerulea Stevens, N. E. ’12, Bot. Gas: 53: 277-308.
CAPRIFOLIACEAE
Sambucus nigra Went, F. ’87, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 5:
247-258.
Strasburger, E. 88, Uber Kern- und Zell-
teilung, etc. Hist. Beitr. 1. Jena.
ADOXACEAE
Adoxa Moschatellina© Lagerberg, T. ’06, Kjellman Bot. Stud. 80-88.
CAMPANULA ee
Kirkwood, J. E. ’07, Bull. Torrey Club 34:
221-242.
590 PicARD: BIBLIOGRAPHY
Cucurbita Pepo Zacharias, E. ’95, Flora 81: 217-266.
Zimmermann, A. ’96, Morph. und Physiol.
Pfl. Zellkernes. Jena.
Bryonia hybrid Tischler, G. ’06, Ber. Deuts. Bot. Ges. 24:
83-96.
Tischler, G. ’08, Arch. Zellforsch. 1: 35-151.
CAMPANULACEAE
Campanula grandis Overton, J. B. ’o05, Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 42:
“2421-152. '
Overton, J. B. ’09, Ann. Bot. 23: 19-61.
Micrampelis Kirkwood, J. E. ’07, Bull. Torrey Club 34:
221-242.
CICHORIACEAE and COMPOSITAE
Silphium Merrell, W. D. ’00, Bot. Gaz. 29: 99-133.
Tanacetum vulgare Rosenberg, O. ’05, Bot. Not. 1905: 1-24.
Antennaria Juel, H. O. ’00, Kéngl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
Crepis 33°: 1-57; ’05, 30%: 1-21.
Rosenberg, O. ’09, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 3: 64-77.
Beer, R. ’12, Ann. Bot. 26: 705-726.
Mieracium Juel, H. O. ’o5, Kéngl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
391: I-21.
Rosenberg, O. ’07, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 1: 398-
410.
Rosenberg, O. ’07, Bot. Tidskr. 28: 144-170.
Taraxacum Juel, H. O. ’04, Ark. Bot. 24: 1-9.
Juel, H. O. ’o5, Kéngl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
39‘: I-21. -
Rosenberg, O. ’o9, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 3: 150-
162.
Achillea Millefolium, Lundegardh, H. ’o9, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 3: 78-
Calendula officinalis, 124.
Anthemis, Matricaria
Chamomilla
Calendula officinalis, Beer, R. ’12, Ann. Bot. 26: 705-726.
Anthemis, Matricaria
Chamomilla
Chondrilla juncea Rosenberg, O. ’12, Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 6: 915-
gI9.
Tragopogon pratensis, Beer, R. ’12, Ann. Bot. 26: 705-726.
Doronicum plantagi- '
neum
CORNELL UNIVERSITY, ITHACA.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1910-1913)
The aim of this index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in the broadest sense.
Reviews, and papers that relate exclusively to ‘hoe, agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or snboratory methods are not included, and
R a
' some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted monthly on cards, - furnished in this form to subscribers
at the rate of one cent for each card. Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all cards published Fass pe term of hie subscription, Corre-
spondence relating to the card issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club,
Albert, F. La Tuia jigante. (Thuya plicata.) Bol. Bosques Pesca i
Caza 1: 586-591. Mr 1913. [Illust.]
Alway, F. J. Studies on the relation of the non-available water of the
soil to the hygroscopic coefficient. Nebraska. Agr. Exp. Sta.
Research Bull. 3: 5-122. f. 1-37- 25 Je 1913.
Ames, A. A consideration of structure in relation to genera of the
Polyporaceae. Ann. Myc. 11: 211-253. pl. 10-13. Je 1913.
Ames, O. Orchidaceae: Illustrations and studies of the family
Orchidaceae. The genus Habenaria in North America. Fascicle
i-xiv + 1-288. pl. 60-79. “Boston, 1910.
Ami, H. M. Preliminary lists of the organic remains occurring in the
various geological formations comprised in the map of the Ottawa
District, including formations in the provinces of Quebec and
Ontario, along the Ottawa river. Ann. Rep. Canada Geol. Surv.
II. r2: 51G-77G. D 1901.
Andres, H. Zwei neue Pirolaceae aus der Subsection Erxlebenia (Opiz)
H. Andres nebst einigen Bemerkungen zur Systematik der hei-
mischen Arten. Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg 1912: 218-227.
Sind, Be] AOTs.
Pirola paradoxa sp. nov. from Washington.
Andrews, F. M., & Ellis, M. M. Some observations concerning the
reactions of the leaf hairs of Salvinia natans. Bull. Torrey Club 40:
441-445. Au 1913.
591
592 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Arthur, J. C., & Kern, F. D. The rediscovery of Peridermium pyri-
forme Peck. Science II. 38: 311, 312. 29 Au 1913.
Babcock, E.B. A new variety of Juglans californica Watson. Science
II. 38: 89, 90. 18 JI 1913.
Bachmann, F. M. The origin and development of the apothecium in
Collema pulposum (Bernh.) Ach. Archiv Zellforschung 10: 369-
430. pl. 30-36. 8 Jl 1913.
Becker, M.A. The preservation of our wild fowers. Jour. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 11: 169-175. Jl 1910.
Berry, E. W. A fossil flower from the Eocene. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
45: 261-263. pl. 21. 13 Je 1913.
Black, C. A. The morphology of Riccia Frostii Aust. Ann. Bot. 27:
511-532. pl. 37, 38. -Jl 1913.
Chrysler, M. A. The origin of the erect cells in the phloem of the
Abietineae. Bot. Gaz. 56: 36-50. f. 1-12. 16 Jl 1913.
Cockerell, T. D. A. A wine-red sunflower. Science II. 38: 312, 313-
29 Au 1913.
Collins, G. N. Mendelian factors. Science II. 38: 88, 89. 18 J! 1913.
Collins, G. N., & Kempton, J. Inheritance of waxy endosperm in
hybrids of Chinese maize. IV*. Conférence Internat. Génétique,
Paris 191%: 347-357. 1913.
Cook, M. T., & Taubenhaus, J. J. The relation of parasitic fungi to
the contents of the cells of the host plants. (II. The toxicity of
vegetable acids and the oxidizing enzyme). Delaware College Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 97: 3-53. f. 1-43. 1 J! 1912.
Copeland, E. B. Some ferns of northeastern Migtsaas Leaflets
Philip. Bot. 5: 1679-1684. 28 Je 1913.
Includes Angiopteris Elmeriana, Cyathea Warihon, C. dimor photricha, C. cinerea,
Dryopteris urdanetensis, and Athyrium propinquum, spp. nov ;
Copp, G. G. The protection of native plants. Jour. N. Y. Bot.
Gard. 7: 26-29. F 1906.
Cosens, A. A contribution to the morphology and biology of insect
galls. Univ. Toronto-Stud. Biol. 13: 297-387. pl. 1-13. 1912.
Crandall, C. S.! Mosquitoes pollinating orchids. Science II. 38: 51:
11 Jl 1913.
Darbishire, O. V. Lichens collected during the 2d Norwegian Polar
Expedition in 1898-1902. 1-68. pl. 1, 2, Kristiania 1909. Rep-
Sec. Norw. Arct. Exped. ‘‘Fram” 1898-1902. No. 21.
Davis, B. M. Genetical studies on Oenothera—IV. The behavior of
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 593
hybrids between Oenothera biennis and O. grandiflora in the second
and third generations. Am. Nat. 47: 449-476. f. I-15. Au 1913;
547-57 ka Fe £05 FF 1901S,
Davis, B. M. The problem of the origin of Oenothera Lamarckiana
De Vries. New Phytologist 12: 233-241. f. 7. 26 Jl 1913.
Eastham, J. W. Useful wild plants of Canada. Ottawa Nat. 27:
40-43: 12 Jl 1913.
Ellis, M. M. Seed production in Yucca glauca. Bot. Gaz. 56: 72-78.
16 Jl 1913.
Elmer, A. D. E. A few new Polygalaceae. Leaflets Philip. Bot. 5:
1671-1678. 21 Je 1913.
Includes Securidaca atro-violacea
multiramosum, and X. subglobosum.
Elmer, A.D.E. New Anonaceae. Leaflets Philip. Bot. 5: 1705-1750.
19 Jl eS
New speci ibed in Unona (4), Uvaria (4), Xylopia (1), Saccopetalum (1),
Polyalthia (8), Phaeanthus (1), Oxymitra (2), Orophea (3), Mitrephora (4), Meiogyne
(2), Goniothalamus (3), Deprananthus (1), and Artabotrys (2).
Elmer, A. D. E. Palawan Acanthaceae. Leaflets Philip. Bot. 5:
1685-1704. 3 Jl 1913.
Includes one new species each in Strobilanthus, Eranthemum, Dicliptera, Ruellia,
Hallieracantha, and Lepidagathis; two new species in Hypoestes and three in Gymno-
stachyum,
Evans, A. W. Notes-on North American Hepaticae. IV. Bryologist
16: 49-55. f. 1-7. Jl 1913.
Includes Cololejeunea setiloba sp. nov.
Fairchild, D. The discovery of the chestnut bark disease in China.
Science IT. 38: 297-299. 29 Au 1913.
Fawcett, H. S. Citrus scab (Cladosporium Citri Massee). Univ.
Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 109: 51-60. f. 24-31. My 1912.
Fawcett, H. S. Stem-end rot of Citrus fruits. (Phomopsis sp.).
Univ. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 107: 3-21. f. 1-9. O 1911.
Ferdinandsen, C. Fungi terrestres from northeast Greenland (N. of
76° N. Lat.) collected by the ‘‘Danmark-expedition’” 1906-08.
Meddelelser om Grénland 43: 137-145. pl. 9. 1910.
Includes Calvatia arctica Ferdinandsen & Winge sp. nov.
Floyd, B. F., & Stevens, H. E. Melanose and stem-end rot. Univ.
Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 111: 3-16. f. 1-9. D 1912.
Forbes, S. A., & Richardson, R.E. Studies on the biology of the upper
Illinois River. Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 9: 481-574.
pl. 65-85. Je 1913.
vy Py ieee es | | ; [ | ee floriferum xX
£ £
594 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Gallée, O. Lichens from northeast Greenland (N. of 76° N. Lat.)
collected by the ‘‘ Danmark-expedition’’ 1906-08. Meddelelser om
Gronland 43: 183-191. I9QI0.
Gallte, O. Saxifragaceae 2. The biological leaf-anatomy of arctic
species of Saxifraga. Meddelelser om Grénland 36: 239-294. f.
I-29. 1910.
Gleason, H. A. The relation of forest distribution and prairie fires in
the middle West. Torreya 13: 173-181. Au 1913.
Gow, J. E. Observations on the morphology of the aroids. Bot.
Gaz. 56: 127-142. f. I-47. 14 Au 1913.
Hamet, R. Sedum Carnegiei, a new species of the family Crassuiaceae
from the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum. Ann. Carnegie Mus.
8: 418-420. Mr 1913.
Harper, R. M. A botanical cross-section of northern Mississippi, with
notes on the influence of soil on vegetation. Bull. Torrey Club 40:
377-399. pl. 21, 22. Au 1913.
Harris, J. A. Note on the alpine dwarfing of Polygonum Bistorta.
Torreya 13: 182-184. f. 7. Au 1913.
Harris, J. A. On the-relationship between the number of ovules
formed and the capacity of the ovary for maturing its ovules into
seeds. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 447-455. f. 1, 2. Au 1913.
Hassler, E. Apocynaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguarienses XVIII.] Repert. Sp. Nov.12: 257-264. 20J11913-
Includes Aspidiosperma Rojasii and A. Quirandy Hassler, spp. nov. and several
new varieties of the latter species.
Hassler, E. Malvaceae. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates para-
guarienses XVIII.] Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 264-269. 20 Jl 1913-
Includes Malvastrum guaraniticum, Sida rupicola, and S. margaritensis spp- OV:
Hassler, E. Oecnotheraceae—II. [In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novi-
tates paraguarienses XVIII.] Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 269-278. 2°
Ji 1913.
Includes 54 new varieties, forms, or subspecies.
Hayden, A. An ecological study of a prairie province in central Iowa.
Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 18: 55, 56. 1911.
An abstract.
Heald, F. D., & Studhalter, B.A: Preliminary note on birds as
carriers of the chestnut blight fungus. Science II. 38: 278- 280.
22 Au 1913.
Hesselbo, A. Mosses from northeast Greenland (N. of 76° N- Lat.)
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 595
collected by the ‘‘ Danmark-expedition”’ 1906-08. Meddelelser om
Grénland 43: 171-180. pl. 11, 12. 1910.
Includes Bryum Myliusii sp. nov.
Hibbard, R. P. The antitoxic action of chloral hidieie’ upon copper
sulphate for Pisum sativum (Preliminary contribution). Centralb.
Bakt. Zweite Abt. 38: 302-308. 30 Jl 1913.
Hitchcock, A. S. Mexican grasses in the United States National Her-
barium. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.17: 181-389+vii-xiv. 15 Jl 1913.
Includes 23 new species in Andropogon (2), Aristida (2), Campulosus (4), Des-
champsia (1), Lasiacis (1), Melica (1), Muhlenbergia (1), Paspalum (3), Poa (4),
Senites (1), Sorghastrum (1), Sporobolus (1), Syntherisma (1), Trisetum ( 1), Trinochloa
(1), and Tristachya (1).
Holden, R. Contributions to the anatomy of Mesozoic seatices - No.
I. Jurassic coniferous woods from Yorkshire. inn. Bot. 27: 533-
545. pl. 39, 40. Jl 1913.
Howard, W. L. An experimental study of the rest period in plants.
Univ. Missouri Agr. Exp. Sta. Research Bull. 1: 5-105. Ap 1910,
Hutchinson, J. Parthenium argentatum A. Gray. Hooker's Icones
Plantarum. IV. 10: pl. 2998. p. 1-3. Jl 1913.
Hutchinson, J. Podachaenium eminens. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: $l.
8502. Jl 1913.
A plant from Central America.
Jones, L.R. A plea for closer interrelations in our work. Science II.
38: 1-6. 4 Jl 1913.
Knupp, N. D.. The flowers of Myriophyllum spicatum L. Proc. lowa
Acad. Sci. 18: 61-73. pl. 1-4. I9I1I.
Lacy, M.G. A discussion of the results obtained by crossing Zea Mais
L. (Mais Djagoeng) (—Reanu luxurians Dur.—teosinte) and Eu-
chlaena mexicana Schrad. Am. Nat. 47: 511, 512. Au 1913.
Lind, J. Systematic list of fungi (Micromycetes) from northeast Green-
land (N. of 76° N. Lat.) collected by the ‘‘ Danmark-expedition”
1906-1908. Meddelelser om Grénland 43: 149-162. pl. 10. I9gI0.
Includes Ascospora veges Hendersonia gigantea, Coniothyrium Lesquerellae,
and Pyrenophora filicina, spp. n
Lindly, J. M. Flowers of ae County. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 18:
19-24. I9QII.
Livingston, B. E. Climatic areas of the United States as related to
plant growth. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 52: 257-275. pl. 9-11. Ap
1913.
596 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Loesener, T. Mexikanische und zentralamerikanische Novitaten. IV.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 217-244. 25 Je 1913.
Includes new species as follows: pitts Daagoeame H. Gross, Coccoloba
oaxacensis H. Gross, Pisonia linearibracteat erl, Heliocarpus Caeciliae Loes.,
utilon Seisdigason Ulbrich, Sphaeralcea eahat Ulbrich, Hauwya Donnellsmithit
cle: H. longicornuta Loes., Xylopleurum deserticolum Loes., and Cordia Langlassei
Loes.
Macallum, A. B. Surface tension and vital phenomena. Univ.
-Toronto Stud. Physiol. 8: 3-82. pl. 7. 1912.
BSc in English in revised form from an article “‘ Oberflachenspannung
und Lebense nungen,”’ in vol. 11, Ergebnisse der Physiologie.
McBeth, 3 S Cellulose as a source of energy for nitrogen fixation.
U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant. Ind. Circ. 131: 25-34. 5 Jl 1913.
Macbride, T. H. Notes on Iowa saprophytes. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
18: 57-60. I9DI.
Marie-Victorin, . Découverte du Lycopode petit-cypres dans
les Laurentides. Naturaliste Canadien 39: 166-170. My 1913.
Martin, J. N. The physiology of the pollen of Trifolium pratense.
Bot. Gaz. 56: 112-126. f. r 14 Au 1913.
Matthew, G. F. A new flora in the older Palaeozoic rocks of southern
New Brunswick, Canada. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada III. 6: 83-99-
Be te 2. tka.
Melhus, I. E. The powdery scab of potato (Sbongaspora Solani) in
Maine. Science II. 38: 133. 25 Jl 1913.
Merrill, G.K. New and interesting lichens from the state of Washing-
ton. Bryologist 16: 56-59. Jl 1913.
Includes Bialora myriocarpella sp. nov.
Meyer, R. Einiges iiber Echinocactus longihamatus Gal. und seine
Varietaten. Monats. Kakteenk. 23: 91-93. 15 Je 1913-
Meyer, R. Uber Echinocactus haematacanthus Monv. Monats.
Kakteenk. 23: 94-96. 15 Je 1913.
Mickleborough, J. A report on the chestnut tree blight, the fungus,
Diaporthe parasitica Murrill. 1-16. f. 1-4. Harrisburg. My 1909-
[Illust.]
Pennsylvania Department of Forestry.
Miller, F. A. Breeding medicinal plants. Am. Jour. Pharm. 85: 291-
301. f. 1-4. Jl 1913.
Nathorst, A. G. Contributions to the carboniferous flora of north-
eastern Greenland. Occurrence of the plant-fossils. Meddelelser
om Grénland 43: 339-346. pl. 15, 16 +f. 1-4. 22 Mr 1911.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 597
Nichols, G. E. Summer evaporation intensity as a determining factor
in the distribution of vegetation in Connecticut. Bot. Gaz. 56:
143-152. 14 Au 1913.
Orton, W. A. The development of disease-resistant varieties of plants.
IV°. Conférence Internat. Génétique, Paris 1911: 247-265. f. I-9.
1913.
Ostenfeld, C. H. Marine plankton from the East-Greenland Sea (W.
of 6° W. Long. and N. of 73° 30’ N. Lat.), collected by the ‘‘ Dan-
mark-expedition” 1906-1908—I. List of diatoms and flagellates.
Meddelelser om Grénland 43: 259-285. f. I-11. 1910.
Ostenfeld, C. H., & Lundager, A. List of vascular plants from north-
east Greenland (N. of 76° N. Lat.), collected by the “ Danmark-
expedition”’ 1906-1908. Meddelelser om Grénland 43: 1-32. fl.
1-6 +f. I-3. 1910.
Ostrup, E. Diatoms from northeast Greenland (N. of 76° N. Lat.),
collected by the “ Danmark-expedition”’ 1906-08. Meddelelser om
Grénland 43: 195, 196-256. pl. 13, 14. 1910.
Pammel, E. C., & Clark, C. Studies in variation of red clover. Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci. 18: 47-54. 1911. [Illust.]
Pammel, L. H. Some fungus diseases of trees. Proc. lowa Acad.
Sci. 18: 25-33. 1911. [Illust.]
Pammel, L. H., & King, C. M. Pollination of red clover. Proc. lowa
Acad. Sci. 18: 35-45. 1911. [Illust.]
Pennell, F. W. Studies in the Agalinanae, a subtribe of the Rhinan-
thaceae. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 401-439. Au 1913.
Includes descriptions of 5 new species.
Prain, D., & Hutchinson, J. Notes on some species of Acalypha. Kew
Bull. Misc. Inf. 1913: 1-28. f. 1-46. Mr 1913.
Quehl, L. Allerlei aus dem Kakteenkasten. Monats. Kakteenk. 23:
93, 94- 15 Je 1913.
Reimer, F. C., & Detjen, L. R. Self-fertility of the scuppernong and
other muscardine grapes. North Carolina Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull.
209: 5-23. f. I-13. S 1910.
Ricker, P. L. Directions for collecting plants. U. S. Dept. Agr.
Plant Ind. Circ. 126: 27-35. f. 1-5. 10 My 1913.
Rolfs, P. H., Fawcett, H. S., & Floyd, B. F. Diseases of citrus fruits.
Univ. Florida Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 108: 27-47. f. 10-23. N 1911.
Rolfe, R. A. Stanhopea convoluta. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: pl. 8507.
Au 1913.
A plant from Colombia, South America.
598 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Saxton, W. T. The classification of conifers. New Phytologist 12:
242-262. f. I. 26 Jl 1913.
Selby, A.D. A brief hand-book of the diseases of cultivated plants in
Ohio. Bull. Ohio Agr. Exp. Sta. 214: 307-456 + i-vii. f. 1-106:
Mr 1910.
Shannon, C. W. The trees and shrubs of Oklahoma. Oklahoma Geol.
Surv. Cire. 4: 1-41. Mr 1913. [Illust.]
Shear, C. L., & Stevens, N.E. The chestnut-blight parasite ( Endothia
parasitica) from China. Science II. 38: 295-297. 29 Au I913.
Simon, C. E., & Wood, M.A. On the inhibitory action of certain anilin
dyes upon bacterial development. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. & Medicine
10: 176-178. 21 My 10913.
Smith, J. D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central
American republics. Bot. Gaz. 56: 51-62. 16 Jl 1913.
Twenty new species are described. t
Smith, J. D., & Rose, J. N. A monograph of the Hauyeae and
Gongylocarpeae, tribes of the Onagraceae. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb.
16: 287-298. f. 45-54. 23 Au 1913.
Includes ‘Burragea and X ylonagra gen. nov. and Hauya Rusbyi sp. nov.
Stevens, F. L., & Hall, J.G. Diseases of economic plants. °i-x 35
513. f. I-219. New York, 1910.
Stout, A. B. Tomato-nightshade chimeras. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
14: .145-150. pl. t2z. Au 1913.
Surface, F. M. |The result of selecting fluctuating variations, data
from Illinois corn breeding experiments. IV°. Conférence Inter-
nat. Génétique, Paris rort: 222-255. 1913.
Swingle, W. T. Chaetospermum, a new genus of hard-shelled citrous
fruits. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 3: 100-102. f. 7. 19 F 1913-
Swingle, W.T. Le genre Balsamocitrus et un nouveau genre voisin,
Aeglopsis. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58: (Mém.) 225-245. pl. se +f.
, B. Mr 1912.
ae Balsamocitrus gabonensis sp. nov. and Aeglopsis Chevalieri gen. et sp. NOV-
‘Swingle, W. T. Observations sur les quelques espéces. indo-chinoises
des genres Atalantia et Glycosmis. -Notulae Syst. 2: 158-163. f. J:
25 Mr rogrz2.
Swingle, W. T. Variation in first generation hybrids (imperfect
dominance): its possible explanation through zygotaxis. IV. Con-
férence Interna. Génétique, Paris 1911: 581-594. f. I-10. 1913:
Buti. ToRREY CLUB VOLUME 40, PLATE 23
MortieR AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM CERNUUM
VOLUME 40, PLATE 24
BuLi. TORREY CLUB
MorttieR AND NOTHNAGEL: CHROMOSOMES OF ALLIUM CERNUUM
Vol. 4C No. 11
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
NOVEMBER, 1913
Edward Lyman Morris
EpwWarp B. CHAMBERLAIN
(WITH PORTRAIT)
The sudden death of Edward L. Morris on September 14,
last, is a loss not easy to estimate. He was by preference a
student of systematic botany, but long experience as a successful
teacher, and active work as a museum curator, gave him a breadth
of scientific training and an appreciation of popular and scientific
points of view that are not often combined in those whose position
makes them the interpreters of science to the public.
Those who knew Mr. Morris feel that their personal loss over-
shadows everything else. He had to an unusual degree the
genial charm of manner that makes and retains friends, and a
loyalty that takes no account of time or effort spent in helpful
service. His daily life was so full of patience, cheerfulness, and
sympathy, that few realized how great, at times, was his own
burden. Even when his own life was full of trouble, he was never
without the characteristic cordial greeting for everyone he met.
With high ideals and the strong convictions that accompany
them, he was frank in the expression of opinion, but at the same
time modest in statement and considerate of the views of those
from whom he differed. The affectionate respect of his associates
and the codperation they gave him ee striking testimonials to
his own personality.
In his own work Mr. Morris set for himself a severe standard,
and demanded like faithfulness from others; yet he worked with
[The BuLLETIN for October (40: 520-598. pl. 23, 24) was issued 15 O 1913.]
599
600 CHAMBERLAIN: EDWARD LyMAN Morris
an enthusiasm that enlivened dry detail and routine. Whatever
he did showed painstaking method, sincerity of purpose, and
devotion. As a colleague has written of him, ‘‘He put his heart
as well as his conscience into his work.’’ He was a patient in-
vestigator and a close observer, but willing to defer any conclusion
until he had a first-hand knowledge of the facts. This desire for
truthfulness made him chary of publication; there was so often
some minor point that required more study for a complete under-
standing of the case.
The facts of Mr. Morris’s life are, briefly, as follows:—He
was born at Monson, Mass., October 23, 1870, the son of Edward
Franklin Morris and Louise Janette Clapp, and his youth was
spent in the vicinity of his birthplace. At as early an age as
eleven, he began the systematic study and collection of the plants
of the township, continuing his collecting throughout his pre-
paratory school course.. Entering Amherst College in the autumn
of 1888 from Monson Academy, he was given special credit for
the botanical work already done, and an opportunity to continue
it in conneetion with the college museum. During his third and
fourth college years he had especial privileges for advanced work
in botany and zodlogy, and was in charge of the college museum.
Obtaining the bachelor’s degree from Amherst in 1891, he
spent one year at the Museum of the Worcester Natural History
Society, one year in graduate study at Harvard, and two years
as instructor at Amherst, which conferred upon him the degree
of M.A. in 1895.
Of his work at Amherst Professor Tyler says, in a letter re-
cently received: ‘It always seemed as if he was working purely
for the enjoyment of it. He was a very hard worker, and made
his students work. The best men did so because they caught his
spirit, the others because they had to. He made things very
clear, and always knew what to tell and how much to leave to
the student to find out. He never made his teaching a mere
memorizing of dry details.”’
In 1895 Mr. Morris removed to Washington, D. C., and for
twelve years was connected with the school system of that city,
for the last seven years being head of the department of biology-
His progressive teaching here developed a course in biology . =
CHAMBERLAIN: EDWARD LYMAN Morris 601
that reached the life and activities of young people. He always
taught as if in the laboratory, arousing the interest of his stu-
dents, stimulating them to seek first-hand knowledge, teaching
them that biology was a matter of everyday life, and training
them to think clearly and hard. During the year 1907, Mr.
Morris resigned his position in Washington to become curator of
natural science in the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences, a position which he held at the time of his death.
For one year, also, after the resignation of Dr. Lucas, he was
acting curator-in-chief. This position gave him the chance to
develop the ideas of the educative value of museum collections
that he had long held. Believing that exhibition specimens
should always arouse the desire for further information, he not
only saw that the books furnishing such knowledge were close
at hand, but insisted that every visitor should have, if he desired,
the opportunity of personal conversation with the curator.
In addition to professional duties, Mr. Morris found the
time to take an active part in general scientific work, his own
motto for such things being, ‘‘Make both tie for first place.”
In Washington he was a member of the botanical, biological,
and entomological societies, and of the Cosmos Club, but most
closely identified with the Washington Biologists’ Field Club, of
which he was a founder and leading spirit. No one who knew
him at ‘“‘The Island” could fail to see how very close to his heart
the success of the Club was, or ‘forget how enthusiastically he
entered into the plans for its development. Even after leaving
Washington he kept in close touch with all that went on at the
Club, and never failed to revisit it when circumstances permitted.
He had made a large collection of plants from the Club property,
which he hoped to make the basis for a detailed catalogue.
For years Mr. Morris’s especial pleasure had been the syste-
matic study of the Plantaginaceae, of which he had accumulated
a large amount of material, many species being represented by
alcoholic as well as ordinary herbarium specimens. It was a
source of keen regret to him that increasing duties encroached
upon the leisure hours that he preferred to spend upon his col-
lections. The characteristic desire for accuracy delayed the
publication of many conclusions that had already been attained,
602 CHAMBERLAIN: Epwarp LyMAN Morris
conclusions that it is hardly possible to reconstruct from the
notes available.
Besides what has already been mentioned, Mr. Morris was for
a short time associate editor of School Science and an associate
examiner on the College Entrance Examination Board. At the
time of his death he was editor of the Torrey Botanical
Club, of which he had been a member since 1901. In 1898 he
collected for the United States National Herbarium on the
Florida Keys, and in 1900 was an assistant upon the staff of the 3
United States Fish Commission in West Virginia. For four years
he was a special plant expert of the Department of Agriculture,
doing field work in Oregon, along the Great Lakes, and in Iowa.
In 1908 Mr. Morris was secretary of the Nomenclature Com-
mission of Section G of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, and in 1911 was elected a fellow of the Association.
Mr. Morris was twice married, his first wife being Florence
Syvret, of Charlton, Mass., who died in 1903. In 1907 he married
Mary E. Bedell, of Washington, D. C., who, with a son, survives
him. |
NEw York City
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The following list contains the titles of all of Mr. Morris’s publications that
it has been possible to find in the limited time available. Corrections or additions
will be greatly appreciated.
. Plant study. Plant World 2: 77. F 1899.
2. A revision of the species of Plantago commonly referred to Plantago
patagonica Jacquin. Bull. Torrey Club 27: 105-119. 24 Mr
1900.
gyrea, P. dura, P.inflexa, P. brunnea, P. fastigiata, P. tetrantha, spp. nov-;
P. aristata Nuttallii subsp. nov.; P. lanatifolia (Coult. & Fish.) Small, P. erecta, P.
scariosa, nom. no
4. Baiedeeas hederaceum in America. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington
13: 157, 158. 13 Je 1900.
4. Some plants of West Virginia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 13:
171-182. 31 O 1900.
Polypodium vulgare oreophilum Maxon and Vernonia gigantea pubescens, sub-
spp. nov.
5- North American Plantaginaceae—Il. Bull. Torrey Club 28: 112-
122. pl. 12. 2 Mr 1901. 7
P. verticillata, P. picta, P. oblonga, P. ignota, P. speciosa, P. obversa, spp. nOV-
on)
fea
-
~
oO
lol
Ny
CHAMBERLAIN: EDWARD LYMAN Morris 603
. A correction of Vernonia gigantea pubescens. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Vernonia maxima pubescens nom. nov.
Plantago septata E. L. Morrissp. nov. In Britton, N. L., & Rydberg,
An enumeration of the flowering plants collected by R.
S. Williams and J. B. Tarlton. Contributions to the botany of
the Yukon Territory 4. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden 2: 182. 27
My 1901.
Botanizing in and around a lake. Plant World 4: 109, 110. Je
ICol.
. Plants for the aquarium. School Science 1: 95. 1901-2.
- “Occasional ’’ leaves of Trillium. Plant World 5: 92, 93. pl. 13.
My 1902.
. Abnormal Trilliums. Plant World 6: 87-89. Ap 1903. [Illust.]
. The bush morning- glory. Plant World 7: 109-113. pl. 5, 6. My
1904.
Ipomoea lepiophyila Torr
. Plantago (Plasiavinelia) coelorhiza Morris & Macloskie, n.s. In
Macloskie, G. Flora of Patagonia. Reports of the Princeton
University Expeditions to Patagonia 8: 734. pl. 25 C. S 1905.
North American Plantaginaceae—III. Bull. Torrey Club 36:
515-530. 1 O 1909.
P. xerodea and P. pusilla Engelmannii, nom. nov.
. The nomenclatural authority for Gonionemus Murbachii. Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington 22: 179-182. 30 O 1909.
. Herbarium suggestions. Torreya 11: 145-149. f. I-3. 19 Jl 1911.
. The germination of cat-tail seeds. Torreya 11: 181-184. f. I, 2
12 $ 1911.
. [Review of] Stewart’s Botanical survey of the apie i Islands.
Torreya 11: 222, 221. 18 O 1911.
- Museum cata’ogues. Proc. Am. Assoc. Museums 5: 35-38.
IQII.
. [Review of] Dinsmore’s Plants of Palestine. Torreya 12: 34-36.
15 F 1912.
- An apparently new record for Rubus Chamaemorus Linnaeus.
orreya 12: 88. 17 Ap I9I2.
. The possibilities of botanical exhibits. Proc. Am. Assoc. Mu-
S ums 6: 105-108. ICI2.
- The museum point of view in botany. Proc. Am. Assoc. Museums
7: 83-85. 1913.
The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket—xXI
EUGENE P. BICKNELL
CELASTRACEAE
*CELASTRUS SCANDENS L.
Rare; it is found sparingly on Coskaty entwined with wild
rose and red raspberry near the harbor shore, and in Shawkemo,
where it is massed thickly along a low bank back of the beach.
Flower buds June 4, 1909; first flowers June 2, I9II.
ACERACEAE
ACER RUBRUM L.
In swamps and low grounds. It is commonly of no greater
stature than a shrub, but in sheltered thickets becomes a well-
developed tree, and in Beechwood has attained a height of not
less than thirty to thirty-five feet, the trunks thirty to thirty-five
inches in basal girth. The leaves of different trees are widely vari-
able, sometimes appearing much like those of Acer carolinianum,
again taking an elongated form with narrowly cleft attenuate and
sharply cut lobes.
*ACER CAROLINIANUM Walter.
Frequent in boggy thickets, sometimes side by side with those
forms of Acer rubrum with which it is most sharply in contrast.
It is a tree of marked individuality when appointed in its true
features but these are not always well expressed and its divergence
from the red maple cannot be said to have passed into a fixed
separation. In its most characteristic forms the small thickish
leaves, rather clustered at the ends of the branchlets, are of
rounded outline and broadly notched into three short lobes, the
blades, only 4-6 cm. long and wide, having the upper surface of a
dark shining green, the lower surface peeroruuely whitened and
more or less pubescent.
605
606 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
*ACER SACCHARINUM L.
A. dasycarpum Ehrh. |
About two miles from the town scattered among an open growth
of pines off the Wauwinet road are to be found a few small silver
maples not over three or four feet in height. They were first
observed in 1909.
*ACER PLATANOIDES.
The Norway maple has been little used on Nantucket, but is
self-seeded in planted grounds and has occasionally grown up
into small trees in neglected places.
*ACER PSEUDO-PLATANUS L. 2
Many fine sycamore maples shade the streets of the town and
produce a numerous progeny.of seedlings some of which persist
and grow into small treesin out of the way places. In full flower
along the streets June 6, 1909.
The three introduced maples here mentioned have only the
slenderest claim to be included in the island’s wild flora and are
reported mainly for purposes of. record as widely cultivated trees
which are tending to become naturalized.
BALSAMACEAE
IMPATIENS BIFLORA Walt.
Common in low grounds often bordering thickets or growths
of rankly growing taller plants. A form occurs having very pale:
or whitish spotted flowers. First flowers July 1; 1912; blooms
through September.
VITACEAE
Vitis Lasrusca L.
Very common generally and in many places conspicuous from
its luxuriant growth. It thrives in low thickets draping the
shrubbery and strays into open places, trailing among the grass
and herbaceous plants or even sprawling in bare sandy fields.
Flower buds June 12, 1909; first flowers June 17, 1908; June 18,
1910; well-formed green fruit June 27, 1912.
The fruit may be of the largest size and deep purple or amber
purple in color, or much smaller, more numerous and crowded
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 607
in the clusters, and greenish or greenish purple even when fully
ripe. This pale-fruited form is locally abundant on Marthas
Vineyard, where it is often wholly green at maturity and is known
to the islanders as the white wild grape. I did not myself see it
growing there, but, on Sept. 28, 1911, was shown several large
sacks filled with the perfectly ripe green fruit which, in gathering,
had been kept separate from the usual purple kind.
VITIS AESTIVALIS Michx.
Found only on the eastern side of the island, where it is frequent
or locally common in wet or dry thickets sometimes actually
intertwined with Vitis Labrusca. It occursin Shawkemo, Pocomo,
Coskaty, and Squam, and south to Tom Never’s Pond. Comes
into flower rather later than V. Labrusca. Flower buds very
small June 7, 1911, and June 13, 1908; first flowers June 26, 1910;
still in bloom July 11, 1912. It appears to fruit only sparingly
on Nantucket, although bearing abundantly on Marthas Vineyard.
Fruit small and green Aug. 13, 1906; becoming purplish Sept.
II, 1907. On Marthas Vineyard much of the fruit was still
unripe Oct. 5, 1912.
A very old vine near Abram’s Point measured twenty-one
inches around close to the base and seventeen inches a foot above.
PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA (L.) Planch.
In thickets, either in low grounds or on the dry plains, some-
times trailing over banks clothed with crisp lichens and bearberry
or even thriving in exposed white sand. Flower buds _ barely
visible June 1, 1909, and June 14, I9II; no open flowers up to
July 12, 1912.
The leaflets vary from glabrous to thickly pubescent with
silvery hairs on the lower surface and to some extent on the
upper surface also; this pubescence may extend thinly along the
petioles but seems always to be absent from the branchlets and
- tendrils. It is a character that has been adduced as distinctive
of Parthenocissus hirsutus (Donn) Small, but as to the pubescent -
Nantucket plant there seems little reason to doubt that it is
merely a condition of the common Virginia creeper. The leaves
of young plants are often very pubescent, and in older plants the
lower leaves may be pubescent and the later ones quite glabrous.
608 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
MALVACEAE
MALVA ROTUNDIFOLIA L.
An abundant weed, flowering freely from May through Sep-
tember and doubtless until frost.
*MALVA VERTICILLATA L.
The herbarium of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association
contains a specimen of this mallow, collected by Mrs. Nellie F.
Flynn, bearing the record ‘‘ Waste place, Sept. 22, 1902.”’
*MALVA MOSCHATA L.,
Several white-flowered plants in full bloom July 9, 1912, ina
vegetable garden at Surfside; Surfside, Aug. 1909, Mrs. Mary A.
Albertson; lane off Madequet road, 1905, Mrs. Eleanor W.
Morgan, fide F. G. Floyd.
*ALTHAEA ROSEA Cav.
Freely spontaneous by street sides and in neglected places
about the town and appearing occasionally in waste lots in the
suburbs. The seedling plants begin to spring up at the end of
May. Just in flower in several waste spots July 12, 1912.
Histscus MoscHeurtos L.
When in bloom the rose-mallow is conspicuous at a number of
the shore ponds on the northern and eastern sides of the island,
but it seems to be quite wanting about the ponds on the south
shore. At most of its localities it is not abundant, although grow-
ing in profusion at a few places. It is found at Capaum Pond,
Reed Pond, Monomoy, Shimmo, Squam Pond, and on Coskaty,
where it was in full bloom Aug. 16, 1906. Flowers observed as
late as Sept. II, 1907.
Mr. Floyd’s notes refer to a form having white flowers with a
crimson eye found by a small pond in Monomoy by Miss Mary
Foster Coffin. It is not improbable that this may have been
Hibiscus oculiroseus Britton, which is not rare on Long Island.
HY PERICACEAE
ASCYRUM HYPERICOIDES L.
Long known from Nantucket, the northeastern limit of its
range, but not at all a scarce plant there, as has been supposed.
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 609
It is, however, confined to the eastern side of the island, where it
is locally common from Wauwinet to Quidnet, extending west to
Beechwood and south to beyond Sachacha Pond. In full flower
Aug. 7, 1906; continues to bloom until late in September. It
often spreads out into patches of considerable size, which become
noticeable from their light green color as early as the middle of
June:
HYPERICUM ADPRESSUM Bart.
Common about several ponds in Polpis and Saul’s Hills;
west of Sachacha Pond; Waqutuquaib Pond; Miacomet Pond;
a single early flower July 11, 1912; in full flower Aug. 7, 1906;
Sept. I, 1904; some flowers remaining Sept. 18, 1907. The young
plants have become several inches high by the middle of June.
Early in the season this St. John’s-wort may be seen in small
ponds either wholly submerged or showing emersed leafy tips.
Later, when the waters have fallen, such plants often develop with
unusual vigor, becoming fully two feet high with the leaves pro-
portionately enlarged and the submerged portion of the stem
greatly thickened with spongy tissue (var. spongiosum Robinson).
Where colonies of the plant extend back from a flooded shore a
complete gradation may be traced from this spongiose aquatic
condition to the more usual terrestrial state. The latter comes
earliest into bloom, the most dwarfed examples of the driest
Situations flowering first and often precociously.
The spongiose tissue is doubtless homologous with the aeren-
chyma produced on the floating stems of Decodon verticillatus.
A slight but evident spongiose enlargement of the lower part of
the stem is sometimes seen in Hypericum canadense and in Hyperi-
cum boreale when these low ground plants grow in very wet places.
HYPERICUM PERFORATUM L.
One of the bright-flowered weeds of fields and waysides, and
Scattered widely over the plains and commons. First flowers
June 27, 1910; June 29, 1912.
Hypericum punctratum Lam.
Not common but found sparingly at a number of widely
Separated stations, mainly on the eastern side of the island; not
610 BiIcKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
observed west of Maxcy’s and Hummock Ponds. Plants of full
size June 15, 1911; small flower buds June 11, 1912; in full flower
and with some mature pods Aug. 16,1906. So far as observed, the
Nantucket plant has always sessile broadly clasping leaves.
*HYPERICUM BOREALE (Britton) Bicknell.
This is the commonest Hypericum of the island, abounding in
low grounds, damp or wet sandy places, and pond shores. It is
sometimes aquatic, inhabiting deep water with the habit of a
Callitriche, the elongated leafy stems either wholly submerged or
their tips emersed. In wet sand it may become strongly stolonif-
erous, putting forth prostrate basal offshoots which reach a length
of several inches and root at intervals, sending up small flowering
stems and terminating in a cluster of stems from the rooted tip.
The young plants become recognizable early in June. Just in
flower Aug. 13, 1906, remaining in bloom through September.
HYPERICUM MUTILUM L. ;
Common in low grounds, often with its characters unusually
well emphasized, the broadly clasping leaves becoming as large
as 3 cm. long by 2 cm. wide. The earliest leaves are observable
at the end of May and the young plants take definite form early
in June. In full flower Aug. 13, 1906; flowering through
September.
*HyPERICUM MAjus (A. Gray) Britton.
Infrequent, growing in damp places. West and southwest of
the town; Trot’s Swamp; Miacomet Pond; Quaise. Just in flower
Aug. II, 1906; in full flower Sept. 8, 1904; Sept. 12, 1907.
HYPERICUM CANADENSE L.,
Common in low grounds and wet sandy places. Leaves often
almost filiform linear. Plants very small May 30, 1909; a single
early flower June 20, 1908, and July 3, 1912; in full flower and
with mature capsules Aug. 13, 1906; continues in flower through
September.
*Hypericum dissimulatum sp. nov.
Erect, often from an oblique or horizontal rooting base,
commonly 1.5-3 dm. high, exceptionally up to 5.5 dm., not often
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 611
branched below the middle; leaves narrowly oblong, obtuse,
sessile or subclasping, 3-5-nerved, 1-3 cm. long, 2-6 mm. wide;
branches slender, openly ascending, bearing dichotomous many-
flowered bracteolate cymes, the bracts subulate; sepals oblong to
lanceolate, obtuse or acutish, equaling or shorter than the cap-
sules; capsules greenish to reddish purple, small, 2-4 mm. long,
ellipsoid to conic-ovoid.
Maine to Maryland and North Carolina. Type from Nan-
tucket, damp roadside west of the town, Sept. 20, 1899, in flower
and fruit, in herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden. Also collected on
Nantucket Sept. 8, 1904, Miacomet Pond, and Sept. 9, 1904,
near the town.
This plant has been known to me for many years, having been
collected first in York County, Maine, then on Nantucket, on
Marthas Vineyard, where it is more common than I have found
it elsewhere, and on Long Island. It is found in -damp
sandy places, usually growing with H. canadense, H. majus, H.
mutilum, and H. boreale, one or all, and is not less distinct in
appearance from each of them than are they among themselves.
It differs from H. canadense in broader often subclasping leaves, _
more diffuse inflorescence, and smaller often ellipsoid capsules.
Narrower leaves, more spreading and compound inflorescence,
and smaller capsules distinguish it readily from H. majus, while it
stands apart from H. mutilum by stricter, less branched habit,
narrower less clasping leaves and longer, or more ellipsoid, purple
capsules. Certain specimens approach H. canadense in the form
and color of the pods, other examples seem nearer to H. mutilum,
and it may well be questioned whether it be not a hybrid of these .
two species or, indeed, partly of H. canadense and H. boreale as
some specimens might seem to suggest. But all of our small
St. John’s-worts of this group are nearly related and, considering
the extended coastwise range of H. dissimulatum, as good reasons
appear for viewing it as one of a chain of close species as for
surmising that it may be a cross.
In addition to material from Maine, Nantucket, Marthas
Vineyard, and Long Island, collected by myself, the following
specimens may be cited:
In herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden: —
RHODE IsLaAnD: Kingston, Aug. 21, 1906, E. S. Reynolds.
612 BIcKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
PENNSYLVANIA: Smithville, Lancaster County, J. K. Small &
Io Fe Carter.
MARYLAND: Hyattsville, Aug. 13, 1904, H. D. House.
NorTH CAROLINA: Mica, June, 1898, C. W. Hyams.
In herb. Columbia University:
New York: Springfield, L. I., 1896, Elizabeth G. Knight;
New Dorp, Staten Island, Aug. 31, 1890, N. L. Britton.
SAROTHRA GENTIANOIDES L.
Abundant in dry sandy places, stems appearing June 15, 1911;
in full flower in September. The plant may be actually minute,
its simple stem bearing only a single flower, or densely branched
to form a firm convex mass I-1.5 dm. in diameter.
TRIADENUM VIRGINICUM (L.) Raf.
Very common in wet swamps and about the borders of muddy
ponds. Earliest leaves May 31, 1908; no flowers remaining in
September.
ELATINACEAE
ELATINE AMERICANA (Pursh) Arn.
Common in some of the sandy ponds, growing in shallow water
near the shore.. Observed especially in Maxcy’s Pond, Miriam
Coffin Pond, and Miacomet Pond. At Maxcy’s Pond on Sept
12, 1907, it grew as profusely on the damp sand where the water
had receded as beneath the surface along the shore. At one spot
in heavy mud ten yards or more from the water’s edge it had
formed compacted moss-like mats, some of them six inches across,
a mode of growth remarkably unlike that of the submerged plant.
Correlated with this difference in habit ran a variation in characters
which was brought out strikingly by comparison of the living
plants. In water and on damp sand the individual plants were
separate in growth, uniformly simple-stemmed, and whitish or
pale green in color. In the mud form the matted stems were often
divergently much branched and the general color a lively green
tinged with reddish or purple, these tints deepening on the cap-
sules into bright crimson; instead of greenish white the petals
were rose color and were sometimes as large as 1.5 mm. in breadth.
The capsules, some being four-valved, were larger than those of
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 613
the submerged plant and of a distinctly different form, depressed-
subglobose and wider than long instead of broadly obovoid and
longer than wide; actual measurements were 2 mm. wide by
I mm. long in the terrestrial plant and only I-1.5 mm. wide by
I mm. long or more in the normal aquatic form. :
CISTACEAE
CROCANTHEMUM CANADENSE (L.) Britton.
Helianthemum canadense Michx.
The typical plant is not common and is rather local in its
distribution, giving place to the following, which is everywhere
abundant. It is however frequent in the oak barrens towards
Siasconset and is found sparingly in Quaise, on the plains towards
the south shore, on Great Neck and elsewhere. No flower buds
visible June 3, 1909; first flowers June 11, 1909; in full flower
June 19, 1910; a few flowers remaining June 30, 1912. Reduced
petaliferous flowers are often produced in September.
*Crccanthemum dumosum sp. nov.
Similar to Crocanthemum canadense but lower and of more
branched and spreading habit, commonly diffuse and semi-
prostrate or ascending, the pubescence somewhat more densely
and softly canescent, intermixed with scattered non-stellate
longer hairs and some minute glandular hairs of a reddish color;
leaves smaller and shorter than those of C. canadense and of a
more bluish green color, mostly oval and elliptic and obtuse,
often very small and crowded on the short divergent branchlets;
flowers slightly paler than in C. canadense; mature calyx
often larger, the sepals very broad and mostly acuminate, usually
bearing reddish papillae on the outer surface and reddened glandu-
lar or viscid hairs in the pubescence; primary inflorescence an
ascending succession of single petaliferous flowers succeeded by
rather numerous flowers intermediate in size and character be-
tween these and the later apetalous ones.
Well marked and abundant all over Nantucket, combining
with such common and characteristic island plants as Amelanchier
nantucketense, Ilex fastigiata, and Linum intercursum to stamp the
flora with a signally distinctive character. It is found also on
Marthas Vineyard and on the Hempstead Plains of Long Island.
614 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
Blooms rather earlier than C. canadense. First flowers May 31,
1909, and quite generally in bloom June 1; June 3, 1911; still
some flowers June 26, 1910. At one station a number of clus-
tered plants bore flowers so pale in color as to appear almost
white. |
Type from Nantucket, Sept. 21, 1899, in herb. N. Y. Botanical
Garden.
The typical form of the plant has an unlikeness to typical
Crocanthemum canadense greater than appears between some
other closely allied species within the genus, and this diversity
of aspect becomes especially striking when, as is sometimes the
case, the two are found growing near together. Typical C.
canadense is a taller erect plant with lighter-colored stems and
longer and more slender and simple ascending branches, narrowly
oblong or oblanceolate leaves tapering to the base and the acute
apex, brighter green on the upper surface and less densely pubes-
cent. Ordinarily it holds very true to these characters, showing
little tendency to marked variation. In several instances where
the two plants growing near together allowed a close comparison
of the open flowers, those of C. dumosum were seen to be notably
the larger, the acuminate sepals reaching a length of 8-10 mm.
and reddened with glandular hairs and papillae, while those of
C. canadense, narrower and mostly obtuse, were but 5—7 mm. long
and only obscurely if at all glandulose. These differences are
not, however, always so well marked. Nevertheless C. dumosum
is evidently a strongly established derivative of C. canadense,
even if it be not yet wholly disconnected from that species. It
has been a recurring source of confusion to not a few Nantucket
collectors and it seems altogether expedient to dispose of it as 4
stumbling block by giving it identity by a name.
*CROCANTHEMUM MAJus (L.) Britton.
Helianthemum majus B.S.P.
Rather common on the plains towards the south shore; else-
where very local although widely scattered, but wanting over 4
great part of the north and east sides of the island. No visible
flower buds June 22, 1910, July 2, 1912; first flowers July 10, 1912-
small petaliferous flowers sometimes appear in September.
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET .615
*Crocanthemum propinquum Bicknell.
Helianthemum propinquum Bicknell.
Rather local, but not uncommon in dry open places or along
sandy roadways through pine barrens. Common on Marthas
Vineyard. In full bloom June 26, 1910; not many flowers left
June 29, 1912; a few belated flowers July 11, 1912.
This plant, not at all uncommon from Nantucket to western
Long Island and doubtless further south, appears to remain
almost unknown to botanists and seems not to have been reported
by any collector since it was first described in Britton’s Manual
over eleven years ago. In the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual
it has been quite misunderstood, being mistaken for the plant
described in this paper as Crocanthemum dumosum and referred
to as being probably only a stunted form of C. canadense.
I know the plant now much better than when I ventured to
give it a name and have found no reason to doubt that it is an
unequivocal species, that is to say, one that is organically discrete
from those allied species which most nearly approach it, however.
close the degree of their relationship. Narrow indeed is the
interval between this plant and those other convergent species
whose distribution it partly shares. But I have not found in
this any proof of consanguinity but rather an example of the
exceeding closeness in which specific lines may run in perfect
security from coalescence or entanglement. The plant is to be
viewed critically especially in its relation to C. majus. Its.
clustered primary flowers at once give this indication and mark
its distinctness from C. canadense. Singularly enough, however,
in the later stages of its growth it more nearly resembles the
latter, agreeing in color of foliage and slender ascending branches
surpassing the primary inflorescence. This character of the
mature plant sketches it out clearly from C. majus, of strict
habit and short close branches, but in its unbranched early-
flowering stage, then also of paler foliage, it is almost a reduced
counterpart of the larger plant.
To review its differences from Crocanthemum majus, it is a
much smaller and more slender and flexuous plant, at length
more openly and slenderly branched, less densely canescent from
the first and finally much greener, the leaves narrower and more
616 BIcKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
obtuse, often spatulate-linear, and usually on more obvious
petioles; the primary inflorescence is of more delicate and open
structure, the flower buds elliptic in form rather than ovoid, the
calyx becoming notably larger, 8-10 mm. long, and often strongly
reddish-tinged, thus equaling in length the largest calices of
C. canadense as well as corresponding in color, although with
narrower sepals and wanting the characteristic pilose hairs; the
narrow outer sepals are shorter than in C. majus, and the even
_smaller petals are of rather a brighter yellow; the primary capsules
are smaller, thinner-walled, and less broadly ovoid, longer than
wide instead of wider than long, and are without the umbonate
tip; it is, in fact, much more like the capsule of C. canadense,
although smaller and narrower; the papillose seeds are also much
like those of C. canadense.
There is nothing in all this that denotes the plant to be neces-
sarily of mixed strain, nor do my observations lead me to believe
that it is a hybrid. It does indeed possess in combination the
early flowering time of Crocanthemum canadense and the smaller
pale yellow flowers of C. majus, together with the slender branch-
ing of the one and the clustered petaliferous flowers of the other,
yet its capsule has not its counterpart in that of either, nor is it
intermediate with them, being smaller and less broadly ovoid.
The plant stands apart from these companion species also in its
small size and more delicate structure, in the prevailing form of
the leaves and in its non-cespitose habit. Its slender stems,
although sometimes loosely clustered, commonly arise at distinct,
even remote intervals along tortuous elongated rootstocks, forming
open groups or larger patches, sometimes several feet in diameter.
It is rarely found associated with more than one of its close allies,
often, indeed, occupying territory where not either one of &
others is found at all.
The relationship of Crocanthemum propinquum to the little-
known C. georgianum of the southern states is evidently close,
although, according to Dr. Small, the latter possesses the very
distinct character, as compared with the northern group of species,
of bearing pe petaliferous and apetalous flowers in the same
clusters.
SON SENSES Soa anon ae
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 617
HUDSONIA ERICOIDES L.
Few plants of Nantucket spread over the island more widely
or in greater abundance than this little heathlike species and
not one is more conspicuous in the landscape when in full bloom.
Nor is there any other that, at flowering time, puts its scene in
color with quicker transformation, for there come seasons when it
bursts into bloom on all sides in the hours of a single hot morning.
Earliest flowers May 30, 1909, quite generally in bloom June 2;
first flowers June 4, 1911, in the early morning, everywhere in
flower by noon; abundantly in bloom June 7, 1908, inflorescence
becoming brown by the 13th and but few flowers remaining on
the 18th; in the season of 1910 it had passed flowering in exposed
places June 20, although still blooming freely in the shade of pine
groves.
After full bloom it remains for one or two weeks the season’s
most conspicuous flower, spreading its sheets of gold along the
roadways and over acres of plain and hillside, a radiant sight.
A few days later the flowers are withered and the wide tracts
that had glowed with their color become brown and rusty as
if seared by fire.
In open sandy places where this plant has formed the compact
circular cushions that are one of its modes of growth, the flowers
usually open first close to the ground on the side towards the
morning sun, blending together in patches of expanding brightness
as they continue to unfold. Gradually as the sun rises overhead
the glow of color creeps back along the borders of the tuft, some-
times uniting around its circumference in a golden ring. Soon
afterwards the entire tuft has become an unbroken mass of bloom.
Often in midsummer these cushion-like tufts even in the hottest
and most exposed sandy spots remain fresh and green in bright
contrast to their parched surroundings, calling to mind so remote
a comparison as the stones along a woodland brook covered with
green moss.
In open pine scrub south of the town on June 5, I9I1, several
patches of this plant, all near together, bore flowers of palest
sulphur-yellow, in striking contrast to the normal bright yellow
flowers everywhere about them.
618 BIcKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
HUDSONIA TOMENTOSA Nutt.
Very abundant, blanketing the dunes and reaches of white
sand back of the beaches and occurring on sandy exposures all
over the island. It is sometimes found in association with the
preceding but seems not to mix readily with any other plant.
Close to blooming June 3, 1911; in full flower June 7, 1908, June 15,
1910, and some flowers remaining June 27; last flowers July 2,
1912, on the exposed ocean front at Siasconset, where many plants
flower later than in more protected parts of the island. Ordinarily
it begins to flower a little earlier than Hudsonia ericoides.
LECHEA MINOR L.
Abundant on the eastern side of the island from Wauwinet
to Saul’s Hills and Siasconset, extending west. to Shawkemo and
through the South Pasture to Surfside; not seen on the western
side of the island. The season’s shoots a few inches high June 23,
1910.
LECHEA VILLOSA EIl.
Much less common than the preceding but like it restricted
mainly or entirely to the eastern side of the island, having a
scattered distribution from Wauwinet to Siasconset and . the
South Pasture and from Pocomo to Shawkemo and Saul’s Hills.
LECHEA MARITIMA Leggett.
One of the island’s most common plants, appearing every-
where in dry sandy soil, even to the tops of Saul’s Hills. It
makes its best growth in pure sand, where it becomes widely
branched and densely canescent. In less simple soils amid the
low vegetation of the moorland or in partial shade it is more
thinly canescent and shorter-branched, having a narrower panicle
and closer inflorescence. Such forms take on a likeness to Lechea
juniperina that seems almost to shadow the origin of that more
northern species. Sometimes on rising ground in open growths
of pines or other trees it may become very slender and greener,
with more scattered leaves and branches, more slenderly branched
and open panicle of longer-pedicelled flowers and rather larger
fruiting calyx—var. interior Robinson.
In full flower Sept. 3, 1904, Sept. 11, 1899; small new shoots
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 619
June 15, 1910. In the autumn, sometimes as early as September,
the basal shoots may be found beneath the surface of the sand
so densely invested with white pubescence as to appear as if
coated with hoar frost.
*LECHEA LEGGETTII Britton & Hollick.
L. moniliformis Bicknell.
Not rare on the eastern side of the island from Reuwindt to
Polpis, Gibbs’ swamp and Tom Never’s swamp; one station near
Madequecham Pond on the south shore. It is found in low
grounds spreading to dry sandy levels near wet places; in one
instance it grew on the border of a sphagnum bog, and in another
in wet soil along a brackish marsh.
Plants 6 inches high June 24, 1910; flower buds well advanced
Aug. 7, 1906; some mature pods Aug. 31, 1904.
This, in its extreme phase, is the plant described by me some
years ago as Lechea moniliformis. The type specimens, as well as
others like them from Long Island, mark a pronounced departure
from typical L. Leggettii. Other specimens from Nantucket and
Long Island are less distinctive and I am in doubt whether it is
well to rate the plant as other than a variety of the common
species. Nevertheless, it has points of distinction which need
no second glance to impress any one who may be familiar with the
common inland form of the species, for L. moniliformis would
appear to be a plant of the coastal plain, and there is as yet no
evidence that it does not belong exclusively among our coastal
plain species. Moreover it shows this difference in habits from
the more inland plant of dry open places and hilly ground, that
it is of low grounds often of wet and brackish soils. A better
knowledge may show that its distinctive name should be restored,
but for the present let it be merged with L. Leggettit. I take to
be typical of the latter the plant that I used to find among the
hills and rocky outcroppings along the Hudson near New York
and which, found also in New Jersey and on Staten Island, largely
made up the material studied by Leggett and by Britton &
Hollick. - compared with this = _ distinguishing characters
of L. e the slender a gated flowering branchlets
and the markedly secund and moniliform inflorescence, for in the
620 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
i
typical plant the ultimate inflorescence takes a short corymbulose
_ rather than a slenderly racemulose plan. These flexuous branch-
lets are often borne on short spreading branches crowded on the
upper part of the stem, producing a broadly ovoid or obovoid,
often dense and very leafy panicle instead of a more oblong and
open one. The leaves, similar to those of L. Leggetti proper,
are rather longer and more tapering acute and narrowed into more
evident petioles 1-2 mm. long. The mature calyx and pod is
commonly larger and more elliptic than in the typical plant and
is usually further distinguished by its decidedly purplish color;
also the capsule is rather more exserted and often more distinctly
short-stipitate, and the general pubescence is sparser and of
rather longer and looser hairs.
Note.—Lechea racemulosa Lam. was attributed to Nantucket
by Mr. Leggett and is reported by Mrs. Owen as having been
found there by Mr. Dame. There would seem to be little reason
to doubt that these records were based on mistaken determinations.
VIOLACEAE
VIOLA PEDATA L.,
The commonest blue-flowered violet of Nantucket, broadcast
on the plains and commons and among open growths of scrub
pines. The flowers are often small for the species and of deep
color, varying to pale lilac and sometimes pure white.
The spring flowers of Nantucket are late in coming, and this
violet, which on Long Island colors acres of the Hempstead
Plains from April, in early seasons, until the middle of May or;
in later seasons, till the end of the month, is commonly in full
bloom on Nantucket from late in May until after the middle of
June. In the forward season of 1908 no flowers were to be found
after June 15, but the following year children on their way t0
school were seen carrying large bunches on June 6, and it was
blooming in profusion as late as June 12. Flowers are occasionally
produced in midsummer and, more frequently, in September.
On Sept. I, 1904, among scrub pines where, earlier in the yea!
fire had passed, destroying the herbage, many of these violets
had sprung up afresh and were in full bloom. The leaves of all
differed curiously from their normal form, being narrowly to
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 621
broadly cuneate and flabellately cleft into irregular lobes of varying
length and breadth. Plants with similar leaves collected June 12,
1908, were rooted deep in heavy yellow sand and, like those of
the burned-over tract, had doubtless suffered some disturbance
of their normal course of growth.
*VIOLA OBLIQUA Hill.
Viola affinis LeConte. See Bull. Torrey Club 40: 261-270.
1913.
On a shaded bank at Watts Run, an abundant growth, and
sparingly in a not distant thi€ket in Squam; also in the shade of
a willow by a bog hole west of Trot’s Swamp. In full flower as
late as June 9, 1909.
Becoming 3.5 dm. high, or more; leaves thin, from narrowly
to broadly cordate-ovate, attenuate to acuminate, acute, in. age
widely dilated at base and broader than long, the largest 9 cm.
wide, the upper surface with some minute appressed hairs;
sepals ovate to ovate-lanceolate, obtuse, flowers often becoming
upturned; peduncles of apetalous flowers of very variable length
even on the same plant, declined, ascending or sometimes strictly
erect and over 1.5 dm. high; capsules mostly blotched with purple,
sometimes pale, the expanded valves 7-10 mm. long; seeds pale.
*VIOLA PAPILIONACEA Pursh.
Viola cucullata of authors, not Aiton. See Bull. Torrey Club
40: 261-270. 1913.
Found only in a boggy meadow about a mile west of the
town, growing sparingly with Viola lanceolata; in full flower
June 1, 1909.
Plants rather small, somewhat tufted from multicipital root-
stocks; scapes mostly not longer than the leaves; leaf blades cor- .
date-ovate to triangular-cordate, crenulate-serrate, thinly pubes-
cent on the upper surface with appressed silvery spiculae; sepals
narrowly lanceolate, sometimes elongate, ciliolate; flowers pale
blue, or deeper blue, much darker towards the throat.
VIOLA LAETECAERULEA Greene.
V. papilionacea of authors, in part, not Pursh. See Bull.
Torrey Club 40: 261-270. I913.
Found only in the town, where it is frequent by streetsides
and in shaded yards, often forming close beds, and appearing as
622 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
if introduced. -In flower June 3, 1909, June 7, 1911. Petioles
more or less pubescent dorsally, sometimes densely villous, but
more often glabrous, except towards the base of the blade; blades
mostly with some pubescence beneath at the base or along the
veins. When growing in damp shaded yards the leaves are
thinner and brighter green, resembling those of Viola obliqua;
plants more deeply set in looser and drier soils have duller leaves
of thicker texture, the blades broadly reniform with wide sinus
and rounded to the short-pointed apex, the margins more closely
erenate-serrate; capsules green.
VIOLA FIMBRIATULA Sm.
Excepting Viola pedata no other blue-flowered violet is common
on Nantucket. Therefore it might be thought that the purity
of the fimbriatula line would be wholly uncontaminated, and that
variation in the species might be seen in its intrinsic phases free
from any influence of hybridization. Nevertheless, the variation
shown under this insular seclusion is not less remarkable than is
commonly the case elsewhere, where associated species may be
supposed to have had their influence. The more common form
on Nantucket has ovate-oblong subcordate leaves little if
at all incised and often as long as the petioles. A coarser
form has longer petioles and larger blades, which become
5 cm. or more wide across the subtruncate base. In bare
spots on clayey soil are found very small forms with ovate to
ovate-lanceolate subentire leaves narrowed into short petioles
and crowded in a close rosette against the ground. In shade
among the Miacomet pines there is a form having considerable
pubescence but otherwise showing something of the aspect of
Viola sagittata, many of the narrow and long-petioled leaves
being rather deeply cordate and saliently dentate at the base
with upcurved acute teeth and, notwithstanding their pubescence,
appearing bright green and shining on the upper surface; the
flowers are deep purple with the rather narrow petals often
crenulate and obscurely pointed.
A series of Nantucket specimens was submitted to Doctor
Brainerd who says of them, referring especially to the sagittata-
like plants: “Your plants are not strictly hybrids but intermediate
BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET 623
forms which have probably resulted from hybridization in the
indefinite past. We have no pure Viola sagittaia in Vermont, but
most of your odd forms turn up from time to time in the Champlain
valley.”
*VIOLA FIMBRIATULA Sm. X OBLIQUA Hill.
_ Asingle cluster growing with Viola obliqua on a shaded bank
at Watts Run, June 9, 1909.
Petioles and peduncles pubescent with short spreading hairs,
the leaf blades similarly clothed on the veins beneath, sparsely
appressed-pubescent on the upper surface, ciliate; later leaves
ovate-oblong and openly cordate, or somewhat attenuate-triangu-
lar from a subtruncate base, coarsely and rather closely sinuate-
dentate towards the base, the largest 6 cm. wide by 9 cm. long
on petioles 10-15 cm. long; apetalous flowers few, mostly weakly
developed, the buds lanceolate and acute, their petioles ascending-
horizontal or declined.
This plant grew in shade beside a mass of Viola obliqua. No
Viola fimbriatula was found with it, but the specimens are obvi-
ously intermediate between these two species, and on Nantucket
no others are possibly to be assigned as parents.
*VIOLA ODORATA L.
An old garden plant of the town, here and there strayed
along streetsides and established in neglected yards. One
particular tuft has grown for many years in a crevice between
the paved sidewalk and a brick wall on North Water Street.
It was first noticed in 1899, and has been found at the same spot
on every subsequent visit to the town, evidencing both the
tenacity of the plant and the undisturbed repose of the town
streets.
VIOLA LANCEOLATA L.
Very common in bogs and low grounds and in wet sandy soil
about the borders of ponds. In full flower May 30, 1908, June 3,
1909, June 3, 1911, and still commonly in flower June 15; some
flowers remaining June 25, 1910.
Plants growing with Viola pallens and appearing more or less
intermediate with it, and others approaching Viola primulifolia
are not improbably hybrids.
624 BICKNELL: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS OF NANTUCKET
*VIOLA PRIMULIFOLIA L.
Less common than the ieatic and often found in drier soils.
In full flower May 31, 1908, June I, 1909; last flowers June 17,
1910, June I5, I9II.
VIOLA PALLENS (Banks) Brainerd.
Common in open sphagnum bogs and meadows and in damp
thickets. No flowers left May 31, 1908, June 7, 1909; still bloom-
ing June 3, 1910, a few last flowers June 8, IgII.
A form of distinct appearance was found in several wet sphag-
num bogs, especially in one near Shawaukemmo Spring. It is
strictly glabrous throughout, the scapes and petioles delicately
streaked with pink, the leaf blades unusually thick and veiny,
becoming as large as 5 cm. in breadth, and varying in shape from
long-ovate and deeply cordate to broadly cordate-reniform;
petioles sometimes 9 cm. long; longer peduncles 1.5 dm.; capsules
green; seeds 1-1.25 mm. long, dark gray to nearly black when
mature. Doctor Brainerd, who has examined specimens, regards
it as a form of Viola pallens.
Note-—Viola blanda Willd. which proves to be common on
Marthas Vineyard is to be looked for on Nantucket.
NEw York City
The influence of starch, peptone, and sugars on the toxicity of various
nitrates to Monilia sitophila (Mont.) Sacc,
OTTO KUNKEL
INTRODUCTION
Winogradsky and Omeliansky (7) found that the addition of
.05 per cent of glucose or asparagin to nitrite-media hindered the
development of the nitrate-bacteria. Peptone at a somewhat
greater concentration was also detrimental. These substances
are widely used in the preparation of culture media, but have
been given little attention by investigators of the problems of
toxicity.
Fluri (2) has reported that the salts of aluminum render the
protoplasm of Spirogyra and other water plants permeable and
are, therefore, injurious to these plants. He found, however,
that if glucose, glycerin, or isodulcitol are mixed with the alumi-
num salt it loses its power of rendering the protoplasm permeable.
Thus the toxicity of aluminum salts to these plants depends upon
whether or not glucose, glycerin, or isodulcitol are present in the
medium. Quite recently Schreiner and Skinner (4) have reported
that the toxicity of the organic poison cumarin is counteracted by
phosphates, thus indicating a relation between the organic and
the inorganic part of the medium.
In view of these results it has seemed worth while to investigate
the influence of organic substances on the toxicity of inorganic
salts. It has been my object to determine the toxicity of different
salts in the presence of certain inorganic substances that are much
used in the preparation of culture media.
MATERIAL AND METHODS
I have used the fungus Monilia sitophila in all of my experi-
ments and have found it well suited to my purpose. Some of the
things that recommend it are as follows: (1) It is a rapid grower.
On a favorable medium at room temperature it will produce spores
626 KUNKEL: INFLUENCE OF STARCH, PEPTONE, AND SUGARS ON
in fifteen hours. (2) It is able to use as a partial source of its
food supply a rather large number of organic compounds. Went
(6) has found that it grows well on media containing any one of
the following substances: maltose, trehalose, raffinose, saccharose,
cellulose, starch, fats, and proteids. This makes it especially
suitable for experiments in which the organic part of the medium
is to be varied.
All of my cultures were grown in Petri dishes that were pre-
viously immersed for at least ten hours in cleaning solution made
according to Duggar’s method (1). In the preparation of media
and for rinsing glassware redistilled water was used.
In the tables that follow, the zero sign indicates that none of
the spores on the medium in question had germinated, the minus
sign indicates that germination and microscopic growth had taken
place, while the plus sign indicates that growth was visible to the
naked eye. All cultures were incubated at room temperature
(about 22° C.)-
In order to determine whether or not the toxicity of various
salts to Moniha sitophila is influenced by sugars, starch, or pep-
tone, each of these organic substances was used separately in
testing the toxicity of the inorganic salts. I have designated the
highest concentration of a salt that would. permit germination of
the spores in a given medium, as the limit concentration for that
medium. A number of preliminary experiments were made to
determine the approximate value of the limit concentration for
each salt in each medium used. The results obtained in a final
set of experiments are shown in the tables given below.
EXPERIMENTAL
Monilia will produce a considerable growth of mycelium and
will ripen spores on a medium made by adding 5 grams of corn-
starch to 95 cubic centimeters of redistilled water. The results
obtained in a series of experiments in which different inorganic —
salts were added -to this medium are shown in TABLE I.. The
concentrations varied from 1.33 molar for potassium nitrate to
.000004 molar for zinc nitrate.
The table shows at a glance the sorte toxicity of the
nitrates used, in the order in which they are arranged in the table
TOXICITY OF VARIOUS NITRATES TO MONILIA SITOPHILA 627
TABLE I
THE TOXICITY OF INORGANIC SALTS TO MONILIA SITOPHILA GROWN ON STARCH MEDIA
m Growth after 11 days
1.33 molar solution of potassium nitrate + 5%starch........ _
1.06 “a “ ‘ ‘ ae + * SUPT Ao ogee aan a
80 “ ‘“ ‘e ‘6 af + hy Sie teary EN a az
53 ‘ “ “ “ ‘6 + *“ Sy Snare ag aa 4%
26 “ “ ‘s “ se + * ee pans ae eke +
13 ‘a “ ‘6 ‘e min + * Pes Rais ee +
667 ‘ ss * calcium <5) + “* PAO SRE Ee Rs a
533 “ “ ‘s ss + “ ice gett a of
400 “ “ “ “ a + “* TR re ase a7
267 “ “ “ “ a + * Seal sik lene ea i
133 + ‘ ‘es “e ss + i 2s Heme Seren Me +
.067 “ “ ames “ Be ree a gt ya eae *
034 “ ‘“ ‘a “a as + * pen PANY cate ate =
667 “a “ “ sodium “s + * Raia 4 wauigee te)
533 “ “ “ “8 + * sasha ca pene oO
.400 “ “ “a “ sd + * etek SO ae acs =
-267 “ “ “ “es ate + ‘ Pies Sea) Sel is
133 “as ‘e ‘“ “a i + e pean erik las ar
.067 se “ “ “ s + * ieee Py em a
034 ‘“ se “a “ ts + * Barer gis Saiaa ye ne
187 “ “ “ barium se + * ee cae Stes co)
156 “ “ “ “ “ + ‘“ Pees Sas caattnce =
«125 “ “ “ “s es + “ Tie Gone achat a
004 “a “ “ “ as + * ee ee Par aa
062 rv ‘e “a ‘s + * geal ei eho ete +
.031 “a “ec ‘a “s ad + ew Foe gad a aeracea ae
.007 “a “ ‘s “ $e + * Lu ge: ualgen pa oe
.500 “ ‘“ “urea as + “ Eee De phates (0)
.250 “ “ “ “ te + * feo pee ae ae fe)
125 “ ‘“ “ ‘e “ + " pe aah gil koe apa f?)
.063 ‘ ‘ ‘“ “s “ + * Bete Mike esas ce)
.050 és “ “ “ “ + * LA Dae anara nt Ueane n
.025 “a “ ‘s “s “ + a ch See tee +
hig ae cee See weer ce +
006 “ ‘ es “a st + * neghiits gages rant ae
-050 " * “ammonium “ ic ie eens :
.038 “ “ 4 + * Lp RR enc ral Gi? ws
.025 ‘“ “ ‘“ “ “ + * hi, any ate —
.013 ‘ ‘ “ ‘“ a“ + Me pees +
.006 ‘ a “ “s “ + * one aioe ogee +
-0075 “ “ “ aluminum “ + * eRe See oO
= 3 ‘“ “ “ 6s “ + * Lae er eee aie °o
0050 ‘ “ ‘ “s “ + ne Sa ee nae oe ee 18)
.0038 ‘a “ “6 ‘“ “ + * Siem cog a ar ehaceee 0
=
=
628 KUNKEL: INFLUENCE OF STARCH, PEPTONE, AND SUGARS ON
-0006 molar solution of aluminum nitrate + 5% starch........ +
-00133 rs * ferric a +." Se ha hears (a)
-00067 ips =e sae fe + * ea ee ee os _
-00053 8 ie " 3 = + * Pe Seen Stary ta)
-00040 © rf a aes a + * ete va Seay te _-
00027 « = heres a = + * Oe ian Oe Ne +
00013 oy fs fe sss mn + * Sea vo es +
00007 Ai re 5 ae = + * il A cepa ee +
00133 “a: ee * silver sin + ‘* Bae A laces Saat g fe)
00067 ie £3 sy =F ei + * ed ely Se Ts, oe oO
90053.“ Sr + * HES ry RR oe 0
00040 He fe Peas: - + * seis ietie at tits fo)
00027 ste Hi ~ = om + * Perea ne way oO
00013 x ‘fi enc: i + * ida Ranga =
00007 t <é Seinees + * ee Aiea ace eee +
000338 “ ey mate a bt a a ose Sate a Se ha oO
000254 “ ss : = ya + * eas eoearee pune oO
ooo169 = * s ee Sere, ¥ + “ ee ss ees 0
000082“ ee NOTE tre i + * Bo neers acs oO
00043“ si ee ss SSE an ee ere fe)
000034 “ wes Rue ie + * steep aE oO
oooo25 “* be Rueitons S + * ein bene diag case —
oooor7 =“ 2 ies HY + * EE Saae eerie ae
ooo008 —* re Pee 6 + “ Pe Neen 4 Bl
000004 “ a pees & + * Pe epee ce eee =
5000 = ia “ammonium tartrate + “ ep A pine fo)
2500 = ee : ~ Zs + * Sar eater a oO
1250 ae Stee, *t + *“ ebro eee to)
0625 = - eS te + ‘* ghe cease ieee fe)
0500 = i pores s + * eee eer fe)
-0250 = Me ence 4a fe paras septs ee Shr =
0125 = : haces a + * fr lege a dacaes Be
0063 3 % oe ees @ apt Geena eer oe aon =
redistilled water + Ser a we =
from potassium to zinc. Monilia made sufficient growth to be
easily visible to the naked eye in the starch medium containing
potassium nitrate at a concentration of 0.8 molar or less, while
at a concentration of 1.33 molar the spores germinated and pro-
duced microscopic growth. In a starch medium containing cal-
cium nitrate at a concentration of 0.667 molar, the spores germi-
nated but produced such a small amount of mycelium that it
could be observed only with the aid of the microscope., It is
interesting to note that after three days no germination had taken
place in this medium. This shows that in such concentrations
growth is very slow. In all media containing calcium nitrate at
a concentration of 1.33 molar or less, there was abundant growth.
TOXICITY OF VARIOUS NITRATES TO MONILIA SITOPHILA 629
When sodium nitrate at a concentration of 0.533 molar was
combined with the starch medium no germination occurred.
When the concentration was 0.400 molar a small amount of
growth was obtained. In still lower concentrations enough
mycelium was produced to be easily visible to the naked eye. It
was found that growth was much retarded in media containing
the higher concentrations of sodium nitrate. This shows that
near the limit concentration the rate of growth of Monilia, de-
creases as the amount of sodium nitrate is increased.
Barium nitrate in the starch medium at a concentration of
0.187 molar inhibits the germination of the spores. At a con-
centration between 0.156 molar and 0.094 molar, the spores
germinate but produce such a small amount of mycelium that it
is not visible except under the microscope. At a concentration
of 0.062 molar or less, good growth was obtained.
When the concentration of urea nitrate in the starch medium
Was 0.125 molar, the spores were unable to germinate. When the
concentration was reduced to 0.063 molar, the spores germinated
but produced such a small amount of mycelium that it was not
visible to the naked eye. Good growth was obtained when the
concentration of urea nitrate was 0.05 molar or less.
In starch media containing ammonium nitrate at a concen-
tration of 0.05 molar none of the spores germinated, but when the
concentration was 0.038 molar, they germinated and produced
microscopic growth. When the concentration was reduced to
0.025 molar or less, abundant growth occurred.
Aluminum nitrate in starch media at a concentration of 0.0025
molar inhibits the germination of the spores. At a concentration
of 0.0013 molar the spores germinate and produce microscopic
mycelia, while at concentrations of 0.0006 molar or less, good
growth is obtained.
Ferric nitrate in starch media is quite toxic to the spores of
Monilia. In concentrations of 0.00027 molar or less, good gr owth
was obtained, but in more concentrated media little or no growth
occurred.
Silver nitrate is even more toxic than ferric nitrate; when its
concentration was 0.00027 molar, the spores germinated, but
Produced only microscopic mycelia. In more concentrated media
no germination took place.
630 KUNKEL: INFLUENCE OF STARCH, PEPTONE, AND SUGARS ON
Zinc nitrate in starch media is far more toxic than any of the
other nitrates used; at a concentration of 0.000034 molar, it
inhibited the germination of spores. In a concentration of
0.000025 molar, the spores germinated and produced microscopic
mycelia, but when the zinc nitrate was used at a concentration
of 0.000017 molar or less, abundant growth was obtained.
Ammonium tartrate is the only organic salt that was tried in
these experiments. In starch media it is slightly more toxic than
ammonium nitrate. Ina concentration of 0.025 molar, the spores
germinated but produced only microscopic mycelia, while in a
like medium containing the same concentration of ammonium
nitrate abundant growth was obtained.
As shown by TABLE I zinc nitrate is the most toxic substance
used in starch media. If its limit concentration be taken as one
then the limit concentrations of the other nitrates in the same
medium may be expressed, by comparing equimolecular con-
centrations, approximately by the following numbers: silver
nitrate, 5; ferric nitrate, 26; aluminum nitrate, 52; ammonium
nitrate, 1,520; urea nitrate, 1,600; calcium nitrate, 16,560; and
potassium nitrate, 53,200.
To show at a glance the relative toxic values of the various
substances used, they are given in the order of their toxicity in
TABLE II. That toxicity does not seem to be related io the
valence of the kation is also shown by this table.
TABLE II
THE RELATIVE TOXICITY OF VARIOUS SALTS IN STARCH MEDIA
Valence of kation Toxic concentration
Monovalent.......... 133 molar potassium nitrate
oh. Re Eee ree 464 : calcium -
Monovalent.......... 400 = sodium ch
age pee ies 156 “ barium
Monovalent.......... 040 : urea $3
Monovalent.......... 038 " monium *
onovalent.;.. 0... 025 . ammonium tartrate
Trivadlents oon As 0013 in aluminum nitrate
eat eR ASS 00067“ ferric z
Monovalent.......... 00013 ** silver m8
Divelentcc0 ok: 000025“ zine ef
The table shows, in the case of each salt, the greatest com
centration at which growth was obtained when the salt was used
?
TOXICITY OF VARIOUS NITRATES TO MONILIA SITOPHILA 631
in starch media. A comparison of equimolecular concentrations
shows that of all the nitrates used, potassium nitrate is the least
toxic and zinc nitrate is the most toxic to Monilia when it is grown
in a starch medium. Beginning with the least toxic, the order of
toxicity of the nitrates in starch media is as follows: potassium
nitrate, calcium nitrate, sodium nitrate, barium nitrate, urea
nitrate, ammonium nitrate, aluminum nitrate, ferric nitrate,
silver nitrate, and zinc nitrate. Having thus determined the
degree of concentration at which the different nitrates are toxic
to Monilia sitophila in starch media, experiments were made in
which the organic part of the medium was varied for the purpose
of determining whether or not the toxicity of these salts can be
modified by the presence of one or another of the organic sub-
stances commonly used in making media. The organic substances
tried are peptone, glucose, fructose, and galactose. The results
obtained in these experiments are shown in TABLES III to VIII.
As shown by TABLE III, barium nitrate in peptone media at a
concentration of 0.133 molar inhibits the germination of the
spores of Monilia. In a starch medium containing barium
nitrate at a concentration of 0.156 molar, the spores germinate and
produce a small amount of mycelium. This shows that barium
nitrate is more toxic in peptone media than in starch media.
No concentration of barium nitrate shown in TABLE III was of
sufficient strength to inhibit germination and growth in the
presence of glucose. There was, however, a very small amount
of mycelium in the media containing the barium nitrate at a
concentration of 0.167 molar. This indicates that the toxic dose
in glucose media is near the concentration 0.167 molar. The
toxicity of barium nitrate in starch media and in glucose media is
approximately the same. Its toxicity in peptone media is much
greater than in glucose media or in starch media. In fructose
media its toxicity is approximately the same as in starch and.
glucose media but is much less than in peptone media. At a
concentration of 0.1 molar, barium nitrate in the presence of
galactose inhibits the germination of spores. Its toxicity in
galactose is approximately the same as in peptone, but is much
greater than in starch, glucose, or fructose.
At a concentration of 0.033 molar, aluminum nitrate in peptone
632 KUNKEL: INFLUENCE OF STARCH, PEPTONE, AND SUGARS ON
TABLE III
THE TOXICITY OF BARIUM NITRATE IN PEPTONE, GLUCOSE, FRUCTOSE, AND
GALACTOSE MEDIA
edium Growth after 11 days.
.167 molar solution of barium nitrate + 5% peptone......... Z
.133 ‘“ “ “ 6s re + * ae so fare) ata Oo
067 “ «6 i ee + ‘* lS eae eas ey cope
033 ry 6 “ ‘ ies + * Peds wh nye eas ee cae +
17“ ‘ “ ‘ a“ + * ee Rain Oe +
007 “ ‘6 ‘6 #6 L — Re er pact Aenea +
167“ “ Siete eT eae RROOSE: SMEs ss =
sag te “ as hs a OA es ene arias ate =
002 ie Wee 2 Se aa pte ira Corea ras ~
067 >“ eB Gaye as eine at Shh oe *
033 oe bi bad ae ae + 5 Seay tres RS Boe asi
o17 “ ‘“e “6 +s be + * = Fare eye TS =
007 aE SE ee Lee See +
005 ae eae ls, Hein ASRS a
004 “ “ 66 6 iy + * sista A OG tangs cid
167. * 4 ie ee = fee trmetose sas, 4s s =
133°“ “ “ “ ys + * spies hes Zo “Se
eae Bane ic ane, a ets Maa roe -
day ee ee oe ane Tee -
033." re So He ny od eg emg =
O17 ‘ ‘6 se ‘6 FE + 1s Stee ede ails ake ae
007“ “ ik ee Reet tegen ee Ef
005 “ ‘ ‘ e + * Prog oe Wap +
004“ a be eae Oa ISS ahenuope s e,:
167 ‘“s “ ‘s “ id + * Feat Mapa Gear et oO
133. * ee ee ae” Fe eS ees 0
a8 és Sane ty tee a: er ia eta tel fa)
067 “ ‘6 +e + * RG Tere rarer Fk =
033. a oe a clog. Kas eo =
O17 ‘ 46 s as +f + * RIG epee SDT Ae +
007“ eae ig PTE My ae eRe te iL
coos“ ‘ “ a“ oe + * il nine ge tee ee +
.004 =“ o i Hy Sk eyo te RePeae ae SRE +
distilled water + ‘‘ peptone......... ees
. ee 50 ODMR Saline +
we Slee oo EEC SOEE bor aan cise i
" es palaetoee cis gs es +:
media inhibits the germination of the spores; in a concentration of
0.017 molar, the spores germinate and produce microscopic
mycelia. Aluminum nitrate in starch media is more than ten
times as toxic as in peptone media. Its toxicity in glucose media
is approximately the same as in starch media. It is much less
TOXICITY OF VARIOUS NITRATES TO MONILIA SITOPHILA 633
TABLE IV
THE TOXICITY OF ALUMINUM NITRATE IN PEPTONE, GLUCOSE, FRUCTOSE, AND
GALACTOSE MEDIA
ium Growth after 11 days
.167 molar solution of aluminum nitrate + 5% peptone....... 2240
.133 “ ‘“e “ “ be +s Peres lg
on
f=.)
~J
TOXICITY OF VARIOUS NITRATES TO MONILIA SITOPHILA 639
ammonification by Bacillus subtilis, Bot. Gaz. 48: 105-125.
1909.
. Schreiner, O., & Skinner, J. J. The toxic action of organic com-
pounds as modified by fertilizer salts. Bot. Gaz. 54: 31-48.
1912.
. Ssadikow, W. S. Ueber den Einfluss des Strychnins auf Bakterien.
Centralbl. Bakt., 1 Abt. 60: 417-425. I9QII.
. Went, F. A. F.C. Monilia sitophila (Mont.) Sacc., ein technischer
Pilze Javas. Centralbl. Bakt., 2 Abt. 7: 544-550; 591-598.
1901.
. Winogradsky, S., & Omeliansky, V. Ueber den Einfluss der organ-
ischen Substanzen auf die Arbeit der nitrifizierenden Mikrobien.
Centralbl. Bakt., 2 Abt. 5: 329-343. 1899.
Resistance of the prothallia of Camptosorus rhizophyllus to
desiccation *
F. L. PIcKetr
Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link is found growing with
mosses and lichens on the shaded surface of dry limestone ledges
and on detached limestone slabs in open ravines and torrent beds.
Only rarely have groups been found in well-shaded or continually
moist places in this region (southern Indiana). Growing in places
thus exposed without constant water supply, the plants are
subjected to brief periods of abundant moisture (during and
immediately after precipitation) which alternate with longer
periods of drought. That plants with a delicate prothallial stage
in their life history could secure and retain residence under such
conditions has been a cause for surprise.
The drought-resisting power of some greenhouse cultures of
this fern grown in the spring of 1912 suggested a possible adapta-
tion to its well-known xerophytic habitat. In an attempt to
‘determine lo what extent this ability to withstand drought might
be a factor in adaptation, fronds with mature spores were collected
in October, 1912, and cultures were made as usual on sterilized
soil in clay saucers. These cultures were subjected to a variety of
conditions to be later enumerated.
An attempt was made to obtain information on the following
points: the uniformity of spore germination and prothallial
‘development, the ability of prothallia to resist or survive natural
‘drought conditions, and the ability to survive conditions leading
to complete desiccation.
Fronds were collected on October 26, 1912, and kept between
sheets of filter paper in a book in the laboratory. The sporangia
were lightly crushed to free the spores and then sown on thoroughly
sterilized soil, November 22, 1912. The cultures were kept in
the greenhouse and were protected by bell-jars supported on
* The writer has been unable to find any literature bearing upon this subject,
for the prothallia of this or any other homosporous fern.
641
642 Pickett: RESISTANCE OF PROTHALLIA TO DESICCATION
small blocks of wood to provide adequate ventilation. Some
cultures were exposed to direct sunlight while others were exposed
to strong diffused light only. The temperature conditions were
the same, 20-25° C. The soil was kept moist, not wet, but was
allowed to show a dry surface for a period of 12 to 24 hours once
each week. The first green was noticed December 17, at which
time the prothallia when examined with a microscope were found
to be composed of two to ten cells each. These cultures showed
good growth, seeming to suffer no injury from the dry periods.
Those in the sunlight showed rather a more rapid development
than those in diffused light. On February 11, 1913, the culture
in sunlight contained prothallia in good condition but varying
in size from merely germinated spores up to plants 2-3 mm. broad
with but very few antheridia or archegonia. The culture in
diffused light did not show similar prothallia until March 21, 1913.
The spores of Camptosorus rhizophyllus germinate very irregu-
larly. Twelve weeks after the spores were sown, a small bit of
soil—not over 3 mm. square—removed from a culture where the
plants seemed most thrifty, showed all stages in development from
spores with the perinium just ruptured to prothallia bearing
mature antheridia and archegonia. Many spores retain their
vitality up to May in the dry atmosphere of the laboratory, and
fronds collected in March furnished viable spores for cultures.
The long dormant period of spores on the moist soil of cultures
suggests that they might remain so on the soil of their habitat
through the winter season. |
Four methods of reducing water content were used. First,
a glycerin desiccator was used, consisting of two glass vials
through which, by means of an aspirator, a current of air was
drawn after passing through two U-tubes containing glycerin and
crumpled filter paper. Heaviest c.p. glycerin was used. The
aspirator was arranged so that the air of the vials was changed
about one hundred times each twenty-four hours. Second, cul-
tures were left under bell-jars, exposed to the warm air and full
sunlight of the greenhouse. Third, cultures were left under bell-
jars, exposed to the dry air and diffused light of the greenhouse
lobby or vestibule at a slightly lower temperature, 16-20° C
This place represents as nearly as possible the natural growth
PICKETT: RESISTANCE OF PROTHALLIA TO DESICCATION 643
conditions. In the second and third cases full ventilation was
secured by allowing the jars to rest on blocks of wood 2 cm. high.
Fourth, large portions of a culture were placed in a desiccator over
c.p. sulphuric acid and the whole apparatus was kept in a cool,
moderately lighted location. In all cases, when soil and pro-
thallia were removed from a dry chamber they were placed in
contact with moist soil under a bell-jar subject to full diffused
light at a temperature of 16-20° C., for recovery. Examination
for dead prothallia was made after three or four days under such
conditions. Extreme care was taken at all times when removing
portions of cultures to or from the dry chambers, to leave the
prothallia as far as possible undisturbed and uninjured.
Results—glycerin desiccator.—A large portion of the soil of a
culture was removed to the vial of the desiccator and allowed to
remain in the dry air undisturbed, except as small portions were
removed for recovery and growth. Specimens placed in the
desiccator on March 22 seemed to revive completely up to April 22,
at which time a few small dead prothallia were found in a portion
removed. Another portion removed April 29 showed about 50
per cent of the prothallia dead. The last of the soil and prothallia
was removed May 5. All the smaller plants and all but a very
few of the larger plants were dead at that time.
In this set of experiments a very few fully matured prothallia
survived continuous exposure to dry air for forty-four days.
Very few were damaged by such exposure for a period of thirty
days. That the recovery was complete in case of survival is
proven by the continued growth of the prothallia and their later
production of sporophytes.
That vigorous desiccation follows immediately after the plants
were placed in the vials is shown by the fact that the soil had
given up all free moisture in twenty-four hours after being placed
therein. As a check, at the beginning of this experiment a clump
of thrifty mature prothallia of Onoclea Struthiopteris was placed
in one of the vials. After forty-eight hours’ exposure to the dry
air not one plant recovered.
A similar set of experiments was arranged with the whole
apparatus exposed to the direct sunlight. Most of the prothallia
so exposed were dead at the end of twenty-eight days, and all were
dead after thirty-five days of exposure.
644 PiIcKETT: RESISTANCE OF PROTHALLIA TO DESICCATION
Results—sulphuric acid desiccator.—A portion of soil bearing
prothallia was removed to a porcelain dish in a desiccator con-
taining c.p. sulphuric acid. The lid was sealed down with vaseline
and the apparatus placed in diffused light at a temperature of
16-20° C. After eighteen hours the prothallia showed a marked
yellowish color. A portion removed after four days showed a
recovery of but two or three per cent. The plants removed at
this time recovered very slowly, requiring a week to resume a
normal appearance.
Results—normal dry air.—The soil mass of a culture was divided
into two approximately equal parts and carefully removed to
sterilized clay saucers. One portion was placed under a bell-jar_
exposed to the full sunlight in the greenhouse. The other was
kept under a bell-jar exposed to full diffused light and at a temper-
ature of 16-20° C., an average of four degrees lower than that for
the first portion. After three weeks, but a few of the plants
exposed to direct sunlight recovered, and all were dead after five
weeks of such exposure. Of the second lot not exposed to direct
sunlight a portion removed after thirty-four days showed almost
complete recovery. After fifty-five days, about 25 per cent of the
prothallia recovered. After sixty-three days, a very few of the
largest plants recovered and continued to grow.
The conditions under which the second group of plants was
kept approximate very closely the summer conditions in the
regular habitat of Camptosorus rhizophyllus. The results of that
set of experiments certainly suggest an explanation of this plant’s
abundant growth under such conditions. It should be noted here,
as above, that full recovery of the plants has been demonstrated
by their continued growth and later production of sporophytes.
If mature prothallia can withstand continuous drought for two
months, they would certainly survive the difficulties of the
average season after late March, at which time spores may
germinate outside. The occasional rains through the summer
would make possible recovery, fertilization, and the coguape of
sporophytes.
In connection with this set of experiments another should be
noticed. A culture was prepared as for all the above on No-
vember 25, 1912. The drainage was such that a part of the soil
PICKETT: RESISTANCE OF PROTHALLIA TO DESICCATION 645
surface was dry at all times, except when occasionally flooded.
The remaining portion was moist as in the other cultures. All
gradations of moisture were in evidence in and between the two.
regions. Small prothallia were seen on December 18 on the
damp soil. On March 1, 1913, most of the prothallia of this
region showed mature sex organs. The drier portions at the
latter date showed germinating spores, dwarf male prothallia,
and later stages in development up to mature plants. After
March 1, this culture was watered irregularly and was allowed to.
become quite dry each time before more water was applied.
After April 15 the culture was screened from the direct sun.
Water was occasionally applied so as to flood the whole surface.
On May 5 there were many living prothallia and several young
sporophytes. On June 9 there were several large, living pro-
thallia and the young sporophytes were uninjured, although during
the previous month the culture had been four times dry, once for
seventy-two hours.
SUMMARY
As has been stated above, the experiment of subjecting pro-
thallia to normal dry air without direct sunlight,—continuous
conditions approximating the average of varying conditions found
in nature,—has shown that the production of mature prothallia
under such conditions is possible. The other experiments of
subjecting prothallia to more thorough desiccation in the glycerin
desiccator and over sulphuric acid show the possibility of sur-
viving the extreme conditions found in nature. There can
remain but little doubt that the drought-resisting character of
the prothallia is a very effective factor in the adaptation of
Camptosorus rhizophyllus to its habitat.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY, BLOOMINGTON
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
(1913)
of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in the broadest s
Reviews, and papers that ore exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, and
no attempt is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
wholly to botany. Reprints are i a unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
to errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is ae monthly on cards, a furnished in 1 this form to subscribers
at the rate of one t for each card, Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must wee ‘a cards published during the term of his subscription, Corre-
spondence relating to the card issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club,
Anthon, S. I. The surprise lily. Am. Bot. 19: 81-83. Au 10913.
[ llust.]}
Calochortus macrocarpus.
Bailey, W. W. Transient botanizing. Am. Bot. 19: 98, 99. Au 1913.
Bartholomew, E. T. Black heart of potatoes. Phytopathology 3:
180-182. pl. 19. 14 Au 1913.
Bitter, G. Solana peruv., aequat., boliv. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:
5°-67. 19 Au 1913.
Includes 7 new species in Solanum.
Blodg-tt, F. M. Hop mildew. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 328:
281-310. f. 93-1 1. Mr 1913.
A disease caused _by Sphaerotheca Humuli.
Borgesen, F. The marine algae of the Danish West Indies. Part I.
Chlorophyceae. 1-160. f. 1-126 + chart. Copenhagen. 1913.
Includes Pringsheima Udoteae, Cladophora uncinata, C. corallicola, and Avrain-
villea Geppii, spp. nov.
Brand, A. Polemoniaceae peruvianae et bolivienses. Bot. Jahrb.
Beibl. 50: 50-52. 19 Au 1913.
Includes Huthia longiflora sp. nov.
Brown, P. E. Media for the quantitative determination of bacteria
in soils. Centralb. Bakt, Zweite Abt. 38: 497-506. 9 Au 1913.
647
648 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Burger, O. F. A bacterial rot of cucumbers. Phytopathology 3:
169, 170. 14 Au 1913.
Clute,W. N. The day lilies. Am. Bot. 19: 86-90. Au 1913. [Illust.]
Cogniaux, A. Cucurbitaceae andinae. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 75-76.
19 Au 1913.
Includes A podanthera eriocalyx sp. nov.
Cogniaux, A. Melastomataceae peruvianae. II. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl.
50: 31-33. 19 Au 1973.
Includes Tibouchina fulvipilis and Axinaea Weberbaueri, spp. nov.
Collins, F. S. Three plants with extension of range. Rhodpra 15:
169, 170. 1S 1913
Panicum Bicknellii, Potentilla tridentata, and Juncus bufonius var. halophilus.
Collins, G. N. Mosaic coherence of characters in seeds of maize.
U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 132: 19-21. 19 Je 1913.
Cook, M. T., & Schwarze, C. A. A Botrytis disease of dahlias. Phyto-
pathology 3: 171-173. pl. 17. 14 Au 1913.
Dammer, U. Solanaceae americanae. II. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:
52-58. 19 Au 1913.
Includes 6 new species in Dunalia.
Fawcett, H. S. Two fungi as casual agents in gummosis of lene
trees in California. Phytopathology 3: 194, 195. Je 1913. Also
published in Monthly Bull. State Comm. Hort. Calif. 2: 601-617.
f. 340-351. Au 1913.
Botrytis vulgaris and Pythiacystis citrophthora.
Fernald, M. L. A peculiar variety of the canoe birch. Rhodora 15:
168, 169. 1S 1913.
Ferry, R. Etude sur les PORES Premier Supplément Rev. Myc-
IQII: 1-96. pl. -8. 14 Je 1911.
Fletcher, E.F. Further wool-waste plants at Westford, Massachusetts.
Rhodora 15: 172. 1S 1913.
Fromme, F. D. The culture of cereal rusts in the greenhouse. Bull.
Torrey Club 40: 501-521. 10S 1913.
Geckler, A. Echinocactus Droegeanus Hildm. Monats. Kakteenk. 23:
122. 15 Au 1913.
Gilg, E. Gentianaceae andinae. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 48-50. 19 Au
1913.
Includes five new species in Gentiana and one in Macrocarpaea.
Gilg, E. Malesherbiaceae andinae. II. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl, 50: 11
12. 19 Au 1913.
Includes Malesherbia Weberbaueri and M. scarlatiflora, spp. nov,
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 649
Griggs, R. F. Observations on the geographical composition of the
Sugar Grove flora. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 487-499. f. I-10. 10S
1913.
Giissow, H. T. The barberry and its relation to black rust of grain,
Phytopathology 3: 178, 179. 14 Au 1913.
Harris, J. A. An illustration of the influence of substratum hetero-
geneity upon experimental results. Science II. 38: 345, 346.
§ S.1013.
Harter, L. L., & Field, E. C. A dry rot of sweet potatoes caused by
Diaporthe Batatatis. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 281: 7-38.
pl. 1-4+f. 1-4. 1 My 1913.
Heribert-Nilsson, N. Oecnothera-problemet. Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 7:
1-16. 25 Mr 1913. _ [Illust.]
Herter, W. José Arechavaleta. Monats. Kakteenk. 23: 125-127.
15 Au 1913. -
Hill, G. R. Respiration of fruits and growing plant tissues in certain
gases, with reference to ventilation and fruit storage. Cornell
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 330: 377-408. Ap 1913.
Hull, E. D. Advance of Potamogeton crispus L. Rhodora 1§: 171,
172. 3 @ 1013.
Johnston, J. R. The nature of fungous diseases of plants. Porto
Rico Sugar Producers’ Assoc. Cire. 2: 3-25. f. 1-9. My 1913.
Jostmann, A. Pilocereus lanatus (H. B. K.) Web. var. Haaget (Po-
selg.) Schelle. Monats. Kakteenk. 23: 125. 15 Au 1913. [Illust.]
Kellerman, K. F. The use of congo red in culture media. U.S. Dept.
Agr. Plant Ind. Circ. 130: 15-17. 21 Je 1913.
Keyser, A. Variation studies in brome grass. (A preliminary report).
Colorado Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 190: 3-20. pl. I-19. Je 1913.
Kranzlin, F. Amaryllidaceae peruvianae, bolivienses, brasilienses.
Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 2-5. 19 Au 1913.
Includes Collania Herzogiana, Bomarea Ulei, B. Loreti, and Eucharis Ulei, spp.
nov. :
Kranzlin, F. Buddleiae americanae nonullis gerontogaeis adjectis.
Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 33-47. 19 Au I913.
Includes 22 new species in Buddleia.
Kranzlin, F. Calceolariae peruv., aequat., argent. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl.
50: 67-75. 19 Au 1913.
Includes 9 new species in Calceolaria.
Loesner, T. Celastraceae andinae. II. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 8-10.
19 Au 1913.
Includes Maytenus apurimacensis and M. andicola, spp. nov.
650 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Meinecke, E. P. Notes on Cronartium coleosporioides Arthur and
Cronartium filamentosum. Phytopathology 3: 167, 168. 14 Au
1913.
Morse, W. J. Some borrowed ideas in laboratory equipment. Phyto-
pathology 3: 175-177. pl. 18. 14 Au 1913.
Muschler, R. Caryophyllacea aequatoriana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:
5,6: 19 Au 1913.
Drymaria adiantoides sp. nov.
Muschler, R. Compositae peruv. et boliv. II. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:
76-108. 19 Au 1913.
Includes 29 new species in Mikania (1), Liabum (9), Gynoxis (6), Chuquiraga (3),
Onoseris (4), Barnadesia (5), Mutisia (3), and Jungia (3)
Muschler, R. Crucifera peruviana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. £0: 7, 8. 19
Au 1913.
Cremolobus stenophyllus sp. nov.
Orton W. A. International phytopathology and quarantine legis-
lation. Phytopathology 3: 144-151. 14 Au 1913.
Pilger, R. Biologie und Systematik von Plantago § Novorbis. Bot.
Jahrb. 50: 171-287. f. 1-30. 19 Au 1913.
Includes Plantago taraxacoides, P. hypoleuca, P. pseudomyosuros, P. chubutensis, —
P. ecuadorensis, P. Berroi, P. achalensis, P. Buchtienti, P. macropus, P. been?
P. Arechavaletai, P. _ventanensis, P. denudata, P. valida, spp. nov., and many 2
varieties from Amer.
Pilger, R. ae peruviana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 1, 2. 19 Au
1913.
Trichoneura Weberbaueri sp. nov.
Pilger, R. Rosacea peruviana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:8. 19 Au 1913-
Prunus huantensis sp. nov
Prescott, A. The moonwort. Am. Bot. 19:95-97. Au 1913. [Illust.]
Putnam, B.L. Our native Aguilegia. Am. Bot. 19:97. Au 1913-
Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—X XIX.
Bull. Torrey Club ae 461-485. 10S 1913.
Includes 26 new species in Hypopitys (1), Primula (1), Androsace (2), Amarella
(1), Hydrophyllum (1), purehtes (1), Dasystephana (2), Amsonia (1), Cress@ (1),
Cuscuta (1), Gilia sok gunn (1), Polemonium (2), Phacelia (1), Oreocarya (2)s
Pentstemon us (1), and Castilleja (1).
Saunders, s ri nis soaps. Am. Bot. 19: 99, roo. Au 1913-
Schellenberg, G. Berberidacea peruviana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:
6; 7. 19 Am-198s.
Berberis peruviana sp. nov.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 651
Schellenberg, G. Frankeniacea peruviana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50:
10) 31.19-A-1913
Frankenia peruviana sp. nov. :
Shear, C.L. The type of Sphaeria radicalis Schw. Phytopathology 3:
191, 192. 14 Au 1913.
Stewart, V. B. The fire blight disease in nursery stock. Cornell
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 329: 317-371. f. 172-126. Ap 1913.
Sturgis, W. C. Herpotrichia and Neopeckia on conifers. Phyto-
pathology 3: 152-158. pl. 12, 13. Je 1913.
-Swingle, W. T. Feroniella, genre nouveau de la tribu des Citreae,
fondé sur le F. oblata, espéce nouvelle de |’Indo-Chine. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France §9: 774-783. pl. 18. 18 F 1912.
Sydow, H. & P. Novae fungorum species—X. Ann. Myc. 11:
254-271. f. 1-8. Je 1913.
Includes Sphaerulina salicina from haa sige Dakota, Phyllachora atro-maculans
and Dothidella Picramniae from Costa
Taubenhaus, J. J. The black rots of the sweet ibis Phys:
pathology 3: 159-166. pl. 14-16. Au 113.
Includes Sclerotium bataticola sp. nov.
Thomson, R. B. On the comparative anatomy and affinities of the
Araucarineae. Philos. Trans. Royal Soc. London B 204: I-50.
pl. 1-7.. 7 My 1913.
Trelease, W. Furcraea peruviana. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 5. 19 Au
1913.
Furcraea occidentalis sp. nov.
Tullsen, H. Pentstemon grandiflorus. Am. Bot. 19: 84, 85. Au 1913.
[Illust.]
Urban, I. Plantae novae andinae imprimis Weberbaurinae. VI.
Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 1-108. 19 Au 1913.
Consists of 19 separate papers here indexed under their respective authors:
Bitter, Brand, Cogniaux, Dammer, Gilg, Kranzlin, Loesener, Muschler, Pilger,
Schellenberg, Trelease, and Vaupel.
Vaupel, F. Cactaceae andinae. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 50: 12-31. 19 Au
1913.
Includes Cephalocereus melanostele, Cereus acanthurus, C. apiciflorus, C.
petalus, C. decumbens, C. micranthus, C. i napenowe , C. squarrosus, C. Weber
Echi: us aurantiacus, E. = S serach, E. Weberbaueri, sit
nocact
dactylifera, and O. ignescens, spp. nov.
Vaupel, F. Sieben neue Cactaceae. Monats. Kakteenk. 23: 105-107.
15 Jl 1913. :
Vaupel, F. Verzeichnis der seit der Herausgabe des I. Nachtrages zu K.
652 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Schumann’s ‘‘Gesamtbeschreibung der Kakteen’’ (1903) neu
beschriebenen und umbenannten Gattungen und Arten aus der
Familie der Cactaceae. Monats. Kakteenk. 23: 11-14. 15 Ja 1913;
23-27. 15 F 1913; 37-41. 15 Mr 1913; 56-60. 15 Ap 1913; 72-78.
15 My 1913; 81-88. 15 Je 1913.
Weingart, W. Cereus Hirschtianus K. Schum. Monats. Kakteenk.
23: 108-111. 15 Jl 1913.
Weir, J. R. Auricularia mesenterica (Dicks.) Pers. Phytopathology
3: 192. Au 1913.
Wellington, R. Mendelian inheritance of epidermal characters in the
fruit of Cucumis sativus. Science II. 38: 61. 11 Jl 1913.
Wernham, H. F. New Rubiaceae from tropical America—II. Jour.
Bot. 51: 218-221. Jl 1913 :
Includes eleven new species in Pteridocalyx (1), Tournefortiopsis (1), Gonzalea
(4), Machaonia (3), Malanea (1), and Cephaelis (1).
Wester, P. J. Annonaceous possibilities for the plant breeder. Philip.
Agr. Rev. 6: 312-321. pl. 2-7. Jl 1913.
Westling, R. Uber die griinen Spezies der Gattung Penicillium.
Arkiv Bot. rz’: 1-156. f. 1-81. 1911.
Discusses several American species.
Williams, R.S. Dicranaceae. N. Am. Fl. 15: 77-158. 8 Au 1913.
Includes new species in Dicranella (2), Dicranum (1), and Campylopus (4).
Williams, R.S. Leucobryaceae. N.Am. Fl. 15: 159-166. 8 Au 1913-
Includes Octoblepharum erectifolium Mitten sp. nov.
Wilson, G.W. Fusarium or Verticillium on okra in North Carolina?
Phytopathology 3: 183-185. Je 1913.
Wolf, F. A. Melanose. Phytopathology 3: 190, 191. 14 Au 1913-
Yamanouchi, S. The life history of Zanardinia. Bot. Gaz. ee 1-35.
pl. 1-4+f. 1-24. 16 Jl 1913.
York, H. H. The origin and development of the embryo sac and
embryo of Dendrophthora opuntioides and D. gracile{is]. 1. Bot.
Gaz. 56: 89-111. pl. 5, 6 +f. 1, 7, 8, 12a, 20, 21. 14 Au 1913;
II. Bot. Gaz. 56: 200-216. pl. 7. 17S 1913.
“Vol. 4C No, 12
BULLETIN
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
DECEMBER, 1913
West Indian mosses—|
ELIZABETH GERTRUDE BRITTON
(WITH PLATE 25)
A. West INDIAN MOSSES KNOWN TO LINNAEUS
In Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum* 8 generat and 103 species of
mosses are recognized, of which only 2 are known to be tropical
American in their distribution, ranging from southern Florida to
South America. The first of these tropical species is Bryum albi-
dum L. (p. 1118) known to Dilleniust as Bryum nanum, lariginis
foliis albis, and now known as Octoblepharum albidum (L.) Hedw.,
with the type locality on the island of New Providence in the
Bahamas.
The other species, Rhizogonium spiniforme (L.) Bruch was
the first species of Hypnum named by Linnaeus and it also was
based on a Dillenian description and plate.§ He called it ‘the
Herring’ s-Bone Hypnum” and his specimens were sent to him from
Mt. Diabolo, Jamaica, by Sir Hans Sloane. Its range through
the tropics is even wider than that of Octoblepharum, including the
Islands of the Pacific; both species are known to occur not only
throughout the American tropics but also in Asia and Africa.
Tr Sihapesits ecees pani eos 2 5. Polyirichum. ..i...006.4. 3
2. PRESCUM i eee 3 6: MUM, So oy ei eet 18
Bo ROMUNGHS <0 ics ce we ow 4 Pa og 1, aA Parone ie ae ert 30
S Mis ak eae ees 3 BN ss Raat 40
103
t Historia Muscorum 364. pl. 46. f. 2. eet
te Historia Muscorum 332. pl. 43. f. 6
{The ButLeTIn for November (40: ares Spabeal was issued 24 N 1913.]
653
654 BrITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES
1. OCTOBLEPHARUM ALBIDUM (L.) Hedw. Descr. 3: 15. 1791
Bryum albidum L. Sp. Pl. 1118. 1753.
Type LocaALity: New Providence, Bahamas.
DISTRIBUTION: Florida and the Bahamas, ercedtiowt: the West
Indies; in Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti and St. Domingo, Porto Rico,
Dominica, St. Thomas, St. Kitts, Montserrat, Guadeloupe,
Martinique, St. Lucia, Grenada to Trinidad; also in South America
and tropical regions of Africa and Asia.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Dill. Hist. Musc. pl. 46. f. 21; Hedw. Descr.
3: pl. 6A; Card. Rech. Anat. Leuc. pl. 12. f. 61.
ExsiccaTaE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 55. 1861; Husnot, PI.
Ant. Fr. 127. 1868; Austin, Musci App. Suppl. 478. 1874: Ren. &
Card. Musci Am. Sept. Exsicc. 213; Holz. Musci Acroc. Bor. Am.
57; Small, Mosses S. U.S. 52.
2. RHIZOGONIUM SPINIFORME (L.) Bruch, Flora 29: 134. 1846
Hypnum spinaeforme L. Sp. Pl. 1122. 1753.
Mmium spiniforme C. Mill. Syn 1: 175. 1849.
Type Loca.Lity: Mt. Diabolo, Jamaica, Hans Sloane.
DIstTRIBUTION: In wet woods, in tropical regions of all portions
of the world. Southern United States: Georgia, Alabama,
Louisiana, Florida; Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe
to S. America; Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, and Panama.
. ILLUSTRATIONS: Sloane, Hist. Jam. pl. 25. f. 4.1707; Dill. Hist.
Musc. 332. pl. 43. f. 8. 1741.
ExsICCATAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 58. 1861; Husnot, PI.
Ant. Fr. 752. 1868; Austin, Musci App. Suppl. 576. 1874; Ren. &
Card. Musci Am. Sept. Exs. 64; Holz. Musc. Acroc. Bor. Am.
174; Pringle, Musci Mex. 10482.
Another of the Linnaean species, Hypnum cuspidatum L., has
been found in the high mountains of Jamaica. Pogonatum ur-
nigerum L.. Sp. Pl. 1109. 1753, was also credited to Jamaica, fol-
lowing Dillenius, who quotes Hans Sloane’s History of Jamaica
and mistook his f. 5, pl. 25, for this European species. F. 4 of
the same plate is unmistakable for Rhizogonium spiniforme.
B. West INDIAN MOSSES KNOWN TO OLOF SWARTZ
In his Prodromus, Swartz* retained 5 of the generic names
* Olof Swartz, Nova Genera & Species Plantarum seu Prodromus, etc. 138-14?-
1788.
BRITTON: WEsT FNDIAN MOSSES 655
used by Linnaeus* and enumerated 41 species, which as at present
recognized belong to 37 different genera, three of these having
their type localities in Hispaniola (Haiti and Santo Domingo), all
the rest in Jamaica.
In studying the collections made by Mr. Wm. Harris in Jamaica
and ourown later collections, a special effort has been made to obtain
an accurate knowledge of these Swartz types and Dr. A. Le Roy
Andrews, of Cornell University, very kindly consented, when
he visited Stockholm in the summer of 1912, to examine these types
for me and compare them with specimens from our own collections
in Jamaica, sent as duplicates to the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum.
Dr. Andrews was able to see and compare the original specimens
with ours in all but two cases: Bryum parasiticum Sw. |= Syr-
rhopodon parasiticus (Sw.) Besch.] and Hypnum congestum Sw.
[= Pleuropus congestus (Sw.) Broth.], which species we have not
yet been able to recognize, the former being from Hispaniola and
the type lacking in Swartz’ herbarium, the latter from Jamaica
and Haiti. We suspect from the illustration given by Hedwig that
the latter is probably referable to Palamocladium Bonplandt (Hook.)
Broth., which Brotherus later refers to Pleuropus, though he states
that he has not seen specimens of Pleuropus congestus.
In 1806 Swartz discarded his Linnaean limitationst and adopted
some of the generic changes proposed by Hedwig (1792), to whom
he sent specimens of most of his West Indian mosses, from which
almost all of Hedwig’s plates were drawn. This eliminated
Fentinalis and Mnium from the West Indies and added seven
generat and three species to the list given in the Prodromus; he
further amplified his list by giving more in detail the stations and
habitats. These are translated and quoted in the following list
of species in the sequence enumerated by Swartz, with their modern
Names, synonyms, and distribution as at present known to us
from the West Indies:
* Fontinalis, Polytrichum, Mnium, Bryum, and Hypnum.
+ Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1759-1841. 1806.
t Encalypta, Trichostomum, Tortula, Dicranum, Pterogonium, Neckera, and
kea, ligt
656 BrITTON: West INDIAN MOSSES
1. Neckera jamaicense (Gmel.) E. G. Britton, comb. nov.
Fontinalis crispa Sw. Prod. 138. 1788. Not Hypnum crispum L.
op. Fl. F124. (91753.
Hypnum jamaicense Gmel. Syst. Nat. 2: 1341. 1791.
Neckera undulata Hedw. Descr. 3: 51. 1792.
Neckera undulata Hedw.; Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1780. 1806.
Neckeropsis undulata Kindb. Eu. & N. A. Bryin. 1:20. 1897.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On trunks of trees in dense low
woods, Jamaica.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Not uncommon on trees from Florida and the
Greater and Lesser Antilles to Trinidad; Mexico, Guatemala, and
“Panama; also in South America.
_ Ittustrations: Dill. Hist. Musc. 294. pl. 32. f. 8; Hedw.
Descr. pl. 21 (from Swartz’ type).
ExsIccaTarE: Austin, Musci App. Suppl. 529; Sull. Musci Cub.
Wright. 75; Husnot, Pl. Ant. Fr. 155; Grout, N. A. Musci Pleur.
230.
2. NECKERA DISTICHA (Sw.) Hedw. Descr. 3:53. 1792
Fontinalis disticha Sw. Prod. 138. 1788.
Neckera disticha Hedw. Descr. 3: 53. 1792.
Neckera disticha Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1784. 1806.
Neckeropsis disticha Kindb. Eu. & N. A. Bryin. 1:20. 1897.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: On trunks of trees, Jamaica
and Hispaniola.
DISTRIBUTION: Less common, on trees, Florida and the Greater
and Lesser Antilles to South America; in Central America from
Mexico to Panama; also in Africa.
ILLustRatTion: Hedw. Descr. pl. 22 (from Swartz’ type).
ExsiccaTaE: Austin, Musci App. Suppl. 530.
3. PTEROBRYUM FILIcINUM (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 425+
1869
Fontinalis fiicina Sw. Prod. 138. 1788.
Neckera filicina Hedw. Descr, 3: 45. 1792.
Pilotrichum filicinum P. Beauv. Prod. 83. 1805.
Neckera filicina Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1788. 1806.
Pireella filicina Cardot, Rev. Bryol. 40: 18. 1913.
BRITTON: WEST INDIAN MOSSES 657
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “‘ Near Coldspring, high moun-
tains of southern Jamaica, on trunks of trees.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica and Cuba.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. pl. 18 (from Swartz’ type).
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 76.
This species has immersed capsules and seems to belong where
Mitten has placed it.
4. PILOTRICHUM HYPNOIDES (Sw.) P. Beauv. Prod. 83. 1805
Fontinalis hypnoides Sw. Prod. 138. 1788.
Neckera hypnoidea Hedw. Descr. 3: 43. 1792.
Neckera hypnoides Sw. FI. Ind. Occ. 3: 1790. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘ Jamaica, on trunks of trees in
high mountains.”’
_ DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica to Trinidad.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. pl. 17 (from Swartz’ type).
5. CRYPHAEA FILIFORMIS (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 251. 1827
Fontinalis fiiformis Sw. Prod. 138. 1788.
Neckera filiformis Hedw. Descr. 3: 41. 1792.
Neckera filiformis Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1786. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘ Hispaniola, in arid regions .on
branches of Haematoxylon campechianum.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, and Santo Domingo; also in
South America, Central America and Mexico (Guatemala and
Yucatan).
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. pl. 16 (from Swartz’ type).
ExsIccaTaE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 67.
6. PoGONATUM TORTILE (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 108. 1827
Polytrichum convolutum Sw. Prod. 139. 1788. Not L. 1753.
Polytrichum convolutum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 94. 1801.
Pogonatum convolutum Beauv. Prod. 85. 1805.
Polytrichum tortile Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1839. 1806.
Polytrichum domingense Brid. Mant. 201. 1819.
Polytrichum cubense Sull. Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 281. 1861.
Polytrichum glaucinum Besch. Ann. Sci. Nat. VI. 3: 210. 1876.
Polytrichum Husnotianum Besch. |. c.
Polytrichum crispulum Besch. 1. c. 211.
658 BRITTON: WEST INDIAN MOSSES
Polytrichum laxifolium Besch. 1. c. 211.
Polytrichum Pleeanum Besch. |. c. 212.
Polytrichum Sintenisit C. Mill. Hedwigia 37: 222. 1898.
Polytrichum (Catharinella) obscuro-viridis C. Mill. Hedwigia 37:
223. 1898.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “On clay banks, high moun-
tains of southern Jamaica.”
DisTRIBUTION: Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe,
Martinique, Dominica, Grenada, and Barbados.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. Pl. 20.
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 57; Husnot, Pl. Ant.
Fr. 153.
This species varies greatly according to habitat, whether dry
or wet, sunny or shady. It usually grows on roadside banks of.
the hard red clay, on the dry or southern sides of the West Indian
islands and under such conditions, does not attain the lax, long
leaves that are produced in shady moist valleys. Micro-
scopic sections of the leaves show the lamellae to be somewhat
variable but all of one generally uniform character, and though
the serrations of the margins are more or less variable, the teeth
being at times appressed and at others spreading, we find no
constant differences between them. The presence of teeth on
the back of the costa is just as true of P. tortile Sw. as of P. glauci-
num Besch.
7. BREUTELIA TOMENTOSA (Sw.) Sch. “In Hb.’ Paris, Index
Bryol. 1: ed. 2.173. 1904
Mnium tomentosum Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Bryum tomentosum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1837. 1806.
Bartramia macrocarpa Hampe, Linnaea 32: 141. 1863.
Bartramia macrotheca Hampe, Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 3: 373- 1866.
Breutelia macrotheca Jaeg. Adumb. 1: 556. 1873-74.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘“‘ On the edge of woods high
mountains of Jamaica.”
DisTRIBUTION: Jamaica and Guadeloupe to South America;
also Mexico and Costa Rica.
ILLusTRATIONS: Hooker, Musci Exot. pl. rg. 1818. From
original specimen of Swartz. E. & P. Nat. Pfl. 1°: 656. f. 498:
1904.
BRITTON: West INDIAN MOSSES 659
8. PHILONOTIS SPHAERICARPA (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 25.
1827
Mnium sphaericarpon Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Mnium sphaericarpum Hedw. Descr. 3: 93. 1792.
Bryum sphaericarpon Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1835. 1806.
Bartramia sphaericarpa Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 261. 1869.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “In shady mossy places, summits
of mountains of southern Jamaica.’
DISTRIBUTION: Florida, Jamaica, Porto Rico, St. Thomas, St.
Kitts, St. Vincent, Martinique, and Guadeloupe; Honduras to
South America.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. 3: pl. 38A.
9g. DITRICHUM RUFESCENS (Hampe) Broth. in E. & P. Nat. Pfl.
1°: 300. I9QOI
Mnium strictum Sw. Prodr. 139. 1788. Not Ditrichum strictum
Hampe. 1867.
Trichostomum strictum Sw. F1. Ind. Occ. 3: 1761. 1806.
Trichostomum pallidum strictum Schwaegr. Suppl. 21: 77. 1823.
Leptotrichum rufescens Hampe, Linnaea 31: 521. 1862.
Cynontodium strictum Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 42. 1869.
Cynontodium rufescens Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 44. 1869.
Leptotrichum mexicanum Sch. ; Besch. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cher-
bourg 16: 174. 4872.
Leptotrichum capillifolium Sch.; Jaeg. Adumb. 1: 388. 1871-72.
Leptotrichum pseudo-rufescens C. Miill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 554.
1897.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “Jamaica, on shady slopes in
sandy wet soil among other mosses, cold places.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, 1,500-2,100 meters. Also, Mexico to
Colombia.
ILLUSTRATION: Schwaegr. Suppl. fl. 123.
10. TORTULA AGRARIA (Sw.) Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1763. 1806
Bryum agrarium Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Bryum acuminatum Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Barbula agraria Hedw. Descr. 3:17. 1792.
Barbula Raui Aust. Bull. Torrey Club 6:43. 1875.
660 BRITTON: WEST INDIAN MOSSES
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “Jamaica and Hispaniola, in
sugar fields and on calcareous rocks.”’
DistRIBUTION: Florida and Texas. Common in the Bahamas
on limestone rocks, whence it was known to Dillenius. Jamaica,
Cuba, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe, Antigua, Montserrat to Trinidad
and South America; also in Mexico.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. pl. 6B, from original specimens
collected by Swartz in Jamaica and Santo Domingo.
De _BRyum ACUMINATUM Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
(See 10)
12. SYRRHOPODON LYCOPODIOIDES (Sw.) C. Miill. Syn. 1: 538.
1849
Bryum lycopodioides Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Dicranum? lycopodioides Sw. F1. Ind. Occ. 3: 1766. 1806.
HaBITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘ Jamaica; in moist shady
woods, on high mountains.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Santo Domingo, Haiti, Porto Rico,
Guadeloupe, and Martinique to Trinidad.
ExsiccaTAE: Husnot, Pl. Ant. Fr. 151.
13. SYRRHOPODON PARASITICUS Besch. Ann. Sci. Nat. VIII. 1: 298-
1895
Bryum parasiticum Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Encalypia parasitica Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1759. 1806.
Calymperes parasitica Hook. & Grev. Edinb. Jour. Sci. 1: 131:
1824.
The type cannot be found at Stockholm in Swartz’ herbarium.
A fragment of the type specimen exists at Kew, and Mitten had
only two leaves of it. He states that it is very close to Calymperes
Richardi but the illustration given by Schwaegrichen of the calyp-
tra and the description given by Swartz, ‘‘ Calypira longa subulata,
non laxa, pallida, ore aequali, latere demum fissili”’ disprove this,
and it is evident, either that Schwaegrichen was mistaken in figuring
a calyptra which resembles that of a Macromitrium or it is a species
of that genus, which is very common in Jamaica. Mitten referred
a specimen collected by R. Spruce in South America (no. 2) “
this species but that proves to be a true Calymperes.
BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES 661
The duplicate type from which Schwaegrichen’s plate was
drawn has been loaned to us from Geneva and corresponds with
all of this plate except the calyptra, which is lacking; but the
hyaline basal cells are not clearly indicated. It is evidently a
species of Syrrhopodon with entire leaf margins bordered by elon-
gated cells and does not agree with any known to us thus far from
the West Indies.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: Hispaniola. ‘‘On branches of
Haematoxylon and Mimosa Unguis-cati.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Known only from the original collection.
ILLUSTRATION: Schwaegr. Suppl. 1: 60. pl. 177. 1811.
14. HoLomirrium cALycinum (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 60.
1869
Bryum calcycinum Sw. Prod. 139. 1788.
Weisia calycina Hedw. Sp. Musc. 70. 1801.
Cecalyphum? calicinum Beauv. Prod. Aetheog. 50. 1805.
Dicranum calycinum Sw. FI. Ind. Occ. 3: 1768. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On roots of trees in high moun-
tains. Jamaica.’
DIsTRIBUTION: Known only from oe
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Muse. #l. 14. f. I-5-
15. FIssIpENS PALMATUS (Sw.) Hedw. Descr. 3:69. 1792
Hypnum palmatum Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Dicranum palmatum Sw. F1. Ind. Occ. 3: 1774-: 1806.
Skitophyllum palmatum De la Pyl. Jour. de Bot. II. 4: 146. 1814.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘In shady clayey places at roots
of palms. Jamaica. Collected also on high trunk of Areca
oleracea, in a cavity filled with rotten leaves.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, and St. Thomas.
ILLustrations: Hedw. Descr. pl. 30A. 1792 (from Swartz’
type); De la Pyl. Jour. de Bot. pl. 35. f. 6. 1814.
ExsICcATAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 7.
16. FIssIDENS POLYPODIOIDES (Sw.) Hedw. Descr. =; 63. 1792 —
Hypnum polypodioides Sw. Prod.'140. 1788. 3
Dicranum polypodioides Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1772- 1806.
Skitophyllum polypodioides De la Py]. Jour. de Bot. II. 3: 153. 1814.
662 BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On the ground in shady mossy
slopes in high mountains, Jamaica.”
DistRIBUTION: Georgia, Alabama, Florida, and Louisiana;
Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico; Dominica, Guadeloupe, and
Martinique, to South America; also, Mexico, Guatemala, and
Panama.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Sull. Icon. Musc. pl. 27; De la Pyl. 1. c. pl. 38.
fF: To.
ExsiccATAE: Drummond, Musci Am. ed. 2. 38; Sull. & Lesq.
Musci Bor. Am. ed. 2. 87: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. zo; Small,
Mosses So. U.S. 9; Husnot, Pl. Ant. Fr. 133.
17. FISSIDENS ASPLENIOIDES (Sw.) Hedw. Descr. 3: 65. 1792
Hypnum asplenioides Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Dicranum asplenioides Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1770. 1806.
Skitophyllum asplenioides De la Pyl. Jour. de Bot. II. 4: 156.
1814.
Fissidens Barbae-montis C. Miill.; Ren. & Card. Bull. Soc. Roy.
Bot. Belg. 311: 152. 1892.
Fissidens costaricensis Besch. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2: 390. 1894.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “On mossy rocks in high moun-
tains of Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica and St. Kitts; also Mexico and Costa
Rica.
ILLustRatIONS: Hedw. Descr. pl. 28 (from type); De la Pyl.
Jour. de Bot. II. 4: pl. 38. f. 8, 9.
EXSICCATAE: Pringle, Musci Mex. 10,503.
18. PHYLLOGONIUM FULGENS (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 671.
1827
Hypnum fulgens Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Pterigynandrum fulgens Hedw. Descr. 4: 101. 1797.
Pterogonium fulgens Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1776. 1806.
? Phyllogonium viride Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 673. 1827.
Phyllogonium aureum Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 12: 424. 1869.
Phyllogonium globitheca C. Mill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 563. 1897:
HABITAT AND TYPE LocaLity: ‘Dependent from branches of
trees in high mountains of Jamaica.”
BRITTON: WEst INDIAN MOSSES 663
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, St. Kitts,
Antigua, Montserrat, Guadeloupe, Martinique, St. Vincent, and
Grenada to Trinidad. Also in South America.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. pl. 39 (from type).
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 737; Husnot, Pl. Ant.
Fr. 754.
There is some doubt as to what the type specimen of Phyl-
logonium viride of Bridel is. The type locality is Brazil and it is
just possible that the name may antedate either P. immersum
Mitt. or P. Serra C. Miill. Both these species were distributed by
E. Ule in his Bryotheca Brasiliensis no. 81 from Serra Geral, Prov-
ince of Santa Catharina, Brazil. All the West Indian specimens,
so-called, are referable to P. fulgens.
19. LEPIDOPILUM DIAPHANUM (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12:
382. 1869
Hypnum diaphanum Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Hypnum diaphanum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 243. 1801.
Hypnum? diaphanum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1828. 1806.
Pterygophyllum diaphanum Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 345. 1827.
Hookeria diaphana W.-Arn. Disp. Musc. 56. 1825.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘In depressions, mountains of
Jamaica. Mixed with Marchantia and Jungermannia.”
DiIstRIBUTION: Jamaica, Martinique.
ILLustRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Musc. pl. 61. f. 1-6 (from type).
20. CyYCLODICTYON ALBICANS (Sw.) Broth. in E. & P. PA. 1°:
935- 1907
Hypnum albicans Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Hypnum albens Gmel. Syst. Nat. 2: 1343. 1791.
Leskea albicans Hedw. Sp. Musc. 218. 1801.
Leskea albicans Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1811. 1806.
Hypnum pallidum Brid. Musc. Rec. 2?: 127. 1806.
Pterygophyllum albicans Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 349- 1827.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘On old and rotten trunks of
trees, temperate regions of Jamaica.”
DiIstTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Guadeloupe, St. Vincent, and Mexico.
ILLustRaTIONS: Hedw. Sp. Musc. 218. pl. 54. f. 13-16 (from
type).
ExsiccataE: Pringle, Musci Mex. 10,664.
664 BRITTON: WEST INDIAN MOSSES
21. HoMALIA GLABELLA’ (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 458.
1869
Hypnum glabellum Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Leskea glabella Hedw. Sp. Musc. 235. 1801.
Neckera glabella Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1782. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On trunks of trees in mountains
of Jamaica.”
DisTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe, Mexico,
Costa Rica, to Venezuela.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. I. 59 (from type specimens).
22. METEORIOPSIS PATULA (Sw.) Broth. in E. & P. Pfl. 1°: 825.
1906
Hypnum patulum Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Hypnum patulum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 279. 1801.
Hypnum? patulum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1832. 1806.
Leskea remotifolia C. Miill. Linnaea 19: 216. 1847.
Meteorium stellatum Lorentz, Moosst. 165. . 1864.
Meteorium flaccidum Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc, 12: 443. 1869.
Meteorium tenue Sch. Besch. Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherbourg 16:
227%. 4872.
Meteorium diversifolium Besch. 1. c.
Meteorium torticuspis C. Miill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 204. 1897:
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On roots and branches of trees
near the summits, mountains of Jamaica.”
DistTRIBUTION: Florida, in hammocks near Cutler, J. K. Smell;
Jamaica, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Dominica,
Montserrat, St. Vincent, Grenada, and Trinidad to South America;
also Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica, an Panama.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. fl. 73.
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 80; Husiot Pl. Ant.
Fr. 168; Pringle, Musci Mex. 15,136.
This is a common and variable species in the tropics and
accordingly has received a variety of names. There seems to be
no reason for maintaining two sections and such a host of names —
in this genus, for according to Mitten and R. S. Williams the
following also are syrionyms of this species: M. aureo-nitens Hampe
(not Hook.), M. barbipendulum C. Miill.; M. cirrifolium Schw-,
BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES 665.
M. chiriquense Ltz., M. Eurhynchium C. Miill., M. Filicis C. Miill.,
and M. subambiguum (Hampe) Paris.
23. MITTENOTHAMNIUM REPTANS (Sw.) Card. Rev. Bryol. 40: 21.
1913
Hypnum reptans Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Hypnum reptans Hedw. Sp. Musc. 265. 1801.
Hyvypnum reptans Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1819. 1806.
Microthamnium reptans Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 506. 1869.
Hypnum pseudo-repians C. Miill. Bot. Zeit. 14: 439. 1856.
Microthamnium Turckheimti C. Mill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 215.
1897.
Microthamnium minusculum C. Mill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 565.
1897.
Stereohypnum reptans Fleisch. Hedwigia 47: 275. 1908.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “‘On earth and trunks of trees,
interior of Jamaica.”’ .
DIsTRIBUTION: Cuba, Jamaica, Guadeloupe, Martinique,
Mexico, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama, and South
America.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. Pl. 68.
24. POROTRICHUM FASCICULATUM (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn, Soc. 12:
| 468. 1869
Hypnum fasciculatum Sw. Prod. 140. 1788.
Hypnum fasciculatum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 245. 1801.
Hypnum? fasciculatum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1827. 1806.
Thamnium fasciculatum C. Mill. Hedwigia 37: 260. 1808.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On roots of trees; high moun-
tains of Jamaica.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Porto Rico, and Trinidad to South
America. |
ILLustRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Muse. pl. 62. f. 8-ro (from Swartz’
specimens).
25. HYPOPTERYGIUM TAMARISCI (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 715.
I 827 |
Hypnum Tamarisci ‘Sw. Prod. 141. 1788. |
Leskea Tamariscina Hedw. Sp. Musc. 212. 1801.
666 BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES
Hypnum Tamarisci Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1825. 1806.
Hypopterygium brastliense Sull. U.S. Expl. Exp. 26. 1859. |
?Hypopterygium pseudo-tamarisci C. Miill. Linnaea 38: 645. 1874.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘On trunks of trees, creeping
among mosses in the cold regions of Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, and Porto Rico; also
in Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, and South America.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Musc. pl. 62. f. 8-zo; Sull. U. S.
Expl. Exped. pl. 26.
ExsiccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 230; Pringle, Musci
Mex. 70,497.
26. PILOTRICHELLA FLEXILIS (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 162.
1875-76
Hypnum flexile Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Leskea flexilis Hedw. Sp. Musc. 234. 1801.
Hypnum? flexile Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1830. 1806.
Meteorium flexile Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 438. 1869.
Neckera cochlearifolia C. Mill. Syn. 2: 130. 1851.
Neckera turgescens C. Miill. Syn. 2: 131. 1851.
Pilotrichella eroso-mucronata C. Miill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 563.
1897.
Pilotrichella recurvo-mucronata C. Miill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. §: 563-
- 97. . .
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “Summits of mountains in
Southern Jamaica.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe;
Mexico, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama; Colombia,
Ecuador, Bolivia, and Brazil.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. pl. 58.
EXsICcATAE: Pringle, Musci Mex. 10,420, 10,468, Grout, N. A.
Musci Pleur. 389.
27. PAPILLARIA NIGRESCENS (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumb.1:169. 1875-76
Hypnum nigrescens Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Hypnum nigrescens Hedw. Sp. Musc. 250. 1801.
Pierogonium nigrescens Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1778. 1806.
Neckera nigrescens Schwaegr. Suppl. 32. 1828.
'
BRITTON: WeEstT INDIAN MOSSES 667
Meteorium nigrescens Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 441. 1869.
Papillaria nigrescens Donnellii Aust. Musci App. Suppl. 14. 1898.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘On branches of trees, high
mountains of Jamaica. Collected on Anacardium occidentale.”
DISTRIBUTION: Louisiana, Florida, and the Bahamas; Jamaica,
Cuha, Haiti, Porto Rico, Barbados, and Trinidad to South America;
also in Lower California, Mexice, Guatemala, Costa Rica, and
Panama. Also in South America.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Musc. pl. 65. 1801 ; Schwaegr. Suppl.
pl. 244. 1828; Bryologist 7: 14. 1904.
ExsiccaTAE: Austin, Musci App. Suppl. 533, Sull. Musci Cub.
Wright. 83.
The var. Donnellii is simply a xerophytic condition in
which the leaves fall off and the terminal branches become
brittle, thus propagating the species; in fact, the fruit is seldom
found. Austin and J. D. Smith collected it at Caloosa, Florida, in
1876-78 and Mr. Severin Rapp has reported it from Sanford. In
all our Jamaica collections I have found it but once, on a calabash
tree.
28. PRIONODON DENsUS (Sw.) C. Miill. Bot. Zeit. 2: 130. 1844
Hypnum densum Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Hypnum densum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 282. 1801.
Hypnum? densum Sw. FI. Ind. Occ. 3: 1829. 1806.
Neckera crassa Hornsch. FI. Brasil. 1: 56. 1840.
Pilotrichum densum C. Miill. Syn. 2: 160. 1859.
HABITAT AND TYPE LocaLity: ‘‘In Blue Mountains, southern
Jamaica, on roots of trees.”’
DistTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Mexico, Costa Rica, and
Panama, 1,500-2,000 ft.; also in South America.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Muse. $l. 74 (from Swartz’ type):
Bot. Zeit. 2: pl. 1.
FExsiccaTakg: Pringle, Musci Mex. 10.483.
29. Pritorricnum composituM (Sw.) P. Beauv. Prod. 82. 1805
Hypnum compositum Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Neckera composita Hedw. Sp. Musc. 203. 1801.
Neckera composita Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1792. 1806.
668 BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “On trunks of trees in woods,
interior of Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica and Grenada (‘‘Costa Rica’’?).
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Muse. pl. 46. f. 8-13 (from Swartz’
type).
30. LEPIDOPILUM POLYTRICHOIDES (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2;
269. 1827
Hypnum polytrichoides Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Hypnum polvirichoides Hedw. Sp. Musc. 244. 1801.
Orthotrichum polytrichoides Brid. Musc. Recent. 2?: 31. 1801.
Neckera polytrichoides Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1794. 1806.
Lepidopilum polvtrichoides var. costaricense Ren. & Card. Bull.
Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 32!: 192. 1893.
Hookeria Carionis C. Mill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 205. 1897.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On branches of trees and
shrubs, also on rocks, mountains of Jamaica and Hispaniola.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe,
Martinique, Montserrat, and St. Vincent to South America: also,
Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, and Panama.
ItLustraTions: Hedw. Sp. Muse. pl. 61 (from Swartz’ type);
Schwaegr. Suppl. 3: pl. 232.
ExsIccaTAE: Husnot, Pl. Ant. Fr. 156.
31. HELICODONTIUM CAPILLARE (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 225-
1876-77
Hypnum capillare Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Leskea capillaris Hedw. Descr. 4: 25. 1793.
Leskea capillaris Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1813. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘On trunks of trees, interior of
Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico; also in
Mexico and South America.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. 4: pl. ro.
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 70; Panels Musci
Mex. 750. |
BRITTON: WEST INDIAN MOSSES 669
32. RHACOPILUM TOMENTOSUM (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 719.
1827
Hypnum tomentosum Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Hypnum tomentosum Hedw. Descr. 4: 48. 1793.
Hypnum tomentosum Sw. F1. Ind. Occ. 3: 1823. 1806.
Rhacopilum tomentosum var. gracile Besch. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat.
Cherbourg. 16: 257. 1872.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘ On roots of trees near rivers,
temperate regions of Hispaniola.”’
DISTRIBUTION: Louisiana, Bermuda, Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti,
Santo Domingo, Guadeloupe, to Trinidad and South America;
Mexico, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Nicaragua, and Panama; also in
Asia and Africa.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Descr. pl. 19; Bryologist 10: fl. 5.
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 74; Pringle, Musci
Mex. 10,501.
33. CALLICOSTELLA DEPRESSA (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 352.
1875-76
Hypnum depressum Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Leskea depressa Hedw. Sp. Musc. 215. 1801.
Leskea depressa Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1804. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On bark of trees, mountains of
Jamaica.”
DIsTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Porto Rico, Haiti, and Guade-
loupe.
ILLustraAtiIons: Hedw. Sp. Muse. $l. 53. f. 1-7 (from Swartz’
type).
34. Clastobryum trichophyllum (Sw.) E. G. Britton, comb. nov.
: PLATE 25
Hypnum trichophyllum Sw. Prod. 141. 1788.
Hypnum trichophyllum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 274. 1801.
Neckera trichophylla Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1798. 1806.
Lepyrodon trichophyllus Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 422. 1869.
Leucodon trichophyllus Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 122. 1877.
Lepyrodon trichophyllus robustior Besch. Ann. Sci. Nat. VI. 3:
224. 1876.
670 BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES
Palamocladium trichophyllum C. Miill. Flora 82: 465. 1896.
Palamocladium trichophyllum subtile C. Miill. Hedwigia 37: 240,
1808.
Orthothecium trichophyllum Fleisch. F1..Buit. 3: 667. 1906.
Plants light yellowish green, glossy; stems rooting and creeping,
with simple erect branches, often 2 cm. high and prolonged into
slender flagellate branchlets bearing foen septate gemmae in
clusters in the axils of the upper leaves; branch-leaves crowded,
spreading, glossy, strongly plicate when dry, lanceolate-acuminate,
3-5 mm. long, ecostate, margins plane, serrate; cells linear, walls
porose, slightly thickened, alar cells shorter and broader, curved,
forming a small, serrate auricle. Autoicous, perichaetial leaves
shorter, paler, more suddenly subulate, more sharply serrate.
Seta erect, straight or flexuose, red, 15-25 mm. long; calyptra
cucullate; capsule erect, ovoid-cylindric, sometimes contracted
below the mouth when dry, 2-3 mm. long, lid rostrate; annulus
none; walls with irregular square or hexagonal cells 27-54 mu long
X 27 wide; neck short, stomatose; peristome double; teeth
incurved, brown, narrow, not perforate, papillose, with slightly
t
trabeculate lamellae; endostome paler, also papillose with a short
minutely papillose, unequal in size, 5u-16, maturing in winter.
Forming bright glossy mats in shade on trunks and roots of
tree-ferns and palms on high mountains, rarely on rocks. Fruit
rare!
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “On bark and trunks of old
trees, Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Porto Rico, Haiti, Santo
Domingo, St. Kitts, Dominica, Martinigue. Guadeloupe, St-
Vincent, Montserrat, and Trinidad to Venezuela.
ILLustraTIons: Hedw. Sp. Muse. pl. 71; E. & P. Nat. Pf.
xo: 7942); Sook
ExsiccaTarE: Husnot, Pl. Ant. Fr. 183, as Meteorium sericeum
Sch
On account of the rarity of its fruit this species has been placed
in a variety of genera none of which seem to me to be correct.
Its double peristome and different habit remove it from Lepyrodon
- and its tropical distribution from Orthothecium, the species of
which are alpine or arctic and subarctic. Its relationship however
seems to me to be more with the Entodontaceae, where Fleischer
BRITTON: WEsT INDIAN MOSSES 671
has placed it; the presence of septate gemmae, and the ecostate
leaves and more or less imperfect endostome, show its relationship
to Clastobryum indicum Dozy & Molk. as figured by Brotherus
(E. & P. Nat. Pfl. 13: 874. f. 640. 1907) but the leaf cells are
porose and the walls are thickened as shown on the same page in
f. 639 of C. planulum Mitt.
Clastobryum americanum Cardot, originally described from
Mexico, also occurs on the slopes and summit of Sir John Peak
above Cinchona, in the Blue Mountains of Jamaica, and Mr. R.
S. Williams has collected it in Bolivia at 8,000 ft. near Cargadera
in 1902.
35- THUIDIUM MICROPHYLLUM (Sw.) Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 251.
1876-77
Hypnum microphyllum Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Hypnum microphyllum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 269. 1801.
Hypnum microphyllum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1821. 1806.
Hypnum calyptraium Sull. Pac. R. R. Rep. 4: 190. 1856.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “‘On roots of trees, Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Canada to Florida and the Bahamas, Jamaica,
Cuba, and Mexico.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Musc. #/. 69 (from Swartz’ type);
Sull. 1. c. pl. roo.
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 99.
36. SEMATOPHYLLUM CAESPITOSUM (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc.
12: 479. 1869
Hypnum caespitosum Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Leskea caespitosa Hedw. Sp. Musc. 233. 1801.
Leskea caespitosa Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1807. 1806.
Rhaphidostegium caespitosum Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 454. 1875-76.
Hypnum loxense* Sull. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 5: 287. 1861.
Not Hooker, 1822.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “On roots of trees, mountains of
Hispaniola.”
DistriBuTION: Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guadeloupe,
* The real Sematophyllum loxense (Hook.) Jaeg. has been found in Cuba.
672 BriTTON: WEstT JNDIAN MOSSES
and Martinique, to Trinidad and South America; also Mexico and
Costa Rica.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. #!/. 40.
37. SEMATOPHYLLUM PUNGENS (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12°
477. 1869
Hypnum pungens Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Hypnum pungens Hedw. Sp. Musc. 237. 1801.
Leskea pungens Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1806. 1806.
Pungentella pungens C. Miill. Hedwigia 37: 260: 18098.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “ Roots of trees in moist woods,
mountains of Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Porto Rico, Virgin Islands,
Guadeloupe, Martinique, and Dominica to South America; also
Mexico and Guatemala to Panama.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. pl. 60 (from Swartz’ type).
EXsICCATAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 104; Husnot, Pl. Ant.
Fr. 786.
38. PLEUROPUS CONGESTUS (Sw.) Broth. E. & P. Nat. Pfl. 1:
1138. 1908
Hypnum congestum Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Hypnum congestum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 283. 1801.
Leskea congesta Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1809. 1806.
Homalothecium congestum Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 311. 1877-78.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On old trunks of trees, interior
of Jamaica.” :
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Haiti, Montserrat, and Dutch Guiana.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Muse. pl. 74. f. 4-7. 1801.
Excepting for the illustration given by Hedwig, little is known
of this species in modern times. Mitten and Brotherus had not
seen specimens. At the British Museum there is a specimen
labelled ‘‘Leskea congesta Sw. Ind. Occ. ex Cl. Swartzio. J. Vahl,”
which is evidently a mixture of Palamocladium leskeoides and
Clastobryum trichophyllum. Hedwig’s description calls for a plant
with entire somewhat secund, falcate leaves and a horizontal
capsule, characters which do not agree with either of the species
named above.
BRITTON: West INDIAN MOSSES 673
The synonymy of Palamocladium is as follows:
Palamocladium leskecides (Hook.) E. G. Britton, comb. nov.
Hookeria leskeoides Hook. Musc. Exot. pl. 55. 1818.
Leskea Bonplandi Hook.; Kunth. Syn. Pl. Aeg. 1: 61. 1822.
Hypnum Bonplandi C. M. Syn..2: 463. 1851. |
Homalothecium Bonplandi Jaeg. Adumb. 2: 379. 1875-76.
Palamocladium Bonplandi Broth. Bot. Jahrb. 24: 281. 1897.
Isothecium Bonplandi haitense Ren. & Card. MS. in herb.
Pleuropus leskeoides Hook. MS. in Herb.
39. ORTHOSTICHOPSIS TETRAGONA (Sw.) Broth. E. & P. Nat. Pfl.
1°: 805. 1906
Hypnum tetragonum Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Hypnum? tetragonum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 246. 180!.
Hypnum? tetragonum Sw. FI. Ind. Occ. 3: 1833. 1806.
Pterigynandrum aureum Brid. Mant. tot. 1819.
Pterigynandrum quadrifarium Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 194. 1827.
Isothecium tetragonum Brid. Bryol. Univ. 2: 377. 1827.
Neckera quinquefaria C. Mill. Syn. 2: 124. 1850.
Neckera tetragona C. Miill. Syn. 2: 125. 1850.
Meteorium tetragonum Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 431. 1869.
Pilotrichella tetragona Besch. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherbourg 16:
224. 3872.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On trunks of trees, near summits
of mountains in Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Santo Domingo; to Trinidad
and Guiana; also in Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua,
Costa Rica, and Panama.
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Sp. Musc. #l. 63. 1801 (from Sweartx’
type).
This moss is not uncommon in Jamaica and was known to
Hans Sloane* and Dillenius,t who called it ‘the square-branched
Hypnum from Jamaica.” Both of these authors figured it rather
poorly.
* Hist. Jam. 1: 68. pl. 25. f. 3. 1707.
tT Hist. Musc. 335. pl. 43. f. 73. X741-
674 BRITTON: WEstT INDIAN MOSSES
40. SCHLOTHEIMIA TORQUATA (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 1: 323.
1826
Hypnum torquatum Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Hypnum torquatum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 246. 1801.
Neckera torta Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1800. 1806.
Schlotheimia torta Schwaegr. Suppl. 12: 39. 1816.
Schlotheimia pellucida C. Mill. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 561. 1897.
Schlotheimia undato-rugosa C. Miill. Hedwigia 37: 238. 1898.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On old mossy trunks of trees
in woods, mountains of Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica and Cuba, 5,000-6,000 ft. alt.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Muse. $l. 63. f. 4-7 (from Swartz’
type).
ExsIccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 52.
41. MACROMITRIUM cCIRRHOsUM (Sw.) Brid. Bryol. Univ. 1: 316.
1826
Hypbnum cirrhosum Sw. Prod. 142. 1788.
Anoectangium cirrhosum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 42. 1801.
Neckera cirrhosa Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1802. 1806.
Schlotheimia cirrosa Schwaegr. Suppl. 3}. 1827.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘‘On trunks of trees, temperate
parts of Jamaica.”
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Gabe: ‘Haiti, Santo Domingo, Porto
Rico, St. Kitts, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Montserrat, and Trinidad
to South America; also, Guatemala and Panama.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Hedw. Sp. Muse. pl. 5; Schwaegr. Suppl. -
201A.
EXsICCATAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 52; Husnot, Pl. Ant.
Fr. 144.
42. ‘THUIDIUM INVOLYENs (Hedw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 575-
3 1869
Leskea involuens Hedw. Descr. 42275-17048.
Leskea involvens Swartz, Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1815. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘With Helicodontium capillare
on trunks of trees, interior of Jamaica.”
BrittON: West INDIAN MOSSES 675
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Porto Rico, Guade-
loupe, and Barbados to South America; also Mexico (Yucatan).
ILLUSTRATION: Hedw. Descr. pl. 11 (from Swartz’ type).
ExsiccaTAE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 98.
43. Turckheimia linearis (Sw.) E. G. Britton, comb. nov.
Tortula linearis Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1765. 1806.
_ Barbula linearis Brid. Mant. Musc. 88. 1819.
Trichostomum lineare Broth. E. & P. Nat. Pfl. 1°: 394. 1902.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: “‘On dry calcareous rocks, His-
paniola.”’
DISTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, and Haiti.
Our spécimens from Jamaica and Cuba have a well-developed,
slender peristome, which disappears from the old capsules. I
believe this species to be congeneric with Turckheimia guate-
malensis Broth., which also shows traces of a peristome though
the capsules are all old. The section of the leaf in T. linearis is
remarkable for having two rows of guide-cells of about Io cells
each in the costa, with a stereid band both aboveand below. The
costa is rather broader thanin T. guatemalensis and smooth on the
dorsal side, showing as a prominent white rib tothe leaf. It is papil-
lose on the upper surface and the cells of the blade bear several
minute papillae on both surfaces. This peculiarity of the costa
removes Turckheimia linearis from Trichostomum; and although
there is but a single row of guide-cells in T. guatemalensts, their
macroscopic resemblance is so close that they appear to be
congeneric.
44. IsopTERYGIUM TENERUM (Sw.) Mitt. Jour. Linn. Soc. 12: 499.
1869
Hypnum tenerum Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1817. 1806.
HABITAT AND TYPE LOCALITY: ‘“‘On trunks of trees, mountains
of Jamaica.”
DIstTRIBUTION: Jamaica, Cuba, Haiti, Guadeloupe, Martinique,
St. Lucia, to Trinidad and South America; also Bermuda, and
Louisiana to Florida.
ExsiccaTaE: Sull. Musci Cub. Wright. 107.
676 Britton: West INDIAN MOSSES
According to Dr. Andrews’ notes ‘‘the Swartz specimens, which
are deposited in the collections of the Naturhistoriska Riks-
museum at Stockholm, are distributed through the herbarium of
non-Scandinavian mosses, which are, in general, arranged after
Paris’s Index. Packets are generally uniform, one to many on
the herbarium sheet. Swartz’ specimens are recognizable by labels
in his handwriting included in the packet, by the kind of paper
with water-mark to which he pasted them and references of others
to the origin of specimens.”
We have seen specimens of all but two of these species, and
have duplicates of many of them; it is therefore our intention to
distribute sets of these and other West Indian mosses, in exchange
for other exsiccatae and duplicates from the West Indies, Central
America, and South America.
NEw York BOTANICAL GARDEN
Explanation of plate 25
Clastobryum trichophyllum (Sw.) E. G. Britton
The figures were drawn from magnifications three times as great as expressed in
the numbers, which represent the magnifications of the figures as they stand in the
Or tee
lant, natural size.
2. Portion of branch reser rene flagellate branches and gemmae, xX 23%.
3- Outline of stem leaf, XK 1
4,5. Outlines of sare sabes X 1634.
6. Apex of leaf, * 1
7. Basal portion of co showing the auricle, « 108.
8. Median cells, & 26
9. Apex of leaf FSH Ks the = in the walls of the apical cells, X 263.
Cross section of leaf, X 1
11. Branch with gemmae, x aE
12. Gemma, X 138.
13. Cross section of stem, & 1
14. Perichaetial bud, leaves of one side removed to show the paraphyses and
I
17. Stoma from base of capsule, X 19
18. Portion of perenanne and upper st of capsule, X I95.
19. Spores, X 195.
Phytogeographical notes on the Rocky Mountain region
|, Alpine region
P, A. RYDBERG
The alpine region, roughly speaking, is the region between the
perpetual snow and the timber line.
THE UPPER LIMIT, THE PERPETUAL SNOW LINE
A perpetual snow line cannot be spoken of in the southern
Rockies. Even the highest peaks do not have a perpetual snow
cap like Mt. Shasta or Mt. Hood. This is probably due to the
less amount of moisture and precipitation. It is true that many
of the peaks have perpetual snow on them, but this snow is mostly
in the form of snow-drifts and small glaciers, especially on the
northern or northeastern side. The amount of snow depends to a
great extent on local conditions, as for instance on an exposure >
to the northwestern winds or partial protection from the direct
action of the summer sun. The Snowy Range of Colorado has
more snow than the much higher Gray’s Peak, Sierra Blanca, or
Mount Massive. In the Canadian Rockies and especially in the
Selkirk Mountains the conditions are different and more like those
of the European Alps. There the highest peaks have a perpetual
snowcap and the glaciers extend far down in the valleys. In
northern Montana, as for instance in the Sperry Glacier region, are
found the only places in the United States where in the Rockies
there are glaciers of any great extent, notwithstanding the fact
that the Montana mountains are considerably lower than those of
Colorado. ;
THE LOWER LIMIT, THE TIMBER LINE
The timber line is by no means a well-defined boundary line.
It is in reality a broad zone in which the woody vegetation gradually
thins out from the dense forest to the last krumholz. In
nature there is not found any sharp line between two regions, but
only a gradual transition zone between them.
678 RYDBERG: PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES
Different authors have fixed the timber line differently, as for
instance:
1. At the forest line; i. e., where the continuous forest stops.
2. At the grove line; i. e., where the trees cease to form com-
munities of larger or smaller size.
3. At the tree line; i. e., where the arboreal species cease to
form trees.
4. The absolute timber line: i. e., where these species disappear
altogether, even as krumholz.
To me it seems superfluous to consider more than two of these
“lines,” viz. the ‘forest line” and the ‘‘absolute timber line,”
which may be called the Lower and the Upper Timber Lines.
But to fix the limit between the alpine region and the subalpine
region at either of the two would be erroneous in certain respects.
The region between these two timber lines is a transition zone
between the two, or it may be still better called a zone of strife. A
continuous warfare goes on between the forest and the alpine grass-
land. A seed from the forest succeeds in germinating between the
low alpine plants. A tree grows up. The alpine plants are
smothered in the shade. More tree seeds have a chance to germi-
nate and a grove is formed and the forest region is carried upwards.
On the other hand, snow and wind kill the trees on the edge
of the forest or the grove, the shade is gone and the alpine plants
soon take possession. But more on this subject below.
The width of this transition zone or zone of strife depends on
many factors. In one place the forest meets a steep cliff and stops
abruptly. In such places there is no transition zone. In other
places the lower timber line has been pushed down by a ledge of
snow thick enough to last the larger part of the summer and having
the power of smothering the trees, but not the herbaceous alpine
vegetation. Still above the lower timber line at these places,
there might be found isolated trees or groves of trees a thousand
feet higher up, especially on higher ground, where the snow has
not been so deep. In other places the lower timber line might have
been pushed down by wind, not so much by its mechanical force as
by its desiccating effects.
In treating the alpine region, I would be inclined to place the
boundary at the lower timber line, i. e., the forest line, so as to
RYDBERG: Puy APHICAL NOTES 679
include all open spaces of the transition zone as these have a
flora alpine in character. In treating the subalpine region, how-
ever, I would place the boundary at the absolute timber line, so
as toinclude the groves, isolated trees, and krumholz as well.
The groves, if of any size, contain not only the trees themselves,
but also wood plants and underbrush belonging to the subalpine
region. They are either encroaching on the region above or are
themselves remnants of a former forest. So are also the isolated
trees and krumholz, although not associated with other plants of
the forest.
In a mountain region extending through twenty degrees of
latitude, from lat. 35° to lat. 55° (the Rockies north of 55° have
not been considered in my work), the altitude of the timber line
necessarily varies greatly. In Colorado the lower timber line is
found at an altitude of between 3,200 and 3,400 m. and the upper
at 3,400 to 3,500 or rarely 3,600 m. In Montana the lower one
is at 2,200-2,500 m. and the upper 2,500-2,700 m. In the Cana-
dian Rockies they are even lower.
FACTORS GOVERNING THE TIMBER LINE
The conditions that have been given as causing or modifying
the timber line are:
1. A decreased temperature during the growing season.
2. Too short a growing season.
Late frost on account of lack of protection from snow.
Strong desiccating winds.
Deep snow.
Form of precipitation.
Large mountain masses.
Exposure to and protection from direct sunlight.
9. Physiographical barriers.
10, Ecological barriers.
11. Economic timber line.
«
PI AKL SG
.
Low TEMPERATURE
It is natural that too low a temperature should be one of the
important factors causing the disappearance of the forest. The
temperature during the winter has, however, very little influence
680 RYDBERG: PHY APHICAL NOTES
upon the growing of trees. It is shown that the temperature in
temperate regions in the winter often is much lower than in many
places in the arctic. It is doubtful if the temperature in the alpine
region of Colorado ever becomes as low as on the plains of Mon-
tana, where some years ago it was recorded as 65° F. below zero.
The only place within the alpine region of the Rockies where a
record has been kept during the winter is on the top of Pikes Peak,
and here only for a few vears. No such low temperature has been
recorded there. It is during the growing season that a low
temperature limit for forest growths can be spoken of, for during
the winter, when the life functions of the plants lie dormant, a
few degrees more or less makes in reality no difference. Képpen
claims that no trees can grow at a place where the mean temper-
ature during the warmest months of the year does not reach 10° C.
Schroeter gives a table taken from the records of the meteorological
central station at Ziirich in which are given the mean temperatures
in July at fifteen stations at the timber line in Switzerland. The
mean temperature ranges from 7.75° C. at Zermatt to 15.4° at
Monte Generoso. This shows that the timber line may reach a
little higher than the isotherm 10° C. and in other cases not reach it.
Schroeter is particular enough to mention that at Monte Generoso
the low timber line is not an artificial one made by man. See
below. The arctic timber line seems to be more coincident with the
isotherm 10° C. for July than the timber line in the mountains.
SHORT GROWING SEASON
Another cause of the timber line is the shortness of the growing
season. This, it may be, is just as important a factor as the pre-
ceding. When speaking of the arctic timber line, it is easy to see
that this factor acts parallel to the preceding, for near the sea-
level places of the same isotherm in the summer have about the
same length of summer, but not so in the mountain regions. In
the heads of valleys, where big snowdrifts are formed during the
winter and melt late in the summer, and along glaciers and per-
manent snow the frost is kept longer in the ground and the growing
season is naturally shortened. Therefore, in many places in the
Rockies, the timber line is a thousand feet or more lower in the
valley heads than on the slopes on the sides. The shortness of
RYDBERG: PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES 681
the season may have also another effect on the timber line, i. e.,
the seeds would not have time to ripen. This may be of great
importance in accounting for the arctic timber line, but it can
have very little influence on the alpine timber line, for most of the
conifers that reach the timber line have winged seeds, which are
easily carried above the line of maturing seed and then can
germinate there.
LATE FROST
Another factor which has been given as having effect on the
timber line is late frost in the spring, killing the new sprouts. As
the conifers, which are most affected, do not readily produce a
second crop of shoots the same season, the forests after a few
repeated frosts will soon be killed. In such a way large districts
of pine forest were destroyed in Montana a few years ago.
STRONG DESICCATING WINDS
One of the most important factors is strong wind. This factor
has been much underestimated in earlier times, but later writers
on the phytogeography of the arctic regions have recognized it
more and more. In my belief it is one of the most important
factors in the Rockies. The trees at the timber line and especially
those few isolated stragglers above the real forest line show marked
effects from the wind. The trees are not only low, stunted,
gnarled, ragged, with enormously elongated lower branches often
spreading on the ground, but conspicuously one-sided, telling at
the glance the direction of the prevailing winds. But the me-
chanical influence of the wind is not the most important, however.
Of greatest importance are its desiccating effects, especially in the
winter. This effect of the wind has been recognized even in
arctic regions, but it must be taken into consideration still more
in the mountains. The timber line is much lower on the north
side of the Alps than on the south side. This is due not only to
the difference in temperature (for the difference in altitude should
not be so great), but still more to the desiccating northern winds.
In some places in Montana these winds are northerly, but in
southeastern Colorado and southern Utah they are from the south-
west, and it is on this side of the mountains that the timber line is
the lowest. In the Abajo Mountains of southeastern Utah, for
682 RYDBERG: PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES
instance, there is no timber line at all on the southern and western
sides, for no timber is growing between the semi-arid cedar-pinyon
belt and the top of the mountains. The whole southern and western
slopes of the mountains proper are covered by a semi-arid grass
formation. The highest peaks (altitude about 11,000 feet) just
reach the timber line on the eastern and northern sides, only one
or two hundred feet belonging to the alpine region. The desic-
cating effects of the winds are increased by the thinness of the
atmosphere.
DEEP SNOW
Deep snow is also a factor. As the desiccating wind lowers the
altitude on the wind-swept ridges so does the snow in the heads
of the valleys. I have already mentioned that the great snow-
drifts or glaciers here shorten the growing season. But the snow-
drifts have also a direct mechanical influence on the timber line
in the way of smothering the tree vegetation. Herbs and low
shrubs can withstand being covered by snow much better than a
tree, for their growing season does not begin before the snow is
practically off the ground, while the tops of the trees may be above
the snow and exposed to the summer heat months before the snow
cover of their roots and lower branches has melted. The lower
portion of the tree is cut off from the air while the upper portion
is already in vital activity. It is easy to distinguish trees stunted
by the action of the wind from those stunted by the smothering
snow. In the former the lower branches are enormously developed
compared with the upper, and often creeping along the ground,
while in the latter the lower branches are dead and covered by
fungi or their mycelia.
The usual condition in the Rockies is, that wherever there is 2
large valley head, where the snow has a chance to lodge, this is
always devoid of trees, except in places of higher ground, where
the snow-drift has not been so deep and has had time to melt
earlier in the summer. On such higher places there are often
groves or isolated trees. The absence of trees in such a valley head
is due less to the shortness of the season, produced by the snow,
than to the smothering of the tree vegetation.
RYDBERG: Puy APHICAL NOTES 683
FORM OF PRECIPITATION
Another important factor influencing the timber line is the
form of precipitation. In high altitudes the air is too rare to hold
much moisture and the rain falls at the least lowering of the tem-
perature. The rain falls therefore either in the form of mists or in
light showers, which only wet the surface of the ground. It may
be sufficient to keep alive the low rosettes or cushions of the alpine
vegetation, but it is not sufficient for the deep-rooted trees.
Furthermore, if a little heavier rain should come, the water would
rush down the steep slopes of the mountains, not having time to
sink down into the ground. The tops of the mountains are there-
fore arid, because the air is too rare to hold much moisture and
quickly gives it up in light showers. Nowhere in the Rockies proper
is the moisture very great. In the foot-hill regions and on the
surrounding plains the temperature is too high in the summer to
allow any precipitation. These zones are therefore also arid.
It is at middle elevations that the precipitation is the greatest.
The air here is dense enough to hold more moisture and the tem-
perature low enough to allow precipitation. It is also at middle
altitudes that we find the forest areas in the Rocky Mountain
region.
LARGE MOUNTAIN MASSES
In the Swiss Alps, observations have been made that in regions
of large mountain masses, as for instance in the Monte Rosa
region and the Engadine and others, the timber line is higher
than on isolated mountains. I have not seen any satisfactory
explanation of this fact. It may be due partly to the fact that
the central mountains of such massed groups are more or less pro-
tected from the desiccating winds. It may be due also to the
circumstances that in the winter more snow lodges between the
mountains, the melting of it is more retarded, and the water is
more arrested in its downward course by the trees and their roots.
The air in the summer time would be therefore, from the evapo-
ration, more loaded with moisture, which would naturally also
benefit the mountain tops. Whatever the real cause may be, it
seems as if the observations made in Switzerland hold good in the
Rockies. From my own experience, I know that the timber line
in the isolated Belt Mountains and Crazy Mountains in Montana
684 RYDBERG: PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES
is much lower than in the main Rockies, as for instance in the
Yellowstone Park. The Belt Mountains would not be high enough
to have a timber line if they were in the Rockies. So also in the
Wahsatch and La Sal Mountains, the timber line is much lower
than in the Rockies of Colorado. Even in the Colorado Rockies
themselves, the timber line seems to be higher in places where the
mountains are more massed. So for instance is it higher on
Mount Massive and other mountains around Leadville than on
the more isolated Pikes Peak, Sierra Blanca, or Longs Peak. I
understand that on the isolated Mount Shasta, the timber line
is much lower down than on the peaks of the Sierra Nevada, but
here it may depend upon the proximity of the ocean, the greater
moisture, and the consequently larger snowcap on Mount Shasta.
EXPOSURE TO SUNLIGHT
Exposure to the direct sunlight and protection from it evi-
dently also have influence on the altitude of the timber line, though
perhaps not so much as one might expect. The insolation on the
mountain tops in direct sunlight is very great. Schroeter esti-
mates that on the top of Mont Blanc it is 26 per cent stronger
than in Paris. The Rockies of Colorado have about the same
height as Mont Blanc and are situated from 5° to 8° farther south,
and the insolation is fully as great. The amount of light and heat
which can be absorbed by the plant is therefore much greater on
the mountain tops than on the plains. The radiation is also
very great in the higher altitudes so that the temperature in the
shadow is much lower. According to Schroeter the timber line
lies 100-200 meters higher on the southern side than on the
northern, and DeCandolle claims that the limiting line of vege-
tation, of plants in general, is at an average of 200-300 meters
higher on the equatorial side. These statements cannot be veri-
fied in the Rockies. The timber line in Colorado is, perhaps,
higher on the northern side, but this is probably due to other
conditions. The timber line trees of Colorado are mainly Picea
Engelmannii, Abies subalpina, and Pinus aristata. The first
two are trees that need a great deal of moisture, and their seedlings
require shade. These two trees are therefore more confined to
the more shady and wetter northern slopes, where they also
RYDBERG: PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES 685
extend higher up. Pinus aristata is a tree that stands much more
drought and is found more on the southern slopes, but it is a tree of
little value as a forest tree, growing scatteringly only. Tome
it appears to be a species which has passed its best wadaondd oizalcty
and is in process of dying out.
PHYSIOGRAPHICAL BARRIERS
One of the conditions modifying the altitude of the timber
line is to be found in physiographical barriers. Among these may
be counted snowdrifts and glaciers, but these have been already
mentioned. Besides these, the most important are precipitous cliffs
and rock-slides. Very little needs to be said about these barriers.
Neither gives the forest trees a chance to grow. Meeting oneof
these barriers, the timber may cease to grow thousands of feet below’
the physiological timber line. Wherever a steep cliff arrests the
forest, many of the alpine plants will be found growing in the
crevices, hundreds or even a thousand feet lower than usual, and
there are a few plants characteristic of the rock-slides. These may
be best included in the alpine vegetation.
ECOLOGICAL TIMBER LINE
Sometimes an ecological timber line is mentioned, i. e., where
bacteria in the soil and other organisms necessary for the growth
of trees cease to exist. Theoretically, I can easily see that such a
timber line may exist, but practically I have no information that
such a one is found in the Rocky Mountains, distinct from the
merely physiological one. No investigation in this line has been
made.
ECONOMIC TIMBER LINE
In Switzerland there exists also an economic timber line. The
alpine meadows are there used as summer pastures for sheep and
goats. These animals make depredations on the young trees
and hinder the spreading of the forest, but in many places the
subalpine forest is actually cut down by men to make room for more
pastures. In either case the alpine conditions will be brought
further down the mountains and the timber line lowered. Such
an economic timber line cannot be said to exist in the Rockies.
686 RYDBERG: PHYTOGEOGRAPHICAL NOTES
ALPINE VEGETATION
After having discussed the causes of the timber line, it is easier
to define what an alpine plant is. In short, it is a plant that can
endure the climate of the mountains above the timber line. It is
a plant that requires less heat during the growing season than the
forest trees, or that can survive a shorter growing season, or is
less affected by frost, and besides can better withstand desiccating
winds, deep snow, reduced precipitation, etc., or a combination of
such conditions. Some authors claim that alpine and arctic
plants are xerophytes, but they are not necessarily so. While
most of the plants of alpine and arctic regions can withstand a great
deal of drought, in fact are xerophytic plants, it is not the case with
all. Not a few of the arctic-alpine plants require a great deal of
moisture, growing only below and around snowbanks, or in springy
or boggy ground, as for instance several species of Ranunculus,
Saxifraga (in extended sense), Salix, and many grasses and sedges.
There are in the arctic-alpine regions even true aquatics, as for
instance among the phanerogams, Catabrosa aquatica, Phippsia
algida, Sparganium minimum, and S. hyperboreum, and a few species
of Potamogeton.
NEw YorxkK BOTANICAL GARDEN
New ferns from tropical America—lll
MARGARET SLOSSON
(WITH PLATE 26)
Trichomanes rhipidophyllum Slosson, sp. nov.
Rhizome creeping, about 5 mm. in diameter, thickly tomentose;
stipes brown and tomentose to within about 1 mm. of the lamina,
then green, slightly hairy, and winged by the narrowly and
abruptly decurrent base of the lamina, in fertile fronds 5-7 mm.
long, in sterile 1.5-3 mm. long; laminae shining bright green,
delicately papyraceous, the fertile 0.8-1.1 cm. long, 0.7-1.3 cm.
broad, suborbicular, almost semicircular, or subtrapezoid, at
apex slightly once cleft, at base subtruncate or cuneate, the sterile
0.4-1.3 cm. long, 0.5-1.5 cm. broad, round-reniform to ovate or
broadly obovate; margins irregularly undulate or sublobate,
marginal hairs few, slender, simple or
binate; surfaces or at least the lower one
with a few short club-shaped mostly
2-celled hairs on the veins; veins few,
distant, in the sterile fronds subflabel-
lately forked, midveins of fertile fronds
flexuose, with about 3 pairs of branches
forked 1-4 times, spurious veins short,
almost none; cells of the lamina between
the veins variable, mostly narrow, 0.056-
0.116 mm. long, 0.020-0.040 mm. broad,
their walls 0.004-0.008 mm. broad; in-
volucres 1-2, borne at the base of the
central cleft of the lamina, almost wholly = Trichomanes rhipidophyllum.
exserted, the lips 1.5 mm. broad, their 1, cellular structure of the mar-
- brown border 1-4 cells deep; spores glo- gin of the lip of the involucre,
, 0.044—-0.056 mm. in diameter. nlarged; - cells ep between
Type in the Underwood Herbarium rather eb aapal dowd dak!
at the New York Botanical Garden,
collected on a tree in a damp forest near Onaca, Colombia, at
an altitude of 760 m., Aug. 24, 1898-99, Herbert H. Smith 2445.
A note on the label says ‘not observed elsewhere.” a é
687
ca
688 SLOSSON: NEW FERNS FROM TROPICAL AMERICA
not likely to be mistaken for any other. Marked by its bright
shining green color, rounded, undulate or not more than sublobate
margins, and few flabellately forked veins tapering toward the
apex. From Trichomanes sphenoides Kunze, which also has fla-
bellately forked veins tapering toward the apex, it may be easily
distinguished by the greater distance between the tips of the true
veins, varying from .5 to 2 or 2.5 mm., and by the very thick
walls of the cells of the laminae.
Polystichum machaerophyilum Slosson sp. nov.
Rhizome erect, its scales light brown, 2.5-6 mm. long, ovate
to oblong, fimbriate or subfimbriate; scales of lower part of the
stipes similar, passing into minute scales scattered over both sur-
faces of the frond, which are elongate-caudate, entire or slightly
toothed, from a short more or less fimbriate-ciliate base; fronds
up to 51 cm. long, up to 7.1 cm. broad; stipes 2.5-20.5 cm. long,
brownish-stramineous or greenish, channeled on the face, rounded
at the back, the upper part channeled also or flattened on the
sides; rachis similar to upper part of the stipe; laminae brownish
olive, lanceolate or lance-linear, slightly tapering toward base,
pinnate, the apex in young fronds often deltoid-acuminate, in
mature fronds of two kinds, the first subcaudate, elongate-linear
or lanceolate, subentire or undulate or serrate-lobate, often pro-
liferous at tip, the second flagelliform and proliferous at tip, naked
or with a few small scattered pinnae, both kinds sometimes on
the same frond, the second terminating the first; pinnae mostly
alternate, 8-27 to a side, usually approximate or distant, the lower
short-stalked, the upper sessile or subsessile or adnate, often
passing into short variously shaped often obovate segments,
principal pinnae broadly cuneate-hastate, above the auricles
deltoid to linear, the basal margins entire, the outer margin sub-
entire or undulate or with one or more minute occasionally spines-
cent teeth or in large fronds irregularly crenately lobed, the lobes
sometimes mucronate, basal auricles and apex of pinnae spinescent;
texture coriaceous-chartaceous; venation pinnate, obscure, veins
very oblique, about 1-4 times forked, the basal auricles with
distinct midveins; sori usually about midway between the midvein
and the margin of the frond, or nearer the midvein, rarely a few
submarginal; indusia more or less erose or with a few cilia; spo-
rangia glabrous; spores cristate.
Type in the Underwood Herbarium at the New York Botanical
Garden, collected at Arroyo del Medio, above the falls, Sierra
SLosson: NEW FERNS FROM TROPICAL AMERICA 689
Nipe, Oriente, Cuba, altitude 450-550 meters, December 22, 1909,
J. A. Shafer 3262. The label reads: ‘‘Shaded rocks near water.”
This plant is closely related to both Polystichum ilicifolium
Fée and P. triangulum (L.) Fée, and very likely may be a hybrid
between the two. Numerous specimens have been seen, all
Cuban, and excepting Wright’s specimens, all from the Province of
Oriente. Wright’s specimens bear the indefinite inscription of
‘“‘Cuba’’ and ‘‘Cuba orientale,’ but are dated 1859, 1860, and
1865. During the first two years Wright is known to have collected
in the Province of Oriente, but in 1865 he is believed to have
collected only in the western part of Cuba.* |
Polystichum machaerophyllum in a mature state is easily dis-
tinguished from P. triangulum by the peculiar apices of the fronds,
varying from long-drawn-out to flagelliform, non-proliferous to
proliferous. It is more likely to be confused with P. tlicifolum,
but may be known by the proportionately broader and shorter
laminae; their darker olive-green color, resembling that of P.
triangulum; and the larger and longer pinnae, distinctly biauricu-
late at base, with the part above the basal auricles not short and
margined with large sharp oblique spinescent teeth, as in P. ilici-
folium, but more or less extended and subentire or very slightly
toothed or crenately lobed, the lobes entire or minutely mucronate.
The indusia are peculiar, varying from only slightly erose to
markedly so with a few cilia. The indusia in P. triangulum are
entire, and in P. ilicifolium vary from markedly erose to con-
spicuously long-ciliate. P. decoratum Maxon, the only other
Cuban Polystichum known with fronds flagelliform at apex, may
be readily recognized by its pinnae widely excised, not auricled,
at base on the lower side.
The following specimens of P. machaerophyllum at the New
York Botanical Garden and in the U. S. National Herbarium in
Washington have been examined:
Cusa: Camp La Gloria, south of Sierra Moa, Oriente, Dec.
24-30, 1910, Shafer 8096; bank of river among stones, Camp La
Barga, Oriente, altitude 450 meters, February 22-26, 1910,
Shafer 4127; on moist rocks, Cooper’s Ranch, base of El Yunque
Mountain, Baracoa, March, 1903, Underwood & Earle 1179, 1180;
* See L. M. Underwood, A Summary of Charles Wright’s Explorations in Cuba,
Bull. Torrey Club 32: 298, 300. 1905.
690 SLosson: NEW FERNS FROM TROPICAL AMERICA
vicinity of Baracoa, February 1-7, 1902, Pollard, Palmer &
Palmer 237; “in Cuba Orientale,” 1859, 1860, C. Wright 828 in
part; without specific locality, 1865, C. Wright 828 in part.*
Explanation of plate 26
1-3. Trichomanes rhipidophyllum; 1, rootstocks and leaves, slightly reduced;
2, 3, sterile and fertile frond, enlarged, showing venation; H. H. Smith 2445
unnumbered figures. Polystichum MARE OP REM: 4, indusia, en-
pinnae do not show clearly in the photograph, owing to a slight infolding of the
dried specimens.)
*In the Underwood Herbarium and in the U. S. National Herbarium the
remainder of Wright’s no. 828 is P. decoratum.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
1907-1913
The aim of this Index is to include all current botanical literature written by
Americans, published in America, or based upon American material ; the word Amer-
ica being used in the broadest s
Reviews, and papers that peice exclusively to forestry, agriculture, horticulture,
manufactured products of vegetable origin, or laboratory methods are not included, an
gees is made to index the literature of bacteriology. An occasional exception is
made in favor of some paper appearing in an American periodical which is devoted
eee to botany. Reprints are not mentioned unless they differ from the original in
some important particular. If users of the Index will call the attention of the editor
*o errors or omissions, their kindness will be appreciated.
This Index is reprinted monthly on a and furnished in this form to subscribers
at the rate of one’ cent for each card, Selections of cards are not permitted ; each
subscriber must take all cards published during the term of his subscription, Corre
spondence relating to the card issue should be addressed to the Treasurer of the Torrey
Botanical Club,
Bailey, V. Life zones and crop zones of New Mexico. U. S. Dept.
Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Am. Fauna 35: 7-100. pl. 1-16 +f. 1-6.
S 3 1614,
Bartlett, H. H. Inheritance of sex forms in Plantago lanceolata.
Rhodora 15: 173-178. 17 O 1913.
Berry, E. W. Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic
coastal plain—IX. Alabama. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 567-574.
15 O 1913.
Blackader, E. H. The shade trees of Ottawa. Ottawa Nat. 27: 31-
36. 17 My 1913; 27: 38-40. 12 Jl 1913.
Blake, S. F. A redisposition of the species heretofore referred to
Leptosyne. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 49: 335-346. S 1913.
Includes Stephanopholis gen. nov., Coreopsis parvifolia sp. nov., and many new
names and combinations.
Blake, S. F. A revision of Encelia and some related genera. Proc.
Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 49: 346-398. pl. 1. S 1913.
Includes Simsia setosa, S. submollicoma, S. eurylepis, S. jamaicensis, and S.
triloba, spp. nov.
Briggs, L. J.. & Shantz,H. L. The water requirement of plants. I,
Investigations in the Great Plains in 1910 and 1911. U.S. Dept.
Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 284: 5-49. pl. 1-11 + f. 1, 2. 16 O 1913; II.
A review of the literature. U.S. Dept. Agr. Plant Ind. Bull. 285:
.f. 7-6. 60 1913.
5-96. f. | gas
692 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Britton, E.G. Wild plants needing protection. 9. ‘‘Flowering Dog-
wood”’ (Cynoxylon floridum). Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 14: 133,
134. pl. r20. Jl 1913.
Britton, N. L. Four undescribed West Indian sedges. Torreya 13:
215-217. 25 1913.
Stenophyllus homey S. portoricensis, Fimbristylis inaguensis, and Rynchospora
bahamensis, spp. n
Brooks, C. ee blotch and apple fruit spot. Phytopathology 3:
249, 250. Au 1913,
Brown, P. E. Methods for bacteriological examination of soils. -
Centralb. Bakt. Zweite Abt. 39: 61-73. 27 S 1913.
Brown, W.H. The phenomenon of fatigue in the stigma of Martynia.
Philip. Jour. Sci. 8: (Bot.) 197-201. Jl 1913.
Burnham, S. H. A supplementary list of plants of Copake Falls, New
York. Torreya 13: 217-219. 2S 1913.
Christensen, C. Filices Purdomianae. Bot. Gaz. 56: 331-338. 15
O 1913.
Includes Athyrium Sargentii, Cheilanthes lanceolata, Dryopteris Purdomii, D-
sericea, Matteuccia intermedia, and Polystichum gracilipes spp. nov., all from northern
hina.
Coons, G. H. A preliminary host index of the fungi of Michigan,
. exclusive of the Basidiomycetes, and of the plant diseases of bacterial
and physiological origin. Ann. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 14: 232-
276. 1912.
East, E.M. ‘Xenia and the endosperm of angiosperms. Bot. Gaz. 56:
217-224... 17 & 1083.
Fernald, M. L. Carex tincta a valid species. Rhodora 15: 186, 187-
17 O 1913.
Fernald, M.L. The indigenous varieties of Prunella vulgaris in North
America. Rhodora 15: 179-186. 17 O 1913.
Fink, B. Botanical instruction in colleges. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. 6:
72-87. 1913.
Fulton, H. R., & Winston, J. R. Some important diseases of field
crops in North Carolina. Bull. N. Carolina Dept. Agr. 182: 5-24-
Ap 1913.
Gager, C. S. Botany. Bull. Univ. Missouri Sci. Ser. 1: 149-173. J!
1913.
Garrett, A. O. Some introduced plants of Salt Lake County, Utah.
Torreya 13: 237-241. 14 0 1913.
.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 693
Gates, F.C. The vegetation of the region in the vicinity of Douglas
Lake, Cheboygan County, Michigan, 1911. Ann. Rep. Michigan
Acad. Sci. 14: 46-106. pl. 5-21. 1912.
Gilbert, E. M. Biologic forms of black knot. Phytopathology 3:
246, 247. Au 1913.
Gilbert, W. W. Cotton anthracnose and how to control it. U. S.
Dept. Agr. Farm Bull. 555: 1-8. f. 1-8. 7 O 1913.
Gile, P. L. Relacién entre los terrenos calcA4reos y la clorosis de la
pifia. Puerto Rico Estac. Exp. Agr. Bull. 11: 7-53. pl. 2, 2. 24
FL-29%3.
An English edition of this was published 7 N I9II.
Goddard, H. N. Can fungi living in agricultural soil assimilate free
nitrogen? Bot. Gaz. 56: 249-305. f. 1-18. 15 O 1913.
Griffiths, D. Einige neue Opuntioideen. Monats. Kakteenk. 23:
130-140. 15S 1913. [Illust.]
Includes seven new species in Opuntia and one in Nopalea. (Translated from
the English by F. Vaupel.)
Hackel, E. Gramineae novae—X. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 385-387.
25 S 1613.
Includes Ichnanthus Damazianus sp. nov., from Brazil.
Harper, R. M. Five hundred miles through the Appalachian Valley.
Torreya 13: 241-245. 14 O 1913.
Harter, L. L. Foot rot, a new disease of the sweet potato. Phyto-
pathology 3: 243-245. f. r, 2. Au 1913.
Plenodomus destruens sp. nov. on stems of Ipomoea Batatas.
Hartley, C. Bark rusts of Juniperus virginiana. Phytopathology 3:
249. Au 1913.
Hartley,C. Twig canker on black birch. Phytopathology 3: 248-249.
Au 1913.
Hassler, E. Anacardiaceae. In Ex herbario Hassleriano:. Novitates
paraguarienses. XIX. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 373,374- 15S 1913.
Hassler, E. Compositae—II. In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novitates
paraguaiienses. XIX. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 367-371. 1 S 1913.
Hassler, E. Leguminosae. VII. In Ex herbario Hassleriano: Novi-
tates pataguarienses. XIX. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 371-373. 1 $
1913. :
Hassler, E. Novitates argentinae. I. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 201, 202.
30 My 1913; II. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12: 365-367. 1 S 1913.
694 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Hayes, H. K. The inheritance of certain quantitative characters in
tobacco. Zeits. Induk. Abstammungs- und Vererbungslehre 10:
115-129. f. 1-8. Je 1913.
Heald, F. D. The symptoms of chestnut tree blight and a brief
description of the blight fungus. Pennsylvania Chestnut Tree
Blight Commission Bull. 5: 3-15. pl. 1-16. 15 My 1913.
Hedgcock, G. G., & Long, W.H. Notes on cultures of three species of
Peridermium. Phytopathology 3: 250, 251. Au 1913.
Hedgcock, G. G., & Long, W. H. An undescribed species of Peri-
dermium from Colorado. Phytopathology 3: 251, 252. Au 1913.
Peridermium Betheli sp. nov.
Holm, T. Phryma leptostachva 1..,.a morphological study. Bot. Gaz.
56: 306-318. pl. 8-ro. 15 O 1913.
Knowlton, C.H. Festuca octoflorain Vermont. Rhodora1s: 187, 188.
17 O 1913.
Knowlton, C. H., and others. Reports on the flora of the Boston
district, XV. Rhodora14:107-113. 14Je1912;--XVI. Rhodora
15: 54-59. 12 Ap 1913;—XVII. Rhodora 15: 122-132. 1
1913;— XVIII. Rhodora 15: 144-151. ‘11 Au 1913.
Knudson, L. Imbedding and warming stand. Bot. Gaz. 56: 339, 340-
J. 4, 2. 15 O 1913.
Kuyper, J. Veslag van den plantkundige. Vers. Dept. Landbouw
Suriname 1912: 6-20. 1913.
Includes a list of fungi found during the year.
Lindau, G. Einige neue Acanthaceen aus Zentralamerika. Repert.
Sp. Nov. 12: 423-426. 25 S 1913.
Lloyd, C. G. Synopsis of the genus Cladoderris. 1-12. f. 520-539.
Cincinnati. Jl 1913.
Mackenzie, K. K. Notes on Carex—VII. Bull. Torrey Club 40:
529-554. 15 O 1913.
Includes Carex Brainerdii, C. pityophila, C. geophila, C. brevicaulis, and C.
microrhyncha, spp. nov.
McAtee, W. L. Some local names of plants. Torreya 13: 225-236.
14 O 1913.
McCurdy, H. M. On certain relations of the flora and vertebrate
fauna of Gratiot County, Michigan, with an appended list of
mammals and amphibians. Ann. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 14:
217-225. 1912.
Merrill, E. D. The botanical exploration of Amboina by the Bureau
of Science, Manila. Science II. 38: 499-502. 10 O 1913.
INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE 695
Merrill, E. D. Studies on Philippine Melastomataceae, I. Philip.
Jour. Sci. 8: (Bot.) 207-250. Jl 1913.
Thirty-nine new species described.
Merriman, M.L. Nuclear division in Spirogyra crassa, Bot. Gaz. 56:
319-330. pl. TI, 12. 15 O 1913.
Metcalf, H. The chestnut bark disease. Yearbook Dept. Agr. 1912:
361-372. pl. 34-37. 1913.
Mez, C. Additamenta monographica 1913. Repert. Sp, Nov. 12:
411-421. 25S 1913.
Includes new species in Nidularium (1), Aregelia (1), Tillandsia (3), Vriesea (2),
Lindmania (1), Puya (1), Pitcairnia (3), Brocchinia (1), Hohenbergia (1), Aechmea (1).
Mottier, D. M., & Nothnagel, M. The development and behavior of
the chromosomes in the first or heterotypic mitosis of the pollen
mother-cells of Allium cernuum Roth. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 555-
565. pl. 23, 24. 15 O 1913.
Nichols, G. E. The vegetation of Connecticut.—II. Virgin forests.
Torreya 13: 199-215. f. I-5. 25 1913.
Olive, E. W. Intermingling of perennial sporophytic and gameto-
phytic generations in Puccinia Podophylli, P. obtegens, and Uromy-
ces Glycyrrhizae. Ann. Myc. 11: 297-311. pl. 15. Au 1913.
Osterhout, W. J. V. The organization of the cell with respect to
permeability. Science II. 38: 408, 409. 19 S 1913.
Pammel, L. H., & King, C. M. Four new fungous diseases in Iowa.
Iowa Agi. Exp. Sta. Bull. 131: 199-221. f. 1-13. Ap 1912.
Picard, M. A bibliography of works on meiosis and somatic mitosis
in the angiosperms. Bull. Torrey Club 40: 575-590. 15 O 1913.
Praeger, W. E. Plant breeding. Ann. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. 14:
22-32. 1912. ,
Quehl, L. Beschreibung einiger Kakteenbliiten. Monats. Kakteenk.
23:.120.. 35 S 1013.
Rolfe, R. A. Catasetum wists cciaa Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: pl.
8514. S 1913.
A plant from Peru.
Rolfe, R.A. Rosa foliolosa. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV.9: I. 8513. S1913.-
A plant from North America.
Rolfe, R. A. Stanhopea grandiflora. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: pl. 8517.
O 1913.
A plant from Ecuador.
Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain flora—XXVI. Bull.
696 INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE
Torrey Club 39: 99-111. 18 Ap 1912;—XXVII. Bull. Torrey
Club ote 301-328. 23 Jl 1912.
Includes Dipterostemon and Hesperochloa gen. nov. and new species in Salix (1),
Celtis nb penis (2), Parietaria (1), Eriogonum (3), Rg (1), Chenopodium
(1), Atriplex (2), Eurotia (1), Limnia (1), Cerastium (1), Alsine (1), Arenaria (1),
Ranunculus (1), Thalictrum (1), Delphinium (5), Cheirinia mr Sophia (1), Arabis
(2), Parrya (1), Smelowskia (1), Deschampsia (1), and Anticlea (1).
Saccardo, P A. Notae mycologicae. Ann. Myc. 11: 312-325. Au
1913.
Includes Macrophoma Brenckleana and Fusicoccum dakotense spp. nov. From
North Dakota
Sargent, H. E. Luzula campestris, var. frigida in New Hampshire.
Rhodora 15: 186. 170 1913.
Sargent, C. S. Trees and shrubs; illustrations of new or little-known
ligneous plants. 2: 1-56. pl. r00—125. S1907; 57-116. pl. 126-150.
My 1908; 117-189. pl 151-175. Je 1911; 190-278. pl. 176-200.
Au 1913.
Includes descriptions of eighty-seven new species and a large number of varieties.
Schenck, H. Acaciae myrmecophilae novae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 12:
360-363. ° 1 S-1913:
Includes nine new species.
Shull, C. A. Semipeimeability of seed coats. Bot. Gaz. 56: 169-199.
FF to. 17 S613:
Small, J.K. Shrubs of Florida. i-x + 1-140. New York. 451913.
Small, J. K., & Carter, J. J. Flora of Lancaster County: being
descriptions of the seed-plants growing naturally in Lancaster
County, Pennsylvania. i-xvi + 1-336. New York. 3S 1913-
Smith, G. M. The use of celloidin membranes for the demonstration
of osmosis. Bot. Gaz. 56: 225-229. f. 1-3. 17S 1913.
Solms-Laubach, H. Graf zu. Tietea singularis. Ein neuer fossiler
Pteridinenstamm aus Brasilien. Zeits. Bot. 5: 673-700. pl. 6, 7:
Au 1913.
Sprague, T. A. Nautilocalyx pallidus. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: #1.
8519. O 1913.
A plant from Peru.
Stapf, O. Utricularia longifolia. Curt. Bot. Mag. IV. 9: pl. 8510.
S 1913.
Stoddard, E. M., & Moss, A.E. The chestnut bark disease. Endothia
gyrosa var. parasitica (Murr.) Clint. Connecticut Agr. — Sta.
Bull. 178: 5-19. f. 1-8. $1913. [Illust.]
INDEX TO VOLUME 40
New names and the final members of new combinations are in bold face type.
Abama vegeta 577
Abies Fraseri, ay subalpina, 684
Abietites folidet sy |
Acer, 588; eatoruienias ae californicum
texanum, 56; carolinianu 05; dasy-
carpum, 606; raxnifolium, 5 53 esta
om
5 56; Ne-
nies Rivers 6063 Pseudo-
Sai Cob: rubrum, 605; rubrum
tridens, 392; sacchiaveninn. 606; tex-
num,
geanconleinas 54, 605
erates amboyensis, 571,
ere
Achillea Millefolium, 590
Achroanthes unifolia, 493
onan Bed americanum, 45; elatum,
46; seri
Aconitum “Napellas, 585
eno-
1 392
Adenophorus bipannatus, 200; hym
h es pin 198;
nnatifidus,
tripinnatifida, 200
bags
ecidium Berberidis, 503; Rhamni, 503
egilops o 76
Aesculus seh ee OE
—. 122, 127; 401, 403, 404, 406;
ssioides, 122, 406, 407; macrophylla,
be of the Rhinan-
401
- 34; corymbo
; 434; dalicitala
0, 437; erecta,
435, 431; fasciculata, 417, 426; fili-
8; filif
caulis, 420, 438; olia, 418, 429;
sobeeine: 417, 427; Harperi, 417, 426
olmi: 418, 420, 435; laxa, 41
431, 435; linifolia, 415, 420; longifolia
: itima, 415, 421 ophy
432, 433; obtusifolia, 436; oligophylla,
403, 419, 432; palustris, 125, 120, 128,
422; i , 436; perennis, 420;
pinetorum, 417, 424, 425; Plukenetii,
431; pulchella, 418, 428; purp
126, 416, 422; setacea, 419, 430, 431;
tenella, 419, 434; tenuifolia, 420, 437;
virgata, 417, 424
Al
573; lanugi-
Alt
| Agapanthus, 581
fee aricus campestris,
Alabama, perep ese ns the Mesozoic
flora o f Atleatie tale plain, 567
Alchemifla, mee
Aletes, 68, 69, 71; MacDougali, 68;
Monat 3
Alismacea
e, 576
Allantodia scandicinum, 2
Allium, 555, 558, 578; Seoe 555; cernu-
Scere 5
manita muscaria, 167; pantherina, 167
aan 464; arctophila, 464;
pinqua, 464; ‘tortuosa, 4633 ventorum,
403
Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, a ao 387;
bidentata ota 84; trifida,
Amelanchier tucketense, 61 iy
Ammiaceae,
Ampelopsis cordata, 3
Am om ae nium Gautichaudii, 200; min-
Amsinciia spina, 481; micrantha,
481; 1r
‘Anissbia pedis. no Eastwoodiana,
465; Fremontii, 4 texana, 465;
6
gra
> alae ia, 569; Novae-
=e ae Parlatorii, 569-572; Wardi-
Adeopcene scoparius, 383; virginicus,
495, 49
A cen albertina, =oeg Cte 463;
carinata, 462; Chama me, 462; fili-
rn apr ociehtniie gest simplex,
pee rtele ne oe 497, 498
Angiosperma' e, 5
iosperms, a baiieieohy of works
on mei a somatic mitosis in the,
575
Anoectangium cirrhosum, 674
Anogra leptophylla, 6
Anonymos, 122; cassioides, 122, 127, 407;
697
698 | INDEX
erect 435; flava, 409; pedicularia,
a to)
0
Anthemis, age Cotula, 383, 387, 393
Anthericum
Anthopogon Mecoun, 463; tonsum, 463;
bir aeners 463
ramet
Antirr i 3s 484; Kingii, 484
ypandieayin’ 465
toca oo 383
Aracea
Aragalls *Bigelovii, 53; plattensis, 53
Aral
Aveta. 5733 oe ae 569; spinosa,
496; Wellingtonia
Arisaema triphyllum, ee 232, 234, 577
Me eee tripylium, ee development
of the embryo-sa
Aristida Pispeialiony oe
Armillaria mellea, 167
Arum sag ost 577
Aruncus Aruncus, 495
oO ig macrosperma, 383, 390, 392;
Asclepiadaceae, 466
pias se pent labriformis, ae;
exicana,
ovation. 3 WG: enienar 4973 syriaca,
; evagior 383, 385, 387, 389;
a, 4
Ascyrum Snlas 608; multicaule,
Ae officinalis
Asperugo proc ccumbens we tenellus, 481
pert t bs
Bi cra se eee Braunii, 203; al
olium, 2
he-
me sana 204; haleakalense,
; Hillebrandi, 20
Mate sic einai 208, 216;
Adiantum-nigrum, 208, 218; am
rigs ae ee
pool rs um, 210, 216; erectum
M ei, : ianum, 223;
cidum, 218; fragile 209; furcatum, 217;
tum.
ities pseudonitidum, 217; kauai-
ense, 207, 212;7Kaulfussii, 207, 212;
Knudsenii, 220; leptophyllum, 210;
lobulatum, 208, 211, 214, pA
212; lunulatum, 207, Bao 215): 210;
Lydgatei, 208, 216, 21 ; Macraei, 208,
M ‘3
215, 216; Mannii, abe "Man nii kauai-
ense, 212; marginale, 223; meiotomum,
; esii, 210; wine: ;
210; monanthes, 207, 210; monta
494, 495; Nidus, 206; nitidulum, “208
lucidum, 220; pinnatifidum, 405
Poiretianum, 221; polyphyllum, 216;
projectum, 209, 210; protensum, 212;
pseudofalcatum, 207, 211; resectum,
209; rhipidoneuron, 2 17; rhizo-
phyllum, 215; “ mb ones 207, 200;
sandwichianum, 224; scandicinum, 221;
,
sclanoche llum, 208, ae spathulinum,
213; sphenotomum, 208, 219; stoloni-
ferum, 209; strictum, 215; Tricho-
manes, 207, 210, 211; peter ae
wie varian S, 208, 215; vexans, 20
ride, 209
Aike kazes utahensia, 466
Aster divaricatus, 494; macrophyllus,
4
Astragalus ampullarius, 47; araneosus,
ill
50; argillosus, 52; argophyllus, 49;
ieti + arrec ctu
seopubescens, 53; Haydenianus ma-
jor, Sr Hayde nianus nevadensis, 51;
ibapense, 51; ineptus, 50; inflexus, 49;
jejunus, a Kelseyi, 49; lan lan antes Ss
e
Leibergii, 49; lentiginosus, 50;
taleca i: ingulatus, 52; iser, 52+
Mulfordae, 51; multi » 48; Si-
nensis, 49% 1 ygeger 49; platytropis,
50; Pre 47; pubentissimus, 48;
sek a8 reventoides, 52; reventus,
52; sabulonum, 47; scobina sepia
serpens, 47; sesquiflorus, 48; Sileranu
47; simplicifolius, 52; strigosus, 53:
subcinereus, 47; tegetarius, 52; utahen:
sis, 49; vexilliflexus, 48; Wardii, 47+
Watsonianus, Psd Zionis, 48
Atelophragma, cathe ec 50, 513
age 51; Porvoudi « glabrius-
culum, 50, 51; ibapense, fe ‘lineare, 50
INDEX
ge ni! i. be gpm 67; Garrettii, 68;
; Arnottii, 224; Bald-
Be D deparilded 220, 221
m, 220-222; proliferum, 220,
Athyrium, 20, 2
Jonesii, 70; purpureum, a R
125, te)
Aureolaria, 26, 128, 401, 403, 404,
408; dispersa, 408, 411; glauca, 410;
pectinata, 403, 409, 414; pectinata
i 14; pedicularia, 125,
408, 400,
Auricularia Fuateateaee, ee mesen-
terica, 141, 164
grog oe get ampla, 165
’ Azalea lutea, 495
yg neste 637
Balsam e, 6
Barbula agus 659; linearis, 675; Raui,
6
Bartramia macrocarpa, 658; macrotheca,
658; sphaericarpa, 659
Bauhinia cretacea, 571, 572; marylandica,
579-572 i
Bellevalia romana, 579
Sie yg ia scandens,
92
Berry, E. Contributions to the
Mesozoic § fines of the oes coastal
cae Alabama,
Bet:
Bete ee. 492, 493; a a 496
wae mae of works eiosis and
matic mitosis in os Peenionteery
e ferns and flower-
699
161, 166, 175; indecisus, 146, 155, 160,
166; pallidus, 146, 152, 166; punctipes,
6
157, 160, 161, 175; regius, 156, 166;
scaber, 154, 166; spectabilis, 160, 166;
subtomentosus, 157, 160, 166; vermicu-
losus, ae 152, 154,157, 166, 174; versi-
pellis,
I55, 157, 158, 166, 174, 180
Boltonia ieee 383, 387
bbe cig e, 479
ical cross-section of northern Miss-
notes on the influence of
377
B ne, 124, 127
Brachyphyllum Thee oe formosum,
571, 573
BRAINERD, E. Four hybrids of Viola
Brauneria purp
Breutelia Ln ented a 58; tomentosa,
6
Britron, E.G. West Indian mosses—I,
Brunnichia, 388; cirrhosa, 383, 387, 390,
392
Bryonia, 590
Bryum, 653; acuminatum, 659, 660;
agrarium, 659; albidum, 653, 654;
calcycinum, 661; lycopodioides, 660;
nanum, 653; parasiticum, 655, 660;
sphaericarpon, 659; tomentosum, 658
Bachan: II9
B
ursa, 586
ButTLer, O. A note on the significance
of sugar in iy tubers of Solanum
tuberosum, II0
Caeoma nitens, 361-366
Caeoma nitens Burrill, The production
“ . laa deg by the aecidiospores
olets, 26
Bidens, aristosa, 497; sp-, 383 Calendula, 586; officinalis, 590
Bigno cigera, 392; venusta, 589 Callicostella depressa, 669
Blechnum, 225; esian 26; | Callirrhoe. oe, 57
u ange epebtian sono, 227; Callisteris arizonica, 472; attenuata, 471;
Souleytianum, 225; arrosum, leucantha, 471
Biepherigie foisilgs as: 493; pera- | Callitriche,
Calocera cornea, 164; viscosa, 140, 164
Calycanthus floridus, 585
Calycites, 573
Bois vee salicina, 62
Boleti, a in the cytology of the
ymen
H mycetes, es
Boletus albeilus, 146, I54-T: 56, 159, 160,
166, 174, 180, 181; alutarius, 156, 166;
badius, 156, 160, 166; bicolor, 160, 166;|C
castaneus, 146, staat =. 160, 166, 174,
179, 180; 146, 156, 157,
160, I6I, 174, ros sere pene
157, 160, 166; flavus, 165; glabel-
lus, 146, 152, 157, 160, 166, 174;
us, 146, 151-156, 160, I61,
166, 174, i, 180; griseus, 157, 160,
ymperes, 660; parasitica, 660; Rich-
i, 660
Camarophyilus virgineus, 167
ampanula
Camptosorus rhizophyllus, 641, 642, 644,
Canna indica, oa
Cannabis sativa
Cantharellus Aharon 167; cinereus, 142,
167; infundibuliformis, 167; tubae-
formis, 167
700
Capnoides semier virehs- bags
Capnorea incana, 4 bape peer
479; Watsonia
Capparites, 573
Capsella, 586
oeirani Sg orp 495
Carduus, 383; nicus, 4
496
Carex abdita, von 533, 5493 acuta, 5773
534
etexa, 541; No-
net 538; pilulifera
ophila P
gu mbellata,
549-552; umbellata brevirostris, 5
531; umbellata vicina, 551; varia, oe
539; varia omepe 38
Carex um none its allies, ad
Carpin coraiiae a, 387, 3
Gatnaliciie 5733 fisribundas, pe 571
m, 67; Gairdneri, 67; Garrettii, 68;
m, 6
Case of bud variation in Pelargonium,
A,
307
Cassia, 573; nictitans, 4
Castanea dentata, 3
Castile hispida, 485; babip cash 484
Casu
Celastracea
Celas inet 28 BTSs laminae cTt.
carolinense, 572; » 569, 572;
decurrens, 571; slicheosrase 571, 5723
Newberryanum, 571; undulatum, 569,
2
astrus, 449; scandens, 605
Celtis, 383, 392
Centratherum chine
Cephalanthus Esceatety 383, 386, 387,
90, 392
Ceratodon,99; purpureus, 98-100, 106, 109
Ceratodon purpureus, Development of
the peristome in, 97
rma
s-
INDEX
Ceratophyllum submersum, 585
a oa 449; canadensis, 383, 385, 387,
Clesckinn 383
Chamaec rista fasciculata, 3
se Scomtectge coy ‘ ta, 3 "Aan: 53
CH “pga ward Lyman
go
eke a Aas
maphila i Rg 493
oecteenen juncea, 590
Chrysanthae, 57
Chrysopsis Mariana , 496
Chrysosplenium americanum, 493
rea tnnataities ma, 66
Chytra, 123
Cibotiu mp rolife
Cicu a Cartiball, 383, 38 Be, 387, 390
ibanciaed intermedium, 569; New-
Cissites ne ot 570
Cistaceae, 61
Citrophstium aligerum, 571, 572
Citr
Cladophiebis,
par
IE coal aed 306; ee
Clastobryum americanum Rae
paige planulum, 671; a Bad ting pris
672, 67
Clavaria aig 165; rugosa, 142, 165
ver micu lari
573; alabamensis, 569};
ytoni elon red 584
Clete tia | recta, 584
ae tocybe saath: 167; aurantiaca,
x4
Clitopis orcella, 167
Closte: ee (3
Cc peasita argillosus, 52; conferti
flo oo 52; reventoides, 533 vaveaiticd.
Eceeen scandens, 589
na tc 57: Oona te 572
Coelastra
Cogewellia toptopsyils, 74; platycarpa, 74;
robustior, 74; simplex, 74; triternata,
Coleosporium Senecionis, 502, 509
Collomia aristella, 475, 476; inconspicua,
476; linearis subulata, 475, 4793
tinctoria, 475, 476; tinctoria subulata,
ta, 161; radicata, 144;
Collybia yet
re I, 167; velutipes, 146, 149,
ommelinaceae, 577
Coniophora cerebella, 146, 150, 165, 174
INDEX
Conocarpites, 573
Conoclinium coelestinum, 3
Conradia, 124, 128; paper aN 124, 128,
405; Lecontei, 405
Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of
the Atlantic coastal plain—IX. Ala-
bama, 56
Convallari
Convallariaceae, 582
Convolvulaceae, 466
‘Conyza chinensis, 306; odorata, 306;
patula, 306
Cocdaut ephemerus, 143, I5I, ee
re se 161; radiatus, 141,
rarius, 137, ye. tuberosus, et
Conta apiculata , 569
Coryd a, 585
cies olanchan! A843 bicolor, 484; ramosa,
484; Wrightii
gag or 60; Bethe, x Jonesii, 70;
Ss, 70; Rosei
Pee dos ilu cin shone
Cornus canadensis, 492; abies 385, 387,
90; stolonifera, 498
Corticium alutaceum, 138; amorphum,
139; uscatum, 138; lacteum, 165;
lilacino-fuscum, 143, 165; roseo-pallens,
38, 148; subgiganteum, nae vagum,
;
racca virginiana, 387, 390
Crataegomespilus Asnieresii, 371
Craterellus cornucopioides, 165; sinuosus,
140, 16
petty teers 143, 167
Crepis,
Cressa 3 depressa, 466; erecta, 466
Crinum, 449
Cristaria coccinea, 58
Crocanthemum canadense, 613-615; du-
mosum, 613-615; georgianum, 616;
Bi aoe. a Ponts opinquum, 615, 616
roton capita
intact panduraeformis, 571
Cryphaea filiform 57
‘Cryptanthe Sitges 481; calycosa, 481;
flaccida, 481; osa, 481;
ct
Cucurbita Pepo, 590
Culture el sears! rusts in the greenhouse,
e,
Cunila ec caatiee 406
Cuscuta curta, 466; Gronovii curta, 466
Cuscutaceae, 4!
Cyanopis, aes pubescens, 306; villosa,
06
gf luowepe pe 306; chinense, 306; pubes-
m, 306
cya hire hirsutus, 170
cadin us circularis, 569, 571
idee teen» eihdndine: 663
701
pedis carn 69, ee. anisatus, 71; bipin-
us, de Jonesii, 70; nivalis, 70, 73;
ouren reus, 70
ynoglo onic officinale,
os Serta cs mn tobem, 73; Nuttallii,
72) 1375
SB Rae fs ere 659; strictum,
6
Cyperaceae
Cyperus a 383, 387, 393
Cyphella rng — digitalis, 165
Cypripedium a e, 4933 —
Coles aihins, 204%, Boydia e€, 204;
tideum, 204, 205
Cystium, 51; araneosum, 50; boiseanum,
50; Coulteri, 50; ineptum, 50; lenti-
ginosum, 50; platytropis, 50
Cystopus, 501
Czekanowskia capillaris, 569
€, 493
caryo-
Dacryomyces Ce
aap a ss I41, 164
Dactyloc Hee
Daedalea unico, 138
Dalea parviflora, 51
Dammara borealis Gyr, See
, 588
IAI;
123; 326,
411; flava, 4 ar0; siege
4
— queria, 410; luercifolin inter-
Dascophyilum, 68, 72; lineare, 69; tenui-
Daucus us pusilg a 387, 380, 393
apes us, 609
Dentaria heterophyl, 496
De ei, 221; triangularis, 221
| Dermatophyllites acutus, 571
, =
some in t the first or heterotypic mitosis
of the pollen mother cells of Allium
cernuum Roth, The, 555
asthe of no embryo-sac of Ari-
a triphyllum, The, 2
pevekopmiont Of a sestitnaie in Cera-
todon purpureus, 97
Dewalquea groenlandica,
571, 573
Dickson Nien a: 571, 572; pro-
lifera, 2
Dieranum aspleniides, 662; calycinum,
660; palmatum,
569; Smithi,
Dictamnus albus, 587
702
Dictyolus bryophilus, 165; oe 165
poe fase aah — 143,
87
Didymoglos:
Dieffenbachia ‘Sekine: 232
Diholcos scobinat :
Diodia tere (a)
Dioscorea villosa, 390
Diospyros amboyensis, 571; primaeva,
se HUT. Ags Seder tacts 571; vir-
ana, 388 , 496
Diplaziom, soy say ease 223; Fenzli-
223; marginale,
eure ense, 223, 224; plantagini-
folium, 222; sandwichianum, 223, 224
a eae rufescens, 659; tortile, 100
Dodec n Jaffrey eae Meadia, 497
Dosdia, ahs asper % Kunthiana,
228; Kunthiana Paint 25 228;
media, 228
Doronicum cise eg 590
Dracopis amplexicaulis, 393
Drosera, 442,
Drynaria _cloneata, 201; nuda, 201;
spectr
Drvopteris, 203; caryotidea, 204;
niifolia, 203; cyatheoides, 204; leuco-
chacte, 184; lurida, 183, 185; pubes-
183
Diycpreices Stephensoni, 572
Eatonia nitida, 494
Eddya hispidissima, 481
Edosmia er eri, 67
Edward Lyman Siurite 599
Elatinace: vee 612
latine americana, 612
Elatostema, 58
ELLIs, ANDREWS, F. M., &.
m: observations concerning the
deg of the leaf hairs of Salvinia
Perce foliosa, 478';. penduliflora,
479; salina, 479; scopulina, 479
Encalypta asitica, 660
Endophyllum, hc. 366; Sempervivi, 361,
Endothia parasitica, 488
Entodonaceae, 670
mes
adium, 63; Drum-
m, 63; laevicaule, 63, 6 tiusc
lum, 63; minutum, 63; Palmeri, :
aniculatum, 63, : ner ore
ebay tees Ss Sand
emocarya muricata, 481
Eremosis, 306; ovata, 331, 332; Palmeri,
FE ita, 465, 578
- ord St
INDEX
332; Steetzii, 332; tarchonanthifolia,
2
eae 394
rigeron ramosus, 386, 387
Sota IIQ, 123
Eucalyptus Sie a, 569; Geinitzi, 572;
os st lia, 572; nervosa, 569; parvifolia,
eos ccity 573
Eulophus, 67
Eu upatoria ci Gaur 306
ie evar aromaticum, 496; coelesti-
m, 496; m menthaefolium, 331; rotundi-
eae, orollata, 390;
Cyparissia S,.502* colioclare 53; Par-
ryi, 53; Sp. 3 9
Euphorbia cea
hra
Euphrasia mollis, 485
ns, A. W., & Hooker, H. D. JR.
Developmen the seiistaaae in
Ceratodon pares 97
Exidia truncata, I41,
Exobasidium pie Rare 164
Fabaceae, 43
Fago pyrum stg tum, 584
Fagus, 394 andifolia, 386, 387
Ferns arid " aivet ring plants of Nan-
tucket—XI., The, 605
Ficus, 573; crassipes, 572, 573; daphno-
genoides, 569, 571-573; inaequalis,
569, 571, 572; Krausiana, 571-5733
lanceolato-acuminata, 569; Woolsoni,
569, 571, 572
bag oats ‘asplenioides, 662; Barbae-
m , 662; costaricensis, 662; pal-
s, 661; polypodioides, 661
Fistulina hepatica.
lamaria, 127, I 405
Fontinalis, 653, a Ag crispa, "6h: disticha,
filiformis, 657;
Fouquieria, 16; splendens,
Four hybrids of Viola sr Bor 249
hese prety 587
Fr; gee a, 4933 quadrangulata, 497;
D. The culture of pans
tae in the greenhouse, oF:
Funaria hygrometrica, 97,
- ia, 579
Galanthus nivalis, 5
~~ tenera, I4I, oe 167; tenuissima,
Gattoutla candicans, 581
INDEX 703
Gaultheria array: ag 493
uxii,
Gaura Micha
Gayop ibcact acum, 65; Helleri, 65;
lasios m, 65; racemosum, 65
Geaster Smbriatas, 170
Geinitzia formosa, 571, 572
Gentiana Arebobiba denistiora: A463; caly-
sa, ; calycosa monticola, 464;
calycosa stricta, 464; crinita, 49
det , 463; glauca, 464 acounii,
a
463; oregana, 464; procera, 580; tortu-
osa, 463; ventricosa, 463
Gentianaceae, 46
Gerardia, 119-122, 125, 129, 408; aphylla,
As3* aphylla oe 438; aphylla
g iculat
randiflora, 433 a, 126, 128;
cassioides, 407; nettle. Lay; -
loba, 434; dispersa, ; divaricata,
-*
I27; georgiana, 427; glauca, 409;
glutinosa, 120; Holmiana, 429; lini-
folia, 420; maritima, oie maritima
grandiflora, 421; maritima major, 421;
Mettaueri, 438; Mettaueri clausa, 438;
Mettaueri nuda, 438; microphylla, 432;
nuda, 438; parvifolia, 436; pectinata,
414; pedicularia, 120, 121, 125, 128,
412; pedicularia pectinata, 414, 415;
Ptukeneti, 431; Plukenetii micro-
, 432; purpurea, 120-122, 125,
? assifolia t
mulosa, 424 pig. To Fs brosa,
med ana shi east 436; setacea,
pete aay 403,
Gilia ag ‘eileen aa aggregata
dgesii, 472; arenaria, ; arenaria
rub 25 tella, 75» 476;
ei eae gf a ;
arizonica, 472; attenuata, 471, 472;
Burleyana, 470; caespitosa, 473-475;
can 4
7 00
472; iberidifolia, 468-471; ‘thientiuen
73; longi » 471; se hg 469, 470;
ultiflora, 471, 473; n 479; palmi-
frons, 470; pulche! Ha, se apd) pungens,
473, 474; pungens squarrosa, 474; ri Syed
ula, 475; rosea 470;
472; sinister, 476; sinuata, 472, poet
spergulifolia, 469-471; spicata, 469,
471; = si oe 468, 470; stra-
mine ubnuda, 473, 475; 'te _
tuba pte ‘iigde, 469-471; Tweedy
Gladiolus, 583
ig ert H. A. Studies on = West
ere Vernonieae, with new
s from Mexico, 30
Gleditsia triacanthos, 383, 388, 392
eats were la, 571
tie mbigua, 67; Bolanderi, 67;
ay occidentalis, 67
Gnidia er
Gomphidius glutinosus, 167
Gortner, R. A., & Harris, J. A. On
“ possible relationship between the
ructural p ities of normal and
tau falaat fruite of Passiflora gracilis
and some phys Parca properties
of their cxpreneed Fi ay
— 588; he tows 65: 0,13;
ete 576"
yaaa 576
Grammitis setigera, 194; tenella,
Gratiola ce oat E27: eR le 484;
127
a: Observations on the
ried composition al the Sugar
eave flora, 487
Gruvelia, 479; pusilla, 479; setosa, 470
Guepinia helvelloides, Rage od rufa, 164
Gymnogramme sadleri
Haematoxylon, 6 sya campechianum, 657
Hamosa ig
HARPER, ay M. A botanical cross-sec-
tion of northern Mississippi, with notes
poet the influence of soil on vegetation,
stan J. A. On the relationship be-
tween the number of ovul
e
a
ARRIS, J. A., &. On
a _ossible “relations between the
of normal and
teratologica AE of P Passiflora gracilis
ventas omg properties
s their on
Heleniam tes elias ped 486. 387
um canade
ense, 613; majus,
614; propinquum, 615
Helianthus Perigiat I
Helicodontium capillare, 668, 674
mapearas | Scetitinn 584
Hemerocallis fulva, 577
Hesperis matronalis, 585
Heterocodon rariflorum, 485
704
Hibiscus Moscheutos, 608; oculiroseus,
Hicoria alba, 383, 390; ovata, 383, 392
Hieracium, 590; paniculatum, 494; veno-
sum, 494
Holomitrium pera oa 661
oe glabella, 664
alobus, py SI, 52} aboriginum, hh
53; Dodge:
673; con-
ett ; Carionis, 668;
eoides re
orbit distichon, 576
Hosackia, 45; elata, = Purshiana, 45
Houstoxts coerulea
+ lab ge so a
Hoy . D. Some toxic and antitoxic
piel in cultures of Spirogyra, 333
Hudsonia tomentosa, 618; ericoides, 617,
618
Pienig ate ses ee 579
Hydnan » 141, 142, 169
Rediuwe Tae pee fepuntiing: i 140, 165
Hydrangea, sort arborescens, 390, 496;
Ie create
drodictyon, ss 80, 83-85
Suan eae, 4
INDEX
671; nigrescens, 666; pallidum, 663;
palmatum, 661; patulum, 664; poly-
podioides, 661; Dolytrichotdes, 668;
pseudo-reptans, pungens, 672}
reptans, 665; spnaetorme, 654; ama-
risci, 665, 666; 675; tetra-
onum, eS 560: tor
g 673; serdar
quatum, 674; trichophyllum, 669
Hypochnus Sambuci, 164; subtilis, 143,
164
Hypomyces rosellus,
Hypopitys lanulosa, bod latisquama, 461
ypopterygium brasiliense, 666; pseudo-
tamarisci, 666; Tamarisci, 665
Iberis, 586
Ilex fastigiata, 613; Masoni, 571,
opaca, 393, 394, 495
Illiamna, 60; acerifolia, 60; angulata, 60;
572;
rivularis, 60
Impatiens niet
Index to Amer
aes +37; 4 24.
591, 647; 69
Iniuence a starch, po Aa and sugars
on the toxicity of various nitrates to
Monilia sitophila (Mont.) Sacc., The,
apace literature,
3» 205, 373) 457, 523,
In an cretacea, 571
bye cybe asterophora, 144; trechispora,
Iris, 583; cristata, 496
Is cit a factor in the distribution of
Nereocystis Leutkeana? 237
neA. 306; ovata, 301
pees odes Watson, 478; occidentale | Isopterygi tenerum, =
Isopyrum biternatum
Natl sephe fla te 168 gigi es _Bonplandi "bartinee. 6733
Hygrophorus cheer gare mus, 168; ceraceus, tetragonum, 673
2, 168; conicus, 142, 143, 168, 171; | Isotria vetticiliate, 493
lucorum, 168 tea virginica, 390
Hymenaea, 573
Hypericaceae, 608 Juglans arctica, de 572; nigra, 389
Hypericum adpressum, 609; adpreecim Juncoides saltuen
spongiosum, 609; boreale, 609, 611;| Juncu saletdiaven: pes effusus, 387, 390
canadense, 609-611; dissim ; 610, Fenverinicat tes,
; me mmondii, 497; majus, 610, Juniperus virginiana, 383, 394
611 eee 610, 611; perforatum,
600; sick Brittoniana, 571; rai oa 494
gam aouemeniabiad 168; fasci- Kentrophyta wes etaria
culare, 168; rplexum, 143, 168;| KNup eek on the
cubticcida. 168 etica: : son, and duration a
Hypnum, 653, 673; albens, 663; albicans, cambium eS ee in the Ameri
663; as eB 662; Bonplandi, 673; s laricina (DuRoi) Koch},
caespitosum, 671; atum, 671 27
are, 668; cirrhosum, 674; com-| Koellia flexuosa, 387, 390; incana, 496
positum, 667; congestum, 655, 672;| KuNKEL, O. The influence of starch,
cuspidatum, 654; crispum, 656; den-| peptone, and gars the toxicity
sum, 667; depr ressum, 669; diaphanum, of ous nitrates to Monilia sitophila
663; fasciculatum, 665; flexile, 666;| (Mont.) Sacc., 625; The production
fulgens, ri glabellum, 664; jamai-| of a promycelium by the aecidiospores
cense, 656; loxense, 671; microphyltum, | of Caeoma ni Burrill, 361
INDEX
Laburnum, 586
Lactarius delicious, 168; piperatus, 168
ie e, 48
m amplexicaule, 481
pee erecta,
Larix laricina ee “Roi Koch, tg!
tions on the inception, season,
ile eid of cambium, development in
merican larch
Latha —— is, 53% Nuttallii, 53;
obovatus, 53; odor
(ae PGE SF Soa 573; nervil-
axsag m, 571
Laurus plu tonia, a 572
§ eadharboiate lla,
Lavatera, 588
Leaf water and stomatal movement in
iz
°
jor
mh
Lechea 618
terior, 8 5 Leggett Peps 620; mari-
a i LS: Se monliformis
sa, sa, 496 620; villosa, 6
mphalobot des,. vase
na, ig t eseide’ 166
Lepidium i. 383
phanum,
Lepidopilum dia 663; poly-
Sicheles , 668
Lepiota cepaestipes, 168; lilacin no-granu-
pe i mucida, 140, 168; naucina,
pipiens PEE yak aor 474; eu
pungens, 473; 473" Hooker,
474; pungens, pasa ai caespitosum,
ap caagg 8 — um, 659; mexi-
659; pseudo-rufescens, 659;
ee oe
trichophyllus, 669;
Lepyrodon
peboeae ee) has io
Leskea albicans, 663; Bonplandi, 673;
capillaris, 668; caespitosa, 671; con-
Dee 672; depressa, 669; flexilis, 666;
gla , 664; involvens, ou: pungens,
672; re motifolia , 664; Tamariscina, 665
Leucodon ~ eichonee nae prea
Leucojum, 582
LEVINE, M. Stu in the cytology of
the Prato oc 28 especially the
Boleti,
Liliaceae, 577
Liliales
» 577
Lilium, 559, 580; Martagon, 557
Limodorum abortivum, 583
Linum intercursum ae
Liquidambar, 381, 304; Styraciflua, 383,
572;
9
lia, 569, 571,
constricta, 571; simplex, 569, 571
705
Listera, 583
ppc ee arvense
Le
, 481
is Se a af water and stomatal
geet in Gossypium and a method
of ark visual observation of stomata
ins
Loasa ine
Lobelia eiadion 496, 497; puberula,
Lobrlincene, 85
matium platycarpum,
pe 45; americanus,
7
45; Macbridei, 45;
sericeus, 45; tenuifolius, 45; tenuis
» 45
us, 445 argen nteus argo-
44; a 433 ome a; lupinus, 44;
micen 44; 44; nootka-
ten fi i oreo pila "443 plumosus,
44; rivularis, 44; "Siler ri, 43
Lycoperdon caelatum, 170; excipuliforme,
£795 gemmatum, 170; pyriforme, 143,
peopndites ry:
Lycopodium, 489, 491; sppaeaeage 489,
pres complan: , 489, 493; creta-
Lysimachia pe a 493 ,
MACKENzIE, K. K., Notes on Carex—
Macranthera, Lid, 123,...124, Li 137;
401, 403-405; flammea, 4055
fuchsioides, 124, 126-128, 40 et
fuchsi-
oides Lecontei, 405; Lecontei, 126, 128,
Macrocystis pyrifera, 239
Macromitrium, 660; cirrhosum, 6
Mex nolia, 304, 585; arian lag 569; auri-
569; Bou
569, 571
Capellinii, 572: scary 395% : prt
569; Hollicki, 571; Lacoeana, 571;
longifolia, 569; abn S7t, 5725
Newberryi, 569, 571; obtusata, 571;
7
speciosa, 569, 571, 572
Malapoenna, 573; cretacea, 572; falci-
folia, 571
— (4 6 Pagan 58; Creeana, 58;
ta, 608 vularis, 60; rotundi-
folia, 608; sia ag
Malvaceae, 57, 608
alvas Pare Y 54 aber muetang 57; coc-
cineum, 57, 58; ¢ m dissectum,
58; coccineum ica coccineu
grossu mesg lium, or > eicecnn, 59;
digitatum, 59; dissectum, 59; dissectum
Cockerl, 593 pas 58; exile, 57;
Fre tii, 57; cesulariaefolium, i
58; ark ed an Munroanum, 5
706
58; Aergzemt mpeess 57; spicatum, 57;
Wrightii
Marasmius a tamales 168
Marattia cretacea, 571
~~ tricar ia, —_
ardon
ace phocooeaey 453 hispida,
45
Meibomia laevigata, 390 ; Michauxii, 390
Melampsora Lini,
Melampyrum lineare, 493
M drium rubrum, 584
Melanthaceae, 577
Me s 383
iflora humilis, 61; multi-
flora integra, 61; Rusbyi, 61
Sere ait ame annua, 587
Mertensia alpina, eye coriacea, 481;
brachycalyx, 481 neeolata, 481;
longiflora, 481; mutans ape per rplexa,
481; pulchella, 4
erulius fugax 166; lacrymans,
139, 166; Penciians, I59, 166
4
rsifolium, 664 ureo-
nitens, 664; rpc 0 664; oreo’
quense, 665; te a ‘ibs flaccidum,
664; flexile, 666; escens, a:
i 0; cettaeieh t 66 subam-
sericeum, 670 AS
biguum, 665; tenue, ba: chiens,
6733 ; torticuspis, ie
M seme
cranthes diffusa, 475
Microlotus, 45
Micromeria Douglasii, 481
Microphacos parviflorus, 51
Microsteris gracilis, 47
M — = eB pas 665; rep-
8; 665: T ponents 665
bili, 478, ; foliosa, 478; salina,
479; §' #0
imulus caval nalis, 483, 484; East-
woodi
Mirabili s, 584
Mississippi, A botanical cross-section of
northern h neat on the influence
wi
of soil es vegetation, 377
so vibe 390
Mittenothamni
a
strictum, 659; tomentosum, 658
da iodor: , — 482;
Nuttallii, 482; pectin
sperma rotundifolia, ae: isn 625-
Monnioty leone ha
Monotropaceae, 4
Morus indica, wae rubra, 383, 380, 392
Morttier, D. M., & ‘AGEL, M.
INDEX
The development and behavior of the
hromosomes in the first or heterotypic
mitosis of the pollen mother-cells
Allium cernuum Roth, 555
Muciporus corticola, 166
Musa soba
Musenium, 68; rr papheter 68, 60
Mycena galericulata, 155, 168
i aew. 573; cerifera, 394; emarginata,
STIASTS
Myrsine borealis, 569, 571, 573; Gaudini,
571,
Myzorrhiza pinetorum, 485
ae oi
ag
Tr “i ferns and flowering
plants of—XI, 60
— ng 496, 497
S, 583
Saale pre ™ oe 666;
crassa,
composita, 667; 667; icha,
656; ina, 656; ental ig pyre
glabella, 664; hypnoidea 657; jamai-
cense, 656; nigrescens, 666; poly-
trichoides, 668; quinquefaria, 673;
tetragona, rsd torta, 674i trichophylla,
69; turge 666; ulata, 65
Neckiteea sacs "saci: 656;‘undulata,
656
Negundo, ee seb 34-56; fraxini-
folium » 553 interi 5
56; mexican
55; Nuttallii, 54, 55; cts aenes, 54, 553
ema $5: 56
acladu ede eng og
Nescicoesie: 4 206; Nid
Nephrodium apiftium, pomp geet 183
a, 237-241
ereocystis auch coin. Is salinity a
factor in the distribution of, 237
ropical
ew ferns America—II,
183; —III,
ace globosa, 170; pisiformis, 143,
156, I
Niphebol us linearis, 201
Nitella, 341, 342, 346
Note on ad renaperss of egg in the
tu of Solanu ar
Notes et Carex: EOvIL.
Nothoscordum Ris ao
N uphar ingrrearr oe
Nuttallia acuminata humilis, 61;
integr: ee 61; laevis, ple lobata, 63;
arg ees 6x; p erosperma,
byi
Nyctalia asterophora, 168;
I4I, para-
Nyssa biflora, 304; Snowiana, 571; syk
vatica, 392; uniflora, 3
INDEX
Observations on the ee compo-
sition of
mn the miteokite, season,
ration of cambium development
Sr Acree pote (Larix laricina
pads Koch), 2
Pixies. cage albidum 653, 654
ther: al yssoides villosa, 66;
Oeno 588;
reer hirsutissi ma, 66; densiflora, 62;
hirsutissima, 66; Hookeri, ef! nay a
65; leptophylla, sk longissima, 65;
acrosceles, 65; ornata, 66: valida
pi i sale Se cufleting: 62; subulife ra
66; tenui
et a Soinite. a relationship between the
ructural pe ities of normal and
tieaboloeilal | er of Passiflora gracilis
= reap eters properties
ed juices, 2
mber
nd the aoauity of
ry for maturing its ovules into
eae: ia
Onagra, 588; Oakesiana, 66; ornata, 66;
strigosa subulata, 66
eae 2
» 480; multicaulis,
Palmer, yo: pustulosa, 480
cog
)reoxis, ny 70, 71, 73; MacDougali, 68
Jrobanchacea
Irthocarpus “rte idus, ne
Sbarro’ eapet telvencia
\rthothecium, 670; tr ichophylum, 670
chairing polytrichoides, 66
iva, 576
idee i termedia, 66
mite: 127, 128
Wostima, 126, 128; petiolata, 126, 128
Ixydendrum arboreum, 491, 495
\xytropis Lambertii, 53; Lambertii Big-
elovii, 53; plattensis, 53
eooeeoogsssss
Paeonia spectabilis, 585
Pagesia, 127; leucantha, 127
cea laurinea, 571
‘Palamocladium Bonplandi, 655, 673;
leskeoides, 672, 673; trichophyllum,
670; in raga re subtile, 670
Panax cretacea, 5
Panctenis, 125, 728, 403, 408; pectinata,
412
161
Pani uti, 494; elongata, 493;
iia
th am
390° se es 496
.
287
707
Papillaria nigrescens, 666; nigrescens
Donnellii, wed
ae aoa ifolia, 579
arnass: wearer 493
ial rae amoena, 47; Fremontii, 47;
polydenia,
arthenium arg
Parthenocissus ante 607; quinque-
olia,
Paspalum, 383
Passiflora oe 588; gracilis, 27-34;
lutea, 495, 4
Paxillus prreeeak: 168
ectoc , 479; miser, 481; penicillata,
481; setosa, 479
rum, 84
Pedicularioides, 408
Pedicularis centranthera: 485; flammea,
485; Jana 485; lanceolata, 498;
Oederi, 485; sylvestris, 589
Pelargonium, 367-372; Madam Salleroi,
368-371; eee 36
ogee ium, A case of bud-variation in,
Peltandra undulata, 577
Pelve
Peniophora bene 161; quercina, $65
PENNEL Studies in the Agalina
a a bere of the Rhisekthetiee.
119,
Pentstemon, — 7 acuminatus, 482; al-
bertin
uni-
lateralis, 482, 483
mium Soraueri, 509; Strobi, 502,
3. pn
Permolles, 315
Persea valida, 572
fia, 5733 Lesquereuxii, 571
cedanum simplex, 74; triternatum
Teptophy lum, 74; triternatum platy-
Phaca a mpullaria, 4 artemisiarum,
tities S32; Cusickii, ft debilis, 5s:
48; le ptalea, ollissim:
acelia Pema 4793 . isolok phe crenu-
missa, 479; dubia, 495;
lata
aecabalincis: yrs v scehpamatotlas 4793
708
hispida, 479; humilis, A783 integrifolia,
479; luteopurpurea, 4 orbicularis,
479; Palmeri, 479; pe § 479;
illa, amosissim 79
Phacopsis scaphoides,
hallus impudicus, 169
Phascum, 65
um, 653
Phaseolites formus, 571, 572
Phaseolus, a vulgaris, 449, 454
Phellopteru
INDEX
385, 386-390; palustris, 3094;
ath 572; rigida, 291, 494; pes
22% 272; Taeda, 381, 382, 387; virgini-
i
Piperites,
eella icine, 656
Pisum
eeswitens arizonicus, 481
Planera aquatica, 392
Plantago aristata, 383, 387, 389
atior, 572; yl Pea
Philibertlla cynanchoides, 466; hetero- | Platanus, 573; |
a, 466 383, 385-389,
Philonotis sagged tee 659 Pleopeltis linearis, 201; n Pte 201; spec-
Phippsia or ida, trum, 202; Thunbergiana,
Phlebia Pleuropus, 655; congestus, et 672;
Phlebo diu leskeoides, 673
Phlox Nr Bo oe albomarginata, 467; | Pluteus cervinus, 169
alyssifolia, 467; alyssoides, 467, 468;| Podophyllum peltatum, 5
omon » 468; montana | Podozamites, 568; margina us, 573
prostrata, 468; bryoides, 467; caespi-| Pogonatum convolutum, 657; tortile,
t 467, 468; collina, 467, 468; con- 657; urnigerum, 654
densata, 467; costata, 467; Covillei,| Polemonium californicum, 477; coeru-
467; dasyphylla, 468; densa, 468; eum, 477; columbianum, 477; deli-
diapensioides, 467; Douglasii, 468; catum, 476, ; Grayanum, 478;
glabrata, 467, 468; Hoodii, 467; Hoodii Haydenii, 477; intermedium, 478;
glabrata, 468; Hookeri, 474; Kelseyi, mellitum, 473; xi m, ; mon-
467; multiflora, 7 8; muscoides, trosense, 477; occidentale intermedium,
466, 467; Stansburyi, 468; stolonifera, 478; p ium, 476, ; pil —_
4953 hector saa 467, 468; viridis, 468
perms lucifera, 168; praecox, 143-140,
Rosae-
169, 173
Phragmidium obtusum, 509;
509
ogonium aureum, 662; fulgens, 662,
663; globitheca, 662; immersum, 663;
tra, 663; viride, 662, 6
elongata, 201; Spec-
ihe cag 201;
trum, 201, 202
Phymowa 60; acerifo
60;
lia, 60; Crandallii,
andifior ora, 60; longisepala, 61;
ulaeie.
Physostegia sp.,
Poe erene | gic on the
Mountain region—I.
Rocky
Alpine region,
67
oe M. A bibliography of works on
osis —_ somatic mitosis in the
angi perms, 575
Picea Engelmannii, 684
Pickett, F. L. The phlei cid of
the e embryo-sac of Arisaema triphyllum
istance of the fearkell ia of
osorus rhizophyllus to desic-
gee
Pilotrichella eroso-mucronata, 666; flex-
ilis, 666; recurvo-mucronata, 666;
na ae
, 667; compositum,
ay m, gee hypnoides, 657
Polyporus acanthoides,
rrimum, 477; scopulinum
478; Tevisii, ary;
tricolor, 476; viscosum, 477, 478
Polemoniacea eg
Polygonum arifo um, 493
Polypodium sence, 194, 200; AGG:
rum, 195; H
oe pas [os
fleri, 198,
ieende aa leon, Hookeri, 193, 1943
hymenophylloides, 94, 199; gawd
fussii, 196; 193, 195, I
201; rae
tos
rod pecutatonl lata, 197; sessilifolium,
55 ih ee 194; Spectrum, 201;
aici a iscinum
194, 200
dum, 200; unisorum,
gare, 193, 198; zosteraeforme,
= adust
146, 150, 166, 174; annos
146, 150, 66” 4, 178;
159, 166; destructor, 146,
Pinnulaceae, 461
Pinus saan 684, 685; echinata, 382,
150, 166, 174, 179; fumosus, 1383
INDEX
lucidus, te 166; versicolor, 140, 146,
150, 167,
Rotpaichais: 202, 203;
390; ari ristatum, ‘ah: vances,
coniifolium, 203; decoratu 689;
fa — m, 2053 haleakalense, Sox: Hille-
bra 204; ilicifolium, 689;
machaerophitum, 688-690; triangu-
lum
ge gos p od
203;
Polystcts conchifer, By versicolor, 138
Polytaenia Nuttallii,
Paleiiebies. 6533 se weet 657;
crispulum, 657; cubense, 657; doit inin-
gense, ; glaucinum, 657, 658;
Reasiteieector 657; laxifolium, 658;
b curo-v 56s decgrrncs 658;
Sintenis teen: ‘tortile, 657,
Populites, 573
pera apiculata, 569; deltoides, 383-
2, 394; heterophylla, 383, 490;
Lowarnien: 572; tremuloides,
le 143, 167; incrus ;
rotrichu ciculatum, 66
Hoyt ieee stipulatus, 496, 407
Po ee 686; foliosus, a
Potentilla, 58
Prim . 580; americana, 462; inosa,
a ee neana, 462; specuicole, Hoty 462
ater densus, 667
Produc of gv mycelium by
seidopore of Caeoma nitens La
Bog ok = Ronee ghd 569
Protodamm 571
Protophiyllocladus subintegifotiue, ci
I sil ; is
Psathyra spiaidico Saeiaae I4I, 169
habe consimilis, 161; crenata, 169;
disseminata, 169; gracilis, 161
Pseudocymopterus, 70; aletifotius 70-72;
0-73;
it,
Pseudopteryxia, EN aletifolia, 723 detente:
71, 72; » 72
Pseudoreoxis, 733 "Siplihaten, 73; nivalis,
juncea, eolata, 46;
Psoralea 47;
icrant
lat
; Stenophylla, 46; stenostachys, a
Pteridium reabergint
Pteridophytes of the Hawaiian ide
III, A taxonomic study of the, 193
erigynandru rum aureum, 673; fulgens,
aca quadrifarium, 673
erobryum filcinura, 656
Pterogonium fulgens, 662; nigrescens,
es carolinensis, 571, 5723
560
modestus
3
e| Resistance of the p
709
ppt orga albicans, 663; diaph-
um, 663
Peeryxi a, 70
Puccinia Acetosae, 5009; = at ie 508;
pvr filicinae, 509; Chrysanthemi,
509; coronata, we 505- ors oro-
504, 506, 0-519; cispersa,
8, 518; Vicaainenrans 509;
09; igo-vera, ee
simplex, 504; Sorgh 505. 506, 5
Pasigenielle pungens, 672
Pyrola elliptica, ey rotundifolia, 493
Quamasia hyacinthina, 497
Quercus alba, 383-388, 390; coccinea, 390;
falcata, 383, pasion 390, 304; lyrata,
383, 389, 392; marylandica, ni 385,
388, 390, 394, 395; Michauxii, 387-
389, 302; satu 496; nigra, ais, We,
2; pagodaefolia, 383
iS
stellata, 383, 3
300, 394; texana, 392; velutina, 389
Radulum tomentosum, 138
Ranunculus, 686
Ratibida pinnata, 383
rothallia of Campto-
sorus rhizophy thes to desiccation, 641
, 669
Rha hooves aaa sum
Rhamnaceae, 57
Rhamnus becataetelis: 57; tenax, 571
scape paigcany. enatts caespitosum, 671
Rheum undulatum, 58.
Rhexia eae a, 38 7
Rhinanthaceae, Studies in the Agalina-
£ the,
nae, a subtribe o II9
Rhinanthus virginicus, 125, 409
a rte gn e one 654
Rhodod maxim my 494
77
IGG, Is salinity a factor in one?
distribution of Nereocystis Luetkeana
Robinia, 449; phere vite 385, 387, 3890
OBINSON, W. J., A taxonomic study 0 of
the Pteridophyta pra the Hawaiian
Islands—III, ange
Rosa, 587; carolina
Rubus, 587; Sree eas 361, 362; odo-
ratus, 494
sie angen ee 387, 389
Rue
apes re californica, 56; californica
exana, 54; Kingii, 56; mexicana, 56;
Naitanii 54, 56; texana, 56
710
x Sp., 383; hy eigen 584
Rusciie flammea » 405
Russula integra, Spies tts 169; rubra, |
140, 169
Phytogeographical |
I. Alpine region, 6773
Rocky Mountain flora—XXVIII, 43;
—XXIX, 461
’ Rynchospora glomerata, 494
be glabra, 3
Saccharum dfacinaearh: 576
Sek. 224; cyatheoides, 225-227;
Hillebrandii, 225; pallida, Rt poly-
stichoides, 225, 227; Souleytiana, 225;
squarrosa, 227; squarrosa aoa erata,
10s: 295,- 327
498; flexuosa,
rans 571-573; nigra,
2
Mee. 441-445; natans, 441; Some |
rvations concerning ne reactions of
ihe teat hairs of, 441
Sambucus canadensis, 383, 385-387. 389,
390, nee septa 589; pubens, 494
Sanguina a, 449
Sapi 3
Sapotacites, 573
Sarothra gentianoides, 612
Sassafras, 394; acutilobum,
folium, 383, 385, 389
Saururus cernuus, 387, 390, 393
er a, 686; pennaylvanica, 498; vir-
giniensis, 494
Scenedesmus, 476-85; acutus, 76-78, 86
572; varii-
Schiz
Schlotheimia apa ane Becers 674;
torquata, 674; torta, 674; undato-
rugosa, 674
ae non-scripta, ligt sibirica, 579
us Eriophoru
Sclevonarein waleare po 170
Scopulicola, 6
gatae, 328
y
scorphullariaceae, 482
galericulata, 497, 498
schacinn effusa, 164; quercina, 164
Secale cereale, 576
oO
5
th tinh dp) th
4 a 4
a
gens, 672
Senecio vulgaris, 502
Sequoia ambigua, 573; fastigiata, 573;
gracillima, 569; heterophylla, 569,
le saesian yen 569, 579, 572,
. | Sida coccinea, af.
enastrum, 78
sematophyllum caespitosum, 671; pun-
=
INDEX
| Sericocarpus cc pghntae 494
j
meria, I19, 2, 125, 127; hetero-
oe 406; Jacksoni, 406; macro-
hvylla, 123, 124, 126, 127; pectinata,
yee ot
issecta, 58; grossu-
laractoti, oe pee e a, 495
oes um, ciniatum, 383, 384;
sn ie terebinthinaceum,
«at 29
Be uheleed
586
Sitilias caroliniana, 387
| Skitophy llum asplenio ides, 662;
matum, 661; polypodioides, 661
sper on, M. ew ferns from tropical
America—lII, 383; III, 687
Sm the ecithata, nid glauca, 383
Situ, G. radesmus, a new ‘ian
celled pare a. 45
Solanum tuberosum, 589; A note on the
significance of sugar in the tuber of,
pal-
Solidago erecta, 496; a. 498; sp., 383
ions concerning the reac-
Gos of aad leaf hairs of Salvinia
na ie ns,
Som aii ogre effects in cul-
cues a9 Mechs
rghum halepense, as 385-387, 389,
a
Sparassis crispa, 165
Sparganium hypoboreum, 686; minimum,
86
eau 60; acerifolia, 60;
| a, Oey arizonica, 59}. coccines,
mig Crandallii, 60; digitata, 5 is-
| secta, 58; elata, 58; diflora 0;
grossulariaefolia, 58; leptophylla, 59;
oe cage 61; aE ae baat -
| a, 60; pedat
begs 58; ri aac Me Sat erncry Fae
59
| var eto ee
Sphaeroplea
Sphacrostisma alyseodes macrophyllum,
Sphagn £955
Spirodela polyrrhiza, 3
pirogyra, : S8 358, pee longata, 333,
350 e toxic and antitoxic effects
enandrium, 121; Coen 121
Stenophragma, 5
Stereohypnum reptans, 665
Stereum purpureum, 139
Stout, A. B. A case of bud-variation in
Pelargonium, 367
INDEX
ae val sav I5 S 160, 166
Stropharia melas I4I, 160; eee
tet a, © ies. pike ae 159,
Studies in the Agalinanae, a subtribe of
e Hymeno-
ycetes, array the Boleti, 137
Studies on the Rocky ae flora—
XXVIII, 43; XXIX,
Studies on i West aed che spo
with one new species from Mexico, 305
Stylosan vid 3 bi flora, 496
arid Sillivantil 497
Swertia Fritillari
Fides foetidus, 220, 232; 577
Syntherisma sanguinalis, 383
Syringa, 589
Syrrhopodon, lycopodioides, 660;
661;
parasiticus, 660
Tanacetum vulgare, 590
telaaeim polyphylla, 216
acum, 590
Taxodium, 388, 304; distichum, 273, 381,
, 389, 392, 393; imbricarium, 394,
og
Taxonomic study of the Sc ii of
the Hawaiian Islands 193
m n
tarla
ccueintl (76-80, 82, 84; wisconsinen-
sis, 76, 77, 8
Tetradesmus, a new four-celled coenobic
al
ga,
Teucrium, 390
Thalesia ‘minut: 485; purpurea,
Sedi, 48
4% “emia m purpurascens, 584
Tha nc bopopaigee 665
Tham s Nidus, 20
rhekehen E Gaharentath: 165; palmata,
16
Thermopsis montana, 43; montana ovata,
43; ovata, 43; xylorrhiza, 43
Thuidium involens, 674; microphyllum,
huja ee 490
Tiana sia
Tiu ctum, Pores atropubescens, 49;
acces mitic fg
Tomanthera, ios 128; lanceolata, 126,
128
milix, 126, 128; bracteata, 405
Tortula agraria, 659; linearis, 675
by ag humilis, 61; integra, ee > Resbui:
Toxopus, 126, 128; calycinus, 405; gym-
nanthes
Tragopogon pratensis, 590
711
See Genistae, 141, 164; mesenterica,
jade enum virginicum, 612
Tricalycites papyraceus, 569, 573, 571
chomanes rhipidophyllum, 687, 690;
sphenoides, 6
Trichostema cane a sg 497
Trichos oe beech
Tri om
chostomum, 675; * ety 675; palli-
m watts , 659; strictum, pee
ortile, 100
Tricyrtis, 581
t dong oo Siedecalitnps 45; eriocephalum,
45; ephalum, 45; plumosum,
45; eee. 496, 4973 Rusbyi, 45;
spinulosum, 45
Trigonella americana, 45; sericea, 45
tS prac i 82
Triphyearia hispida,
Tripsacum m dactyloides, yore 386, 387, 380
Triticum vulgare, 576; le cereale, 576
; us, 494
Tropaeo majus, 587
es S aeatensli, 492, 494; caroliniana,
Por-khaienia guatemalensis, 675; linearis
75
Typha latifolia, 383, 386, 387
Ulmus ea a 383, 387, 392; ameri-
cana, ;Sp., 38
othrix, are
Unifolium canaden:
se, 494
Uredo Bupleuri, 509; Gomphrenatis, 5090
Uromyces Pisi, 502, 509; Veratri, 502;
485; Vossiae, 509
U
rtica dioica, 584
Vagnera, 582
Valeriana mre 497
Veratrum W' i, 497
Verbena y aaitberonlodies A481; een es
481; can naden: nsis, 481; ciliata,
Gooddingii, 481; remota, 481
Verbenaceae, 481
Vernonia, 305, 306, 325, 328; pee
305, 310
321, 325; acuminata,
314; albicaulis, ee albicoma, i
31I, 314; amar 307, 308;
stata, 308, sees anus 308;
arborescens, ae 308; arctata, 326;
aronifolia, 321, 323; bahamensis, 326;
buxifolia, as: calida, 315, 318; calo-
vila, 375, 3173 chinensis, 306; com-
rall 08,
plicata, 326; ophila, 308, 300;
bensis 0; desiliens, 315, 316;
divaricata, 310, 314; Lc SB
310, 318; Grisebachii, sis,
328, 329; hieracioides, 330; tha, _
307; iserrata, 320, 321; inae-
712 INDEX
quiserrata angustifolia, 320, 325; lepto- 259, 260; pedata, 620, 622; pedatifida,
clada, 320, 321, 323; lon et hae 330: 249-260; pedatifida XX sagittata, 252,
menthaefolia, 331; mon a7; 260; pedatifida < sororia, 253-260;
neglecta, 315, 318; orientis ae : perpensa, 259; pratincola, 254; primuli-
Ottonis, 305, 328, 329, 330; pallescens, folia, 623, 624; rostrata, 494; rotundi-
329; pluvialis, 312, 314; proclivis, 312, folia, 262, 494; sagittata, 252, 253,
314; purpurata, 321, 322; reducta, 313, 60, 622, 623; poeta 254-260, 265,
314; rigida, 314, 320; Sagra 7320; 266, 270; Wilmattae, 259
321, 323; segregata, 327, 328; ice Viola obliqua Hill aaa other violets, 261
315, 319; Sintenisii, igs ; Viola pedatifida, Four hybrids of, 249
_Sprengeliana, 320, 321; ste een Violaceae, 620
308, 300; stictophylla, 329; sublanata,
305, 310; sublanata angustata, 309;
Thomas, 305, 325, 327; Tuerckheimii,
305, mo et onan 320-322; at
na, 317; viminalis, 320, 32
Wrightii, 305, 318, 320, 321; saree aed
sis, 315; 32
Vernonieae, Studies on the West Indian,
(a)
Veronica arvensis, 484; ei 484;
peregrina, 484; xalapensis,
Viburnum dentatum, 498; mae 498
Vicia Faba, 586
Viola affinis, AON 263, 268, sly yooh
B di blanda,
pea)
621, 623; nephroph yl 259; ne neil
ila x
270, eh pten ees Bie
250-25
jestidnaaee x pedatifida,
Virgularia, 122, 123; lanceolata, 122
Viscum album, 584
Vitaceae, 606
Vitis aestivalis, rltey igure 606, 607
Vuilleminia comedens, 164
Washingtonia intermedia, 66
Weisia calycina, 661
West Indian mosses—-I; —
Wickstroemia indica, 588
Widdringtonites Reichii,
subtilis, 571, 573
569, 571, 5733
Xanthium s
; Xylophacos. asi et p pete 493 ee
48; conse » 49; cuspidocarp » 485
andes 4 Pe aflenus, 49; m asisah
sis, 49; D utahensis, 49;
nace saat ‘“ itn: s, 48
Xyridales, 577
Yucca, 581
Zea Mai
7
Zizyphus Jamarensis 571
Zostera, 586; marina, 576
Buti. Torrey CLus VOLUME 40, PLATE 25
Y
Dg
[te
3
%
oe
0
pated ee ee
ES Came”
at PO IT a
ine
MEER
Wa ee
Cy POP re,
oe 3 Sa ee
arene Renee, Seek
GL BRSee rapes
ieee Sais
&
Li aap
=
CY ERRATA far
ay! Rieeee sks =
i
ae
ue
a
52 e CO
Rae i Si Pei) RR
Vhs nach es = *
‘CLASTOBRYUM TRICHOPHYLLUM (Sw.) E. G. Britton
BuLv. TorRREY CLuB VOLUME 40
af
PLATE 26
I-3. TRICHOMANES RHIPIDOPHYLLUM Slosson
4-5, and unnumbered figures. POLYSTICHUM MACHAEROPHYLLUM Slosson
Vol. 6, No. 1; price, $1.2 :
Rusby, Henry Hurd. An enumeration = ban plants ae in Bolivia eS Miguel
Ba Part 3, Pages 1-130. Ni
Vol. 6, No. 2; not Se separate
Grout, Abel Joel. A revision 2 the North American I ‘deheseaveue and Brachythecia.
Pages 131-210. 30 Jl 189 :
bis » No. 3; price, 50 cents:
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The life history ¢ of gale a ( Haematococcus pluvialis) -
Pages 211-246, plates 86, 87 (colored). 8 Je
ol. 6, we 4; price, 50 sa
a ee Lucien Marcus. A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to
Pages 247- sis I D 1899.
Vol. 6, No. 5; price, 25 cents:
Fink, Bruce. Notes on lichen distribution in the upp .+lississippi Valley. Pages
285-307. 1D 1899.
Vol. 7; price, $3.00
Howe, Marshall Avery. The Hepaticae and “A aihoisroess of California. Pages
1-208, plates 88-122. ; Au 1899.
» No. 1; not furnished separately:
Lloyd, Seas Ernest. poe com -mbryology of the Rubiaceae. Part I.
Pages 1-26, plates 1-4. 2v Au 1899. Part II. Pages 27-112, plates 5-15.
I5 ¥ 1902
Vol. 8, No. 2; price, $1.0
ander William. The ghee: of ae United States and Canada.
3-183, plates 16-22. 15 02..
Vol. 8, Bo a: ens 75 cents
sabeth Gertrude, & Taylor, Alexandrina. The life history of Vutiaria
wieww. Pages 1dr: plates 23-3 i 30 Au 1902.
Selene Ernest Stanley. A monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Pages Ske oo
I-9. 40 1900. Re tons er sold except in complete sets s of the Mem
Vol. 10; price, $3.00
Burgess, rigittaes Sandford. History of eas botany in its relation te Aster.
Pages i-xii, 1-447. 22 N 1902.
Vol. 11, No. 1; price, $1.75: -
Griffiths, David. The North ‘Aemeticays Sordariaceae. Pages 1-134, ‘plates aie
3
ol. 11, No. 2; price, $1.75
Hazen, Tracy Elliot. The Uloibricacea and Cee as of He United States. ay
: Pages 135-250, plates 20-4. 0 O 1902.
ees yee price, $1.50
Northrop, Alice Rich. Flora of New ae vidence aa Andros (eka Islands).
Pa si I-98, plates ie Sass to D 1902. 3
Vol. 12, No. 2; price, $1.00:
Banker, Howard James. A contibution to a revision of the North American
Hy. tensed Pages 99-194. 13 Je 1906.
: Vol. 1 a 3; price, 75 cents:
Kupfer, Elsie. Studies in tae 4 rae eneration. duces ee 10 Je 1907 _
Vol. 13; price, $3.06 ee
Burgess, Edward Sandford. Species and variations of Biotian Asters, with dis- eS
ussion of variability in Aster. Pages i-xv, 1-419, plates I-13. 15 Mr 1906.
Vol. 14, No. 1; re $1.25:
study of the Lactariae of the United States.
ingham, G e Simmons.
Pages I—109, ae I-15. 26 My 1908.
Vol. 14, No. 2; price, 75 cen See
Butler, Ormond. Observations on the California a ae Pages ee a
dates I- 18 Je 1910. S
dome det ces Address Dr. BERNARD O. DODGE > ie
Sere if bikes, any, Columbia University, New York heeds 2
= OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
ae ss series of —— papers on botanical eae published at irregular intervals.
: Price $3: oo a volume. Not offered in exc
Vol: 1, No. 1; not ‘ibeliiest separately:
Reet peat Hivde.. Stiidies of the types of various species of the genus Carex.
S$1-85. 25M
+s A ; ae ‘No. 2; not furnished enctacins
Martindale, Isaac Comly. Marine ei of the New eh coast and adjacent
waters ot soe Island. Pages 87-1 24 Au 1889
Vol. 1, No. 3; price, 75 cen
eisai sr nea Hepaticae DAtcnes in Andibus Bova orientalis, annis 188 5-4;
Hs ¥ eae lectae. Pages 113-14 20 Ja
l. 1, No. 4; price, 75 cents:
Sturtevant, Edward Lewis. a seedless fruits. Pages ne 187. 30 My 890.
Vol. 2, No. 1; not furnished separa’
Halsted, Byron David. Reserve food-materials in ae aud surrounding. parts.
Pages 1-26, plates 1, 2. 10S 1890.
ol, 2, No. 2; price, 75 cents:
Vail, Anna Murray, & Holli oon — es cine “Contributions to the botany of
Virginia. Page 27-56, fees 3-455 SEE
Vo he 3; not furni aes separa
iy ee Herman Theodor. "geass to the kn a oe the pieins tin. af.
North American plants. Pages 57-108, plates 5-10. 15 Apt
: Vol. 2, No. 4; price, 75 cents:
Wheelock, William Efner. The genus Polygala in North America. Pages 109-
152. 30 D-18o9r. Deere
Vol. 3, No. 1; not furnished separately: Se cee
, John Kunkel, & Heller, Amos Arthur. Flora of western North Carolina Bees
aid contiguous territory. Big I-39: 20F 1892.
as ; ol. 3, No. 2; price, $2.00:
Morong. ‘Thomas. The Noiadaces of North Bie pas {with illustrations of all the
species]. Pages 1-65, plates 20-74. 15 1893.
Vol. 3, aa: 3; not Aas separately ee
oe. = Say: Henry Hurd. An enumeration of the — collected in Bolivia by pices roe
oe Bang. [Part 1.]- — I-67. 28 Ap 189.
ears Bs ‘Vol. 4, No. oe hea . Pe
i, Lucien Pes Index Hepaticarum.. Part I, Bibliography. Pages —
+91. 10 Je 1893. ss aes
# Vol. 4, No. 2; not furnished separately
ne ae choses & Vail, Anna Murray. eae on Ge bateniead: explora-
_ tion o! of south Virginia during the season of 1892. Pages 93-201, cect
ecimicaes 18 N Has *s: Ap 1894. :
eo nes. oe coe als al. 4, No. 3; price, 50 cents:
: Rusby, Saary Hurd. ie pela f the plants collected in Bolivia be Miguel
. Bang. Part 2. Besee an 203-274. 10 ee eae